Skip to content
Back to announcement

AnnualReport2025-LPKR-att1.pdf

Other Text extracted LPKR

Source file signed link, expires in 15 minutes

This browser can't display the PDF inline. Open it in a new tab.

Extracted text 137

Page 1
PT LIPPO KARARWACI TBK   |   2023 SUSTAINABILITY REPORT
Page 2
Introduction       Highlights     Our Sustainability Approach      Enhancing Quality of Life   Caring for Our Environment      Investing in Our People          Championing Best Practices   Appendix




Table of Contents

                                                                                                             OUR SUSTAINABILITY                                     ENHANCING
    1    INTRODUCTION                                2      HIGHLIGHTS                                3                                                   4
                                                                                                             APPROACH                                               QUALITY OF LIFE

    4    About This Report                          15      Sustainability Performance               22      Sustainability Framework                     45        Economic Contribution

    7    Our Company                                17      Awards & Recognition                     23      Sustainability Governance                    48        Community Support
                                                                                                                                                                    & Engagement
    12   President Director’s Message               20      Sustainability Agenda                    24      Materiality Assessment &
                                                                                                             Stakeholder Engagement                       51        Product Innovation

                                                                                                     27      Supporting UN SDGs &                         56        Customer Service & Satisfaction
                                                                                                             UNGC Principles

                                                                                                     31      Climate & Sustainability
                                                                                                             Risks & Opportunities




         CARING FOR OUR                                     INVESTING IN                                     CHAMPIONING
    5                                                6                                                7                                                   8         APPENDIX
         ENVIRONMENT                                        OUR PEOPLE                                       BEST PRACTICES

    60   Energy Efficiency & Emissions              79      Employment & Rights                       91     Governance & Accountability                  99        Reporting Methodology

    68   Water Stewardship                          84      Occupational Health & Safety             95      Ethics & Compliance                         102        Environmental Data

    74   Waste Management                           87      Training & Development                   97      Data Privacy & Security                     105        Workforce Data

                                                                                                                                                         108        Climate Scenario Analysis

                                                                                                                                                          111       Content Index




2                                                                                                                                                        PT Lippo Karawaci Tbk 2025 SUSTAINABILITY REPORT
Page 3
Introduction   Highlights   Our Sustainability Approach   Enhancing Quality of Life   Caring for Our Environment   Investing in Our People      Championing Best Practices      Appendix




INTRODUCTION                                                                                                                                         About This Report

                                                                                                                                                     Our Company

                                                                                                                                                     President Director’s Message




3                                                                                                                                            PT Lippo Karawaci Tbk 2025 SUSTAINABILITY REPORT
Page 4
Introduction                          Highlights   Our Sustainability Approach           Enhancing Quality of Life                Caring for Our Environment                 Investing in Our People              Championing Best Practices       Appendix




About This Report                                                      [GRI 2-3a, 2-3b, 2-3c]




                                                                                                PT Lippo Karawaci Tbk (LPKR, Lippo Karawaci or “the Group”) is pleased to present its 2025 Sustainability Report (“this
                                                                                                Report”). This Report outlines the Group’s environmental, social, and governance (ESG) performance for the relevant
                                                                                                financial year, covering operations and assets where the Group exercises operational control or significant influence
                                                                                                across its core business segments. Our approach and methodology aim to embed sustainability into the Group’s strategy,
                                                                                                governance, risk management, and value creation process. We recommend reviewing this Report alongside our Annual
                                                                                                Report, which details our financial, operational, and governance disclosures. The policy, practice and performance
                                                                                                data presented in this report were obtained from formal documents and operational data from business units within
                                                                                                the Group. Endorsed by the Board of Directors and Board of Commissioners, this Report is published on 27 April 2026.
                                                                                                This Report is only available in a digital version – current and previous editions are available at www.lippokarawaci.co.id.
                          2025 Sustainability Report



         Advancing Well-Being
         at Every Stage of Life


                                                                                                REPORTING SCOPE & PERIOD [GRI 2-2, 2-3]                                                     In line with reporting best practice, we have specified
                                                                                                                                                                                            the boundaries for any disclosure that does not apply
                                                                                                The scope of this Report mirrors our Annual Report,                                         to all business units. For instance, our environmental
                                                                                                covering all business units across our Real Estate and                   1
                                                                                                                                                                                            data only reflects assets and operations under the
                                                                                                Lifestyle segments. The scope includes publicly listed                                      Group’s operational control, in line with the GHG
                                                                                                entities under the Group’s management, such as PT                                           protocol. All business units adopt a standard approach
                                                                                                Lippo Cikarang Tbk (LPCK), PT Gowa Makassar Tourism                                         as prescribed by the Group Sustainability Function in the
                         2024 Sustainability Report
                                                                                                Development (GMTD) and Lippo Malls Indonesia Retail                                         identification          of     material     topics,   performance
                                                                                                Trust (LMIR Trust)2, as well as wholly-owned subsidiaries                                   measurement and reporting.
        Advancing Well-Being
        at Every Stage of Life                                                                  such as PT Lippo Malls Indonesia (Lippo Malls),
         2023 SUSTAINABILITY REPORT




                                                                                                PT Aryaduta International Management (Aryaduta), and                                        The reporting period spans 1 January to 31 December
                                                                                                San Diego Hills Memorial Park (SDH). It also references                                     2025, which aligns with our financial year. Where
                                                                                                the achievements of PT Siloam International Hospitals                                       relevant and available, this Report provides comparative
                                                                                                Tbk (Siloam Hospitals), which the Group retains a 29.1%                                     historical data to provide more context. We publish our
                                                                                                investment stake in.                                                                        Sustainability Reports on an annual basis.


                                                                                          1
                                                                                              LPKR’s real estate business units are collectively referred to as LippoLand, which includes subsidiaries such as LPCK, GMTD and SDH.
                          2023 Sustainability Report                                      2
                                                                                              As publicly listed entities, LPCK, GMTD, and LMIR Trust separately publish their own Sustainability Reports on an annual basis.




4                                                                                                                                                                                                            PT Lippo Karawaci Tbk 2025 SUSTAINABILITY REPORT
Page 5
Introduction          Highlights        Our Sustainability Approach           Enhancing Quality of Life        Caring for Our Environment         Investing in Our People         Championing Best Practices         Appendix




    REPORTING STANDARDS & FRAMEWORKS


    This year’s Report builds on the disclosures from our previous Sustainability Reports. This marks the second year that LPKR has integrated the IFRS Sustainability Disclosure Standards
    (S1 and S2) into its reporting framework, positioning the Group proactively ahead of Indonesia’s expected adoption of these standards. This Report is prepared in accordance or refers to
    the following regulations, standards, and guidelines (please refer to “Appendix - Content Index” on pages 111 to 135):



         REPORTING STANDARD OR FRAMEWORK                                                                                                    DESCRIPTION

                                                                      This Report is prepared in accordance with the latest Global Reporting Initiative (“GRI”) Universal Standards 2021. The GRI framework is one of the most
                                                                      widely used and recognized standards for global reporting, providing a structured, globally recognized approach for organizations to identify, manage,
    Global Reporting Initiative (GRI)                                 and disclose their economic, environmental, and social impacts. This provides for higher comparability of the Group’s disclosures with its peers.
                                                                      The disclosures made in this report are in line with GRI’s Reporting Principles for defining report quality – accuracy, balance, clarity, comparability,
                                                                      completeness, sustainability context, timeliness and verifiability. Our GRI content index can be found on page 111 of this report.

                                                                      In addition, this Report is aligned to SASB sector-specific guidance on sustainability indicators based on financial materiality. We have referred to
    Sustainability Accounting Standards Board (SASB)
                                                                      Healthcare and Real Estate sector recommendations.

                                                                      As a UNGC signatory, we are committed to upholding the Ten Principles of the UNGC and advancing the UN SDGs that are more relevant to our
    United Nations Global Compact (UNGC) and United
                                                                      business. This Report showcases how we are contributing towards the global sustainability agenda under the UNGC and UN SDGs and forms the basis
    Nations Sustainable Development Goals (UN SDGs)
                                                                      for our annual disclosures under the UNGC’s “Communication on Progress” requirements.

                                                                      To enhance our climate reporting and future alignment with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS), International Sustainability Standards
                                                                      Board Standards 2 (ISSB S2), we have prepared our climate-related disclosures in accordance with TCFD recommendations. This is structured
    Task Force on Climate-related Financial Disclosures               around the four thematic areas of Governance, Strategy, Risk Management, and Metrics and Targets. Our TCFD Report is enclosed under “Climate
    (TCFD)                                                            & Sustainability Risk & Opportunities” on pages 31 to 42. We are committed to working towards fully aligning with the TCFD recommendations and
                                                                      enhancing our disclosures in line with best practice. This year, we have built on our previous TCFD Report to include sustainability-related risks &
                                                                      opportunities, found on pages 35 to 37.

                                                                      As a long-standing partner of WEF, we are amongst the first corporations in Southeast Asia to pledge our support for the WEF Stakeholder
                                                                      Capitalism Metrics. Our Sustainability Framework and disclosures are organized according to the four thematic areas of Prosperity, Planet, People,
    World Economic Forum (WEF)
                                                                      and Principles of Governance, which demonstrates our commitment to long-term value creation for all our stakeholders across both financial and
                                                                      non-financial dimensions.

                                                                      The International Sustainability Standards Board (ISSB) issued its first two IFRS® Sustainability Disclosure Standards, IFRS S1 General Requirements
    International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS)                for Disclosure of Sustainability-related Financial Information and IFRS S2 Climate-related Disclosures. This year’s report serves as a part of a process of
                                                                      continuous improvement towards full compliance with S1 and S2 as its second year of reporting incorporating IFRS standards.

                                                                      As a public company listed on the Indonesia Stock Exchange, we have disclosed information in line with the sustainability reporting requirements of
    Financial Services Authority of Indonesia (OJK)                   OJK Regulation No.51/POJK.03/2017 on the Implementation of Sustainable Finance for Financial Services Companies, Issuers, and Public Companies
                                                                      and in reference to OJK Circular Letter No.16/SEOJK.04/2021 for Form and Contents of the Issuer’s or Public Company’s Annual Report.

    Singapore Exchange Securities Trading Limited                     This report has been prepared in compliance with SGX Listing Rule 711A and 711B, incorporating the mandatory sustainability reporting requirements
    (SGX-ST) Listing Rules 711A and 711B, and Practice                effective from FY2026, with climate-related disclosures guided by Practice Note 7.6 and aligned with the IFRS Sustainability Disclosure Standards
    Note 7.6 Sustainability Reporting Guide                           (ISSB) and TCFD recommendations.




5                                                                                                                                                                            PT Lippo Karawaci Tbk 2025 SUSTAINABILITY REPORT
Page 6
Introduction            Highlights         Our Sustainability Approach     Enhancing Quality of Life         Caring for Our Environment       Investing in Our People      Championing Best Practices      Appendix




    RESTATEMENTS OF INFORMATION [GRI 2-4]                                                                               EXTERNAL ASSURANCE [GRI 2-5] [OJK G.1]


    Prior financial and sustainability information have been restated in this Report to reflect                         We have not sought external assurance for this Report. We are continually improving
    the deconsolidation of Siloam Hospitals from historical data, ensuring comparability                                our data collection and validation processes in preparation for external assurance
    and accuracy in line with reporting requirements reflecting the operational control of                              in the future.
    the Group assets.


                                                                                                                        FEEDBACK [GRI 2-3d, 2-26] [OJK G.2, G.3]
     Deconsolidation of Siloam Hospitals
     In FY2024, LPKR reduced its ownership stake in PT Siloam International Hospitals Tbk (“Siloam                      We welcome feedback on this Report, as this helps us to improve our sustainability
     Hospitals”) from 58.07% to 29.10%, resulting in the deconsolidation of Siloam Hospitals from our
                                                                                                                        performance and reporting. Please reach out to us with any comments or questions at
     financial statements and operational portfolio reporting. Siloam Hospitals is now reflected as an
                                                                                                                        sustainability@lippokarawaci.co.id
     associate instead of a subsidiary of LPKR.


     From a sustainability perspective, this transition allows us to recalibrate our reporting baseline to
     accurately reflect the assets under our direct operational control. In alignment with our FY2025                   CONTACT INFORMATION [OJK C.2]
     Annual Report, Siloam Hospitals' environmental performance is now accounted for under Scope
     3 as an equity investment, and its historical social and environmental data has been restated
                                                                                                                        Menara Matahari, 22nd Floor
     across prior reporting periods to ensure comparability. Our sustainability performance is therefore
                                                                                                                        Jl. Boulevard Palem Raya No.7
     measured by the strength of our Real Estate and Lifestyle operations, supported by revised targets
     aligned with our new operational footprint.
                                                                                                                        Lippo Karawaci Central
                                                                                                                        Tangerang, Banten
     While Siloam Hospitals is no longer consolidated within our direct operational reporting, our                      Indonesia 15811
     investment remains a cornerstone of LPKR's broader value creation strategy. We continue to                         Tel: +62 21 2566 9000
     monitor its sustainability performance and support its decarbonization and social impact initiatives
                                                                                                                        Fax: +62 21 2566 9098/99
     in our capacity as a strategic investor.
                                                                                                                        sustainability@lippokarawaci.co.id

     Please refer to Siloam Hospitals' FY2025 Sustainabilty Report for complete disclosures regarding its
                                                                                                                        www.lippokarawaci.co.id
     sustainability performance.




6                                                                                                                                                                       PT Lippo Karawaci Tbk 2025 SUSTAINABILITY REPORT
Page 7
Introduction         Highlights       Our Sustainability Approach   Enhancing Quality of Life      Caring for Our Environment      Investing in Our People          Championing Best Practices      Appendix




Our Company                                [GRI 2-3a, 2-3b, 2-3c]



                                                                               VISION                                                                 VALUES
    Listed on the Indonesia Stock Exchange, Lippo Karawaci
                                                                               To be a leading real estate                                                   Customer Focus
    is Indonesia’s leading real estate platform, with a
    presence in 26 provinces and 56 cities across Indonesia.
                                                                               and healthcare company in                                               •      Put the customer first
                                                                                                                                                              in every aspect of our business
    The Group has a strong track record of developing and                      Asia, advancing the wellbeing
                                                                                                                                                       •      Go the extra mile to earn
    managing a diversified asset base that includes landed                     of those we serve
                                                                                                                                                              customer trust and loyalty
    and high-rise residences, hospitals, lifestyle malls, hotels,
    commercial and industrial estates, office buildings, as
                                                                                                                                                             Excellence
    well as townships and integrated developments.                             MISSION
                                                                                                                                                       •      Strive to be the best and uphold the highest
                                                                               1.    To win the hearts and minds of our
                                                                                                                                                              standards of quality without compromise
    Through our innovative use of land and integrated                                customers through quality homes,
                                                                                                                                                       •      Unleash the full potential of our talent to
    value chain, we create value across every segment of                             healthcare and lifestyle offerings, as well as
                                                                                                                                                              deliver outstanding performance
    the urban ecosystem. We serve Indonesia’s emerging                               people-centric services
    consumers by not only building homes and townships,
                                                                               2.    To build a talent-driven organization that                              Agility
    but also providing healthcare, retail and hospitality
                                                                                     prides itself on operational excellence and                       •      Thrive in dynamic environments
    services. Our diversified assets and operations span the
                                                                                     bringing out the best in our people                                      and anticipate change
    archipelago, from Aceh to the eastern reaches of Papua.
                                                                                                                                                       •      Innovate and capitalize on new opportunities
    As champions of sustainability, we are committed to                        3.    To embrace innovation and technology in
    creating a more livable world for all our stakeholders,                          the constant pursuit of developing better
                                                                                                                                                             Stewardship
    and for the generations to come.                                                 products and processes
                                                                                                                                                       •      Be responsible for our resources,
                                                                               4.    To inspire our customers, communities, and                               environment and communities
                                                                                     partners towards a more sustainable future                        •      Create lasting, positive impact for
                                                                                                                                                              all stakeholders in our ecosystem




7                                                                                                                                                               PT Lippo Karawaci Tbk 2025 SUSTAINABILITY REPORT
Page 8
Introduction          Highlights        Our Sustainability Approach   Enhancing Quality of Life         Caring for Our Environment           Investing in Our People      Championing Best Practices           Appendix




    BUSINESS ECOSYSTEM [OJK C.3, C.4] [GRI 2-6]




                                   REAL ESTATE                                                              HE A LTHCA R E                                                                 LIFESTYLE


       Large landbank and strong growth in                                   Investment in the largest healthcare platform                                   Malls, hotels, and ancilliary business assets
       marketing sales generating sustainable                                delivering clinical excellence and access                                       to support ecosystem providing consistent
       cashflows in coming years.                                            to healthcare.                                                                  dividend income.




       Real Estate         Township          Water Treatment and             Hospitals            Clinics              Digital healthcare,                  Malls            Hospitality          Food catering, parking,
       Development         Management        supporting services                                                       homecare, and                                                              and ancillary business
                                                                                                                       supporting services



       3                    14                      3                        41                    75                    4,310                              59                2.5Mm²                   260M+
       townships            high-rise residences    superblocks              hospitals             clinics               operational beds                   malls             net leasable area        mall visitors


       130+                 ~1,300 ha               25+                      ~50%                  4,600                 9,351                              10                3                        ~2,000
       property projects    land bank               years of                 Digital outpatient    GPs, specialists,     nurses and medical                 hotels           leisure                   hotel rooms
       for sale                                     development              bookings through      dentists              professionals                                       properties
                                                    pipeline                 My Siloam App




8                                                                                                                                                                      PT Lippo Karawaci Tbk 2025 SUSTAINABILITY REPORT
Page 9
   Introduction                            Highlights                       Our Sustainability Approach                                      Enhancing Quality of Life                                  Caring for Our Environment                            Investing in Our People                           Championing Best Practices                 Appendix




      OPERATIONAL FOOTPRINT


          • Banda Aceh                             Medan                                                                                    Balikpapan

          Plaza Aceh                                                                                                             Siloam Hospitals Balikpapan (SHBP)
                                      • ­Siloam Hospitals Medan (SHMD)                                                                                                                                                                                           Ambon
                                      • ­Plaza Medan Fair
                                      • ­Sun Plaza
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                     Siloam Hospitals Ambon (SHAB)                                   Real Estate              Hospitals / Clinic
                                      • ­Lippo Plaza Medan
                                      • ­Grand Palladium Medan                                                                              Banjarmasin                                                                                                                                                              Mall                     Hotel
                                      • ­Aryaduta Medan
                                                                                                                                 Siloam Hospitals Banjarmasin (SHBJ)


                                                                  Pekanbaru
                                                               Aryaduta Pekanbaru                                                                                                                                                        Manado
                                                                                                                                     Palangkaraya
                                                                                                                                                                                                                         • Holland Village Manado
                                                                                                                         • Siloam Hospitals Palangkaraya (SHPR)                                                          • Siloam Hospitals Manado (SHMN)
                                                                                                                         • Mega Town Square Palangkaraya                                                                 • Siloam Hospitals Paal Dua Manado (SHPD)
                                                                                                Jambi                                                                                                                    • Lippo Plaza Manado
                                                                                                                                                                                                                         • Aryaduta Manado
                                                                                    • Siloam Hospitals Jambi (SHJB)
                                                                                    • Lippo Plaza Jambi




• Siloam Hospitals Palembang (SHPL)                                                                           Bangka
• Palembang Square                                                                                    Siloam Hospitals Bangka           Kalimantan
• Palembang Square Extension                    Sumatra                                               Belitung (SHBB)
• Palembang Icon
• Aryaduta Palembang                                                                                                       Pekalongan
          • Palembang                                                                                                    Plaza Pekalongan                                                                                                                            Kendari                                Maluku
                                                                                                                                                                                                                         Sulawesi                              Lippo Plaza Kendari




• Siloam Hospitals Lubuk Linggau (SHLL)
• Lippo Plaza Lubuk Linggau                                                                                           Karawang
                                                                                                                                                                                                Surabaya
           Lubuk Linggau                                                                                        • Rolling Hills
                                                                                                                                                                                    • City of Tomorrow Surabaya
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                     Bau-Bau
                                                                                                                • San Diego Hills                          Kudus
                                                                                                                  Memorial Park                                                     • Siloam Hospitals Surabaya (SHSB)                                                    • Siloam Hospitals Buton (SHBN)
                                                                                                                                                    Kudus Extension Mall            • City of Tomorrow                                                                    • Lippo Plaza Buton
• Lippo Village                    • Citywalk Elvee
                                                                                                                        Purwakarta
• Millenium Village                • Benton Junction                                                                                                                       Madiun
• Siloam Hospitals Lippo Village   • WTC Matahari                                                                   • Memorial Park
• Rumah Sakit Umum Siloam          • Mall of Serang                                                                 • Siloam Hospitals                        Plaza Madiun (Retail Spaces)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          • Tanjung Bunga
  Lippo Village (RSUS)             • Aryaduta Lippo Village                                                           Purwakarta (SHPW)                           Gresik                                                                  • Siloam Hospitals Makassar (SHMK)
• Embarcadero Bintaro              • Aryaduta Country Club
                                                                                                                                                              Plaza Gresik                                                                • GTC Makassar
• Siloam Hospitals Kelapa Dua      • Imperial Klub Golf
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          • Aryaduta Makassar
• Plaza Semanggi
• MaxxBox Lippo Village                      Banten                                                                                                                                                                                                   Makassar
                                                                                                                                        Jawa
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                     Labuan Bajo
                                                                             • Bandung Indah Plaza                                                                                                                                                       Siloam Hospitals Labuan Bajo (SHLB)
                                                                             • Istana Plaza
                                                                             • Aryaduta Bandung

                                                                                    Bandung
                                                                                                                                                                                                      NTB
• Lippo Cikarang                   • Lippo Plaza Kramat Jati
                                                                                                                                                     Lippo Plaza Batu
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                     NTT
• Kemang Village                   • Lippo Mall Kemang                       Siloam Hospitals Cirebon (SHC)
• St Moritz Puri                   • Mal Lippo Cikarang                                                                                                    Batu
• Nine Residence                   • Pluit Village
                                                                                        Cirebon
• Depok Park View                  • Tamini Square
• Holland Village Jakarta          • Lippo Mall Puri                         • Siloam Hospitals Yogyakarta (SHYG)                                    Lippo Plaza Sidoarjo                                                                                            Kupang
• Siloam Hospitals Kebon Jeruk     • Cikarang CityWalk                       • Lippo Plaza Jogja
                                                                                                                                                          Sidoarjo                                                                                     • Siloam Hospitals Kupang (SHKP)
• MRCCC Siloam Semanggi            • District 1 Meikarta
• Siloam Hospitals TB              • Maxxbox Cinere
                                                                                         Yogyakarta                                                                                                                                                    • Lippo Plaza Kupang
  Simatupang                       • Senayan Park                                                                                                    • Siloam Hospitals
• Siloam Hospitals Mampang         • Blu Plaza                                                                                                         Jember (SHJR)
• Siloam Hospitals ASRI            • Lippo Plaza Keboen                                                                                              • Lippo Plaza Jember
                                                                               Siloam Hospitals Semarang (SHSR)
• Siloam Hospitals Cinere            Raya Bogor
                                                                                                                                                           Jember
• Siloam Hospitals Bogor           • Grand Mall Bekasi                                     Semarang
• Siloam Hospitals Bekasi          • Bellanova Country Mall
  Sepanjang Jaya (SHBS)            • Depok Town Square                                                                                               • BIMC Kuta
• Siloam Hospitals Bekasi          • Metropolis Town Square                                                                                          • BIMC Nusa Dua
  Timur (SHBT)                     • Sudirman Office Tower                                                                                           • Siloam Hospitals
• Siloam Hospitals Sentosa         • Aryaduta Menteng                         Kediri Town Square
                                                                                                                                                       Denpasar (SHDP)
  (SHST)                           • Aryaduta Suite Semanggi                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                 Jabodetabek
                                                                                      Kediri                                                         • Lippo Mall Kuta
• Siloam Hospitals Lippo
  Cikarang (SHLC)
                                                                                                                                                     • Lippo Plaza Sunset
                                                                                                                                                     • Aryaduta Bali
                                                                                                                                                                                                                          Presence in                                                                                       Greater Jakarta
                                           Jabodetabek
• Siloam Hospitals Agora
• Cibubur Junction
                                          Greater Jakarta
                                                                             • Rumah Sakit Umum Syubbanul Wathon (RSU SW)
                                                                                                                                                             Bali                                                         56 cities and 26 provinces
• Lippo Plaza Ekalokasari Bogor
• Gajah Mada Plaza                                                           • Malang Town Square                                                    Siloam Hospitals                                                     across the Indonesian archipelago
                                                                                                   Malang                                            Mataram (SHMT)

                                                                                                                                                         Mataram




  9                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          PT Lippo Karawaci Tbk 2025 SUSTAINABILITY REPORT
Page 10
Introduction          Highlights         Our Sustainability Approach               Enhancing Quality of Life           Caring for Our Environment               Investing in Our People              Championing Best Practices           Appendix




 OUR VALUE CHAIN



                            OUR SUPPLIERS & CONTRACTORS                                                         OUR PRODUCTS & SERVICES                                                                 OUR CUSTOMERS
      REA L ESTATE




                      Mortgage Lenders         Construction          Consultants                        Township    Landed Homes &        Commercial &
                                                                                                       Management High-Rise Apartments Industrial Leasing



                                                                                                                                                                                      Homeowners              Tenants       Local Communities


                      Property Agents        Building Materials      Landscaping                                 Burial Plots       Water Treatment
      HE ALTHCA R E




                       Healthcare Service     Food Catering      Pharmaceuticals                       Hospitals               Clinics          Lab & Diagnostics
                           Providers




                                                                                                                                                                                               In-Patients              Out-Patients

                            Partner Doctors & Allied     Medical Devices                                      Digital Healthcare         Homecare
                             Health Professionals
      LI F E STYL E




                               Guest Relations             Daily Supplies                              Retail Spaces       Lifestyle Malls       Hospitality & Leisure




                                                                                                                                                                                      Mall Visitor         Retail Tenants         Hotel Guests


                              Sales & Marketing         Facilities Management                                  Food & Beverage            Parking Services




10                                                                                                                                                                                           PT Lippo Karawaci Tbk 2025 SUSTAINABILITY REPORT
Page 11
Introduction           Highlights         Our Sustainability Approach   Enhancing Quality of Life      Caring for Our Environment           Investing in Our People         Championing Best Practices                Appendix




     SHAREHOLDERS STRUCTURE [OJK C.3]




                                                           Lippo Related Companies *                                         Public



                                                                                  57.22%                     42.78%

                                                                                                                                    No. of Outstanding Shares

                                                                                                                                     70,877,317.69
                                                                                                                                     (excludes Treasury Shares)




                                                    29.09%                                          90.65%                                             57.76%

                                          PT Siloam International                                                                         PT Gowa Makassar
                                                                                       PT Lippo Cikarang Tbk                           Tourism Development Tbk
                                                                                                                                                                                        *
                                                                                                                                                                                            Directly and indirectly
                                              Hospitals Tbk **                                                                                                                         **
                                                                                                                                                                                            Became an associate
                                                                                                                                                                                            entity since June 2024




     MEMBERSHIP ASSOCIATIONS [GRI 2-28] [OJK C.5]


                                           LIPPO KARAWACI                                                                                                    SUBSIDIARIES


     • Indonesian Chamber of Commerce and Industry (KADIN)                                              • Indonesian Employers’ Association (APINDO)
     • Real Estate Indonesia (REI)                                                                      • Indonesian Industrial Estate Association (HKI)
     • Indonesian Issuers Association (AEI)                                                             • Indonesia Shopping Center Management Association (APPBI)
     • World Economic Forum (WEF)                                                                       • Indonesian Hotel and Restaurant Association (PHRI)
     • Jakarta Property Institute (JPI)                                                                 • Indonesia Corporate Secretary Association (ICSA)
     • UN Global Compact Network Indonesia (IGCN)




11                                                                                                                                                                    PT Lippo Karawaci Tbk 2025 SUSTAINABILITY REPORT
Page 12
Introduction      Highlights      Our Sustainability Approach   Enhancing Quality of Life            Caring for Our Environment      Investing in Our People      Championing Best Practices      Appendix




President Director’s Message                                                          [GRI 2-22, 2-25] [OJK A.1, D.1]




 Dear Valued Stakeholders,                                         each certified building delivering over 20% in energy
 Against the backdrop of a challenging operating                   savings and lower embodied carbon. We also more than
 environment, 2025 called for even more discipline in              doubled the number of electric vehicle charging stations
 how we pursue growth sustainably, balancing between               installed across our properties, supporting Indonesia’s
 short-term pressures and long-term commitments.                   transition to low-carbon mobility.
 Since launching our 2030 Sustainability Agenda, we have
 strived to demonstrate that the pursuit of sustainability         What excites me most, however, is where we are heading.
 goals is not at odds with value creation — instead, they          We have begun to explore alternative business models for
 are mutually reinforcing, enabling us to lower operating          decarbonisation, including pay-per-use arrangements
 costs, deepen stakeholder trust, and build more resilient         and profit-sharing structures linked to energy savings.
 assets. This year’s Sustainability Report reflects both the       These models can accelerate deployment of energy-
 concrete outcomes of our efforts and the ambitions we             efficient technologies by removing upfront capital
 have set for ourselves going forward.                             barriers and creating shared value between the Group
                                                                   and our technology partners, making decarbonisation
 CLIMATE ACTION AND THE NEW                                        commercially             self-sustaining       rather   than   purely
 ECONOMICS OF SUSTAINABILITY                                       a cost centre.


 We have begun to see our environmental initiatives bear           INNOVATION, CUSTOMER EXPERIENCE,
 fruit. In 2025, we achieved a 34% reduction in building           AND THE ROLE OF AI
 emissions intensity from our 2019 baseline — a 5%
 year-on-year improvement — in large part due to our               In 2025, product innovation and customer service and                              Our near-term priorities are:
 investments over the years in energy optimisation, chiller        satisfaction have emerged as among our highest-                                   accelerating decarbonization
 and lighting retrofits, building management systems,              priority material topics, reflecting their direct influence                       and renewable energy
 and the scaling of our solar photovoltaic capacity. For           on stakeholder value and our competitive positioning
                                                                                                                                                     deployment, expanding our social
 water management, 15% of our consumption now comes                across all three segments. In Real Estate, LippoLand
                                                                                                                                                     impact reach, deepening climate
 from recycled water and harvested rainwater, exceeding            focuses on delivering trendy yet affordable homes for
 our 2030 target of 30% which we raised only last year.            Indonesia's first-time buyers, with our latest township
                                                                                                                                                     resilience, and scaling the use
 We now hold four EDGE Green Building certifications               Park Serpong earning accolades such as "Innovative                                of AI to improve our productivity
 covering approximately 487,000 square metres, with                Housing Project of the Year" and "Best of the Best                                and customer experience.




12                                                                                                                                                             PT Lippo Karawaci Tbk 2025 SUSTAINABILITY REPORT
Page 13
Introduction      Highlights      Our Sustainability Approach   Enhancing Quality of Life   Caring for Our Environment    Investing in Our People      Championing Best Practices      Appendix




 Zillennial Housing" at the Golden Property Awards                 measurable results across productivity, accuracy, and               sustainability factors affect our business model, value
 2025. In Healthcare, Siloam Hospitals drives the early            service quality. The impact on customer satisfaction has            chain, and financial performance. In 2025, we advanced
 adoption of advanced clinical technology to improve               been tangible, with complaint resolution rates for both             this work on three fronts: expanding our risk assessment
 quality of care, including deploying the country's first Da       our Township Management Division and Lippo Malls                    scope beyond climate to cover broader sustainability
 Vinci Xi robotic surgical system and first integrated CT-         exceeding 98%.                                                      risks, using both financial and impact materiality lenses;
 LINAC system for precision radiotherapy. In our Lifestyle                                                                             strengthening the connectivity between sustainability
 segment, the transformation of Plaza Semanggi into                TOUCHING ONE MILLION LIVES                                          disclosures and financial implications; and embedding
 Lippo Mall Nusantara — and ongoing renovations across                                                                                 ESG risks within our Enterprise Risk Management
 the portfolio — reimagine our retail and hospitality              We have also expanded the scope of our social impact                framework, with ESG data audits now institutionalised
 assets as inclusive community destinations that serve             agenda. Through “Lippo Untuk Indonesia PASTI”, our                  in the annual internal audit plan. Our three-year phased
 the needs of the evolving Indonesian consumer.                    Group-wide community engagement initiative, we                      roadmap for full ISSB adoption provides a clear pathway
                                                                   conducted 1,758 activities in 2025, reaching over 287,000           toward the reporting baseline that global capital markets
 Artificial intelligence (AI) has become an enabling               beneficiaries. Cumulatively, we have now served over                increasingly expect.
 force across the Group for strengthening operational              937,000 individuals — within clear reach of our target
 performance and deepening customer engagement.                    of one million beneficiaries by 2030. From expanding                LOOKING AHEAD
 We have accelerated the roll-out of AI use cases that             affordable housing through Hunian Warisan Bangsa
 improve our own backend processes as well as how                  to investing in community infrastructure and rural                  Today, we are either on track or ahead of schedule on
 we interface with customers. On the operations side,              revitalization, we strive to develop resilient communities          the majority of our targets under our 2030 Sustainability
 LippoLand deployed AI-assisted document verification              and drive inclusive growth.                                         Agenda. Our near-term priorities are: accelerating
 and digital approvals to reduce processing time for                                                                                   decarbonisation and renewable energy deployment,
 homebuyer transactions; Siloam Hospitals integrated               OUR ISSB JOURNEY                                                    expanding our social impact reach, deepening climate
 AI into its various systems from electronic medical                                                                                   resilience, and scaling the use of AI to improve our
 records to inventory management; and Lippo Malls                  As sustainability reporting converges toward a global               productivity and customer experience.
 introduced AI-driven automation for retail operations             baseline, we have taken a deliberate step in positioning
 including footfall analytics and tenant management.               Lippo Karawaci at the forefront of this transition. This            I am grateful to our Board, our management teams,
 On the customer-facing side, Aryaduta launched an                 marks the second year that we have integrated the IFRS              our employees, and our partners for their commitment
 AI-powered content and knowledge management                       Sustainability Disclosure Standards (ISSB S1 and S2) into           to this work. And to our stakeholders, thank you
 system that enables hotel teams to respond to guest               our reporting framework, proactively preparing for OJK’s            for your continued trust as we build a better future
 enquiries faster and with greater personalisation, while          upcoming adoption of these standards and for our SGX-               for all Indonesians.
 LippoLand enhanced its LEAP resident engagement                   mandated climate reporting obligations.
 platform with improved service request handling and
 real-time notifications. These are not pilot projects —           For us, the ISSB framework is not a compliance
                                                                                                                                                          Marlo Budiman
 they are embedded in daily operations and delivering              exercise but a strategic evaluation tool to assess how                                 President Director




13                                                                                                                                                  PT Lippo Karawaci Tbk 2025 SUSTAINABILITY REPORT
Page 14
Introduction   Highlights   Our Sustainability Approach   Enhancing Quality of Life   Caring for Our Environment   Investing in Our People      Championing Best Practices      Appendix




HIGHLIGHTS                                                                                                                                              Sustainability Performance


                                                                                                                                                        Awards & Recognition

                                                                                                                                                        Sustainability Agenda




14                                                                                                                                           PT Lippo Karawaci Tbk 2025 SUSTAINABILITY REPORT
Page 15
 Introduction          Highlights     Our Sustainability Approach         Enhancing Quality of Life          Caring for Our Environment           Investing in Our People        Championing Best Practices       Appendix




Sustainability Performance
      [OJK B.1]


      ENHANCING                                           >200M
      QUALITY OF LIFE                                     Indonesians served



                                                   Rp

      Rp
            9,033B                    Rp
                                           Rp
                                                                                  Rp
                                                                                         314B                    TAX
                                                                                                                                          1,758                                           >287k
                                                                                                                  %                                                                       Beneficiaries
      Revenue                                                                     Taxes Paid                                              Community activities



                                                                                                                                          Total Locations

      94%
      Sold homes priced
      under RP 2 billion
                                                                                                                                          22             50                         >Rp42B
                                                                                                                                          Provinces         Cities                  Spending



      [OJK B.2, F.4]                                      GHG Emissions
                                                                                                                                                                                                                     CO2

      CARING FOR OUR                                      9 ktCO₂e 195 ktCO₂e 515 ktCO₂e                                                                CO2                   0.106 tCO₂e/m²
      ENVIRONMENT                                               Scope 1             Scope 2                                  Scope 3                                           Building Emissions Intensity




      4                                                                                                                                                              122
      Green Building Certifications
      New EDGE Certification
                                                                903K GJ                                    0.41 GJ/m²                                                Total EV charging
                                                                Energy Consumption                         Building Energy Intensity                                 stations installed
      for Palembang Icon




                                                                                                      34%                                      ~1.59M m³
       3.71M m³                                  1.64 m³/m²                                           Water consumption
                                                                                                      from sustainable
                                                                                                                                               Treated water from
                                                                                                                                               sustainable sources
                                                                                                                                                                                          3,244 tons
      Water Consumption                          Building Water Intensity                                                                                                                 Waste diverted from landfill
                                                                                                      sources




15                                                                                                                                                                           PT Lippo Karawaci Tbk 2025 SUSTAINABILITY REPORT
Page 16
 Introduction      Highlights       Our Sustainability Approach         Enhancing Quality of Life                     Caring for Our Environment       Investing in Our People          Championing Best Practices   Appendix




Sustainability Performance
      [OJK B.3]


      INVESTING IN                                      3,328                                          62%                                  38%             32%
                                                        Employees                                                 Male                       Female         Female senior executives
      OUR PEOPLE                                                                                                                                            and managers




      23.6                      >47,000                           1,394                          3,900                                                 0.30 0.36
      Average training hours    Total training hours              ESG training hours             OHS training hours                                    LTIFR             LTIFR
      per employee                                                                                                                                     (Employee)        (Contractor)




      CHAMPIONING
                                                        367                                                                         99%
                                                        Onboarded users for                                                         Refresher training completion for
      BEST PRACTICES                                    ESG Data Management system                                                  Code of Conduct & Anti-corruption policy




      Top SDG                                           Zero                            Rp
                                                                                                                       Zero
      Award                                             Case of corruption,
                                                        fraud and bribery
                                                                                                                       Case of Data Privacy
                                                                                                                       Breach and Leaks




      Hubexo Asia Awards 2025                                                 MURI      Basic Life Support Training for 9,000
                                                                                        Non-Medical Community Members
                                                                                                                                                                     Top SDGs Award 2025




16                                                                                                                                                                                PT Lippo Karawaci Tbk 2025 SUSTAINABILITY REPORT
Page 17
 Introduction        Highlights       Our Sustainability Approach         Enhancing Quality of Life       Caring for Our Environment         Investing in Our People          Championing Best Practices      Appendix




Awards & Recognition

        SEGMENT                   BUSINESS UNITS                                          ORGANIZER                                                                    AWARD TITLE

     Holding Company      PT Lippo Karawaci Tbk                     Indonesian Institute for Corporate Directorship (IICD)       Top 50 Middle Capitalization Public Listed Company Award

                                                                    Fortune Indonesia 100                                        Listed in Fortune Indonesia 100 - The Fortune 100 Property and Real Estate Sector

                                                                    TopBusiness Magazine                                         Top Leader on CSR Award 2025

                                                                    INFOBRAND.ID & TRAS N CO Indonesia                           Top SDG Award 2025

       Real Estate        LippoLand                                 Hubexo                                                       Hubexo Asia Awards 2025 - Elite Awards

                                                                                                                                 Hubexo Asia Awards 2025 - Top 10 Developers

                          Park Serpong                              Indonesia Property Watch                                     Golden Property Awards 2025 - Innovative Housing Project Of The Year

                                                                                                                                 Golden Property Awards 2025 - Best Of The Best Zillenial Housing Project

                                                                    Bank Tabungan Negara                                         BTN Award 2025 - Most Innovative Mortgage Housing Project Medium Scale Award

                                                                    PropertyGuru Indonesia Property Awards                       Best Housing Development (Greater Jakarta)

                                                                                                                                 Best Eco-Friendly Housing Development

                          GMTD                                      Bisnis Indonesia                                             Bisnis Indonesia Award 2025 – Real Estate Developer Category

                                                                    Directorate General of Taxes (DJP), Ministry of Finance,     The Largest Taxpayer And Law-Abiding PBB-P2 Taxpayer At The Tax Award 2025
                                                                    Indonesia

                          Lippo Cikarang - Cosmo Estate             PropertyGuru Indonesia Property Awards                       Best Mid-End Housing Development (West Java)

                          Lippo Village - Zen Series                                                                             Best High-End Hosing Development (Greater Jakarta)

       Healthcare         Siloam Hospitals Group                    Hospital Management Asia                                     Best Community Involvement

                                                                    Newsweek and Statista                                        World's Most Trustworthy Companies

                                                                                                                                 Best Specialized Hospitals in Oncology 2023 - 2025

                          Siloam Hospitals Group                    Charlton Media Group – Healthcare Asia Award                 Service Delivery Innovation Initiative of the Year (Self Check-In)

                          Siloam Hospitals Group                                                                                 Clinical Service Initiative of the Year

                          MRCCC                                                                                                  Specialty Hospital of the Year

                          Siloam Hospitals ASRI                                                                                  Tertiary Hospital of the Year




17                                                                                                                                                                         PT Lippo Karawaci Tbk 2025 SUSTAINABILITY REPORT
Page 18
Introduction      Highlights       Our Sustainability Approach          Enhancing Quality of Life    Caring for Our Environment        Investing in Our People          Championing Best Practices    Appendix




      SEGMENT                  BUSINESS UNITS                                           ORGANIZER                                                                AWARD TITLE

     Healthcare        BIMC Nusa Dua                             Charlton Media Group – Healthcare Asia Award               Medical Tourism Hospital of the Year

                       MRCCC                                                                                                Specialty Hospital of the Year - Oncology

                       Siloam Hospitals Group                                                                               Digitized Healthcare Service of the year

                       Siloam Hospitals Kebon Jeruk              World Stroke Organization (WSO)                            WSO Angels Awards - DIAMOND STATUS (Excellence in Stroke Care)

                       Siloam Hospitals TB Simatupang                                                                       WSO Angels Awards - DIAMOND STATUS (Excellence in Stroke Care)

                       Siloam Hospitals Lippo Village                                                                       WSO Angels Awards - PLATINUM STATUS (High Performing Hospitals)

                       Siloam Hospitals Depok                                                                               WSO Angels Awards - GOLD STATUS (The First-Tier Awards)

                       Siloam Hospitals Purwakarta                                                                          WSO Angels Awards - GOLD STATUS (The First-Tier Awards)

                       Siloam Hospitals Manpang                                                                             WSO Angels Awards - GOLD STATUS (The First-Tier Awards)

                       Siloam Hospitals Lippo Village            International Hospital Federation                          Honourable Mention - Dr Kwang Tae Kim Grand Hospital Award 2025

                       Siloam Hospitals Group                    Healthcare Asia Award                                      Patient Safety Excellence Award

                       BIMC Kuta                                 Global Health Summit Indonesia                             Indonesia Best Emergency and Trauma Hospital 2025

                       MRCCC                                     Newsweek and Statista                                      Asia Pacific Best Specialized Hospital in Oncology

                                                                                                                            Asia Pacific Best Specialized Hospital in Pulmonology

                       Siloam Hospitals Group                    Angels Initiative                                          EMS Angels Award

                                                                 IDN                                                        Fortune Indonesia - Change the World

                                                                 Investor Trust                                             Public Company with Diamond Achievement: The Best Corporate Emission Reduction
                                                                                                                            Transparency Awards

                                                                 SWA Magazine                                               Best Innovation in ESG Implementation

                                                                 MURI                                                       MURI: Basic Life Support Training for 9,000 Non-Medical Community Members

                                                                                                                            MURI: 3,000 Breast Cancer Screenings

                                                                 FIHRRST                                                    One of the Public Companies with the Best 2024 Sustainability Report - Grade A

                                                                 CSA                                                        Award of Excellence - Analyst's Favorite Listed Company in the Healthcare Sector

                                                                 Bloomberg Technoz                                          20 Top Companies to Watch

                                                                 SWA Magazine




18                                                                                                                                                                 PT Lippo Karawaci Tbk 2025 SUSTAINABILITY REPORT
Page 19
 Introduction       Highlights       Our Sustainability Approach         Enhancing Quality of Life     Caring for Our Environment        Investing in Our People        Championing Best Practices      Appendix




       SEGMENT                   BUSINESS UNITS                                          ORGANIZER                                                                 AWARD TITLE

      Healthcare         Siloam Hospitals Group                    SWA Magazine                                               Indonesia Best Business Transformation Award

                                                                                                                              Top 3 Wealth Creator of the Middle Market Capitalization Category

                                                                   TOP Brand                                                  Top Brand Award: Private Hospital Network

                                                                   IDN                                                        Fortune Award - Top 3 Healthcare Fortune Company

                         Siloam Hospitals Lippo Village            Perhimpunan Rumah Sakit Seluruh Indonesia (PERSI)          Best Hospital for Neurology Services

                                                                                                                              Best Hospital for Cardiology (Heart) Services

                         MRCCC                                                                                                Top 10 Cancer Hospital

        Lifestyle        Aryaduta Hotel Group                      The Iconomics                                              Indonesia's Best Hospitality Brand

                                                                   World Travel Awards                                        Indonesia's Leading Hotel Group 2025

                                                                   Traveloka                                                  Traveloka Hotel Awards 2025 - Collaborative Excellence

                                                                   Indonesia Travel & Tourism Awards                          Indonesia's Leading Hotel Chain 2025

                         Aryaduta Menteng                          Exquisite Media Awards                                     Best Japanese Restaurant 2025 - SHIMA

                                                                                                                              Best Wedding Venue in Jakarta 2025

                         Aryaduta Lippo Village                    TripAdvisor                                                TripAdvisor Travellers' Choice Awards 2025

                         Aryaduta Bali                                                                                        TripAdvisor Travellers' Choice Awards 2025

                                                                                                                              TripAdvisor Travellers' Choice Award 2025 - Henry's Steakhouse

                         Aryaduta Bandung                                                                                     TripAdvisor Travellers' Choice Awards 2025

                         Aryaduta Medan                            TripAdvisor                                                TripAdvisor Travellers' Choice Awards 2025

                                                                   Traveloka                                                  Exceptional Guest Experience Prestige 2025

                         Aryaduta Pekanbaru                        TripAdvisor                                                TripAdvisor Travellers' Choice Awards 2025

                                                                   Traveloka                                                  Exceptional Guest Experience Prestige 2025

                                                                   INFOBRAND.ID & TRAS N CO Indonesia                         Top SDG Award 2025




19                                                                                                                                                                   PT Lippo Karawaci Tbk 2025 SUSTAINABILITY REPORT
Page 20
Introduction            Highlights             Our Sustainability Approach              Enhancing Quality of Life              Caring for Our Environment                Investing in Our People       Championing Best Practices          Appendix




Sustainability Agenda
2025 PERFORMANCE VS 2030 TARGETS




        ENHANCING QUALITY OF LIFE                                   CARING FOR OUR ENVIRONMENT                                                INVESTING IN OUR PEOPLE                                 CHAMPIONING BEST PRACTICES

                               AFFORDABLE HOUSING                    CO2                      OPERATIONAL EMISSIONS                                 OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH & SAFETY                                                    BUSINESS ETHICS


         2030 TARGET            2025 PERFORMANCE                        2030 TARGET                  2025 PERFORMANCE                        2030 TARGET              2025 PERFORMANCE                   2030 TARGET           2025 PERFORMANCE
      At least 90% of sold        94% of sold homes                   35% reduction in                  34% reduction in                     Zero fatalities               Zero fatalities           100% completion rate       99% completion rate
     homes priced under             priced under                     building emissions                building emissions                                                                             for training on Code      for training on Code
     Rp 2 billion1 each year         Rp 2 billion                  intensity3 by 2035, with                 intensity                         Zero high                1 high consequence             of Conduct and anti-      of Conduct and anti-
                                                                   15% reduction by 2030                                                 consequence injuries           injury (Contractor)            corruption policies       corruption policies
                         COMMUNITY ENGAGEMENT                     Baseline: 0.16 k tCO₂e/m² (2019)
                                                                                                                                          ≤ 1 Lost Time Injury       LTIFR (Employee): 0.30         Zero data privacy leaks    Zero data privacy leaks
                                                                                                                                        Frequency Rate (LTIFR)       LTIFR (Contractor): 0.36       across all systems and     across all systems and
                                                                                                     WATER CONSUMPTION
         2030 TARGET            2025 PERFORMANCE                                                                                                                                                          operations                 operations
     5,000 PASTI activities2     4,563 PASTI activities
            by 2030               (cumulative since 2022)               2030 TARGET                  2025 PERFORMANCE                                          TRAINING & DEVELOPMENT                                                  COMPLIANCE
                                                                   At least 30% of water                 34% of water
       1 million PASTI               937,233 PASTI                  consumption from                  consumption from
     beneficiaries by 2030           beneficiaries                 sustainable sources4               sustainable sources                    2030 TARGET              2025 PERFORMANCE                   2030 TARGET           2025 PERFORMANCE
                                  (cumulative since 2022)                each year                                                        Average 15 training          Average 23.6 training           Zero cases of non-        Zero cases of non-
                                                                                                                                          hours per employee           hours per employee               compliance with           compliance with
                                                                                                                                                                                                      laws and regulations      laws and regulations
                 GREEN BUILDING CERTIFICATION                                                          WATER TREATMENT                     At least 1,000 ESG                 1,394 ESG              resulting in fines and/   resulting in fines and/
                                                                                                                                        training hours each year           Training Hours                 or sanctions              or sanctions

         2030 TARGET            2025 PERFORMANCE                        2030 TARGET                  2025 PERFORMANCE
                                                                                                                                                                                                      Zero legal cases of       Zero legal cases of
       600,000 m² GFA              487,000 m² GFA                  At least 1,000,000 m³                1,588,881 m³ of                                                                              corruption, fraud and     corruption, fraud and
      of asset portfolio to         Green Building                 of treated water from              treated water from            1
                                                                                                                                      Inflation-adjusted IDR 2 billion at 2022 levels                       bribery                   bribery
      be green building                Certified                    sustainable sources4              sustainable sources           2
                                                                                                                                       PASTI is the Group framework for community
       certified by 2030          (cumulative since 2022)                 each year                                                 engagement and CSR initiatives
                                                                                                                                    3
                                                                                                                                       Scope 1 & 2 emissions intensity of high-rise residential
                                                                                                                                    buildings, malls, and hotels (average)
                              SOLAR PANEL CAPACITY                                                      WASTE DIVERSION             4
                                                                                                                                       Sustainable water sources include recycled wastewater                                         PROCUREMENT
                                                                                                                                    and harvested rainwater
         2030 TARGET            2025 PERFORMANCE                        2030 TARGET                  2025 PERFORMANCE                                                                                    2030 TARGET           2025 PERFORMANCE
     5,000 kWp Solar PV          1,898 kWp Solar PV                At least 3,000 tons of              3,244 tons of waste                                                                             Formulate Group         Continue collection of
       installed by 2030               installed                    waste diverted from               diverted from landfill                                                                       Sustainable Procurement     signed commitments
                                  (cumulative since 2022)            landfill each year                                                                                                              Policy, and socialize        with key vendors
                                                                                                                                                                                                   requirements to vendors




20                                                                                                                                                                                                 PT Lippo Karawaci Tbk 2025 SUSTAINABILITY REPORT
Page 21
 Introduction   Highlights   Our Sustainability Approach   Enhancing Quality of Life   Caring for Our Environment   Investing in Our People      Championing Best Practices      Appendix




OUR SUSTAINABILITY                                                                                                            Sustainability Framework

                                                                                                                              Sustainability Governance



APPROACH                                                                                                                      Materiality Assessment & Stakeholder Engagement

                                                                                                                              Supporting UN SDGs & UNGC Principles

                                                                                                                              Climate & Sustainability Risks & Opportunities




21                                                                                                                                            PT Lippo Karawaci Tbk 2025 SUSTAINABILITY REPORT
Page 22
Introduction        Highlights        Our Sustainability Approach    Enhancing Quality of Life               Caring for Our Environment                 Investing in Our People              Championing Best Practices                Appendix




Sustainability Framework
 In line with our Group’s overarching vision of “Growing in
 Stewardship, Transforming Lives”, we place sustainability
 at the heart of everything we do. We are committed
 to   being    responsible       stewards   of   the    resources,
 environment, and communities placed under our care.
 As a forward-looking company, we strive to pursue                                                     VISION            Advancing the Well-Being of Indonesians at Every Stage of Life
 sustainable growth and deliver transformative impact to
 the millions we serve throughout the archipelago, as well
 as the future generations to come. We recognize that                        Enhancing                                 Caring for                                   Investing in                                  Championing
 we cannot do this alone, which is why we work together                      Quality of Life                           Our Environment                              Our People                                    Best Practices
 with the myriad business partners and stakeholders
                                                                               Drive sustainable                          Improve resource                             Create a fair and                             Uphold highest
 across our value chain to adopt ESG best practices and
                                                                               economic growth                            efficiency and reduce                        inclusive workplace                           standards of corporate
 leverage our respective strengths. Together, we stand                         throughout Indonesia                       environmental footprint                                                                    governance
 united for a better Indonesia.                                                                                                                                        Prioritize health, safety
                                                                               Provide quality living                     Develop greener                              and well-being                                Promote sustainable
                                                                               and socioeconomic                          products and processes                                                                     practices across
 At LPKR, we aspire to advance the well-being of
                                                                               opportunities for local                                                                 Develop and empower                           value chain
 Indonesians at every stage of life. Our Sustainability                        communities                                Mitigate climate risks                       staff to unlock their
 Framework articulates our approach to sustainable value                                                                  and capitalize on new                        full potential                                Improve accountability
                                                                               Innovate to enhance                        opportunities                                                                              and transparency in
 creation for our stakeholders across four key pillars :    3

                                                                               offerings and enrich the                                                                                                              ESG performance
                                                                               customer experience
 1) Enhancing Quality of Life
 2) Caring for Our Environment
 3) Investing in Our People
 4) Championing Best Practices


 Supported     by   a   robust      sustainability     governance
 structure, this Framework guides the integration
 of    sustainability     into     our      business     strategy,
 policies, and operations.                                              3
                                                                            These pillars correspond with the four overarching themes of the WEF Stakeholder Capitalism Metrics – Prosperity, People, Planet, and Principles of Governance.




22                                                                                                                                                                                      PT Lippo Karawaci Tbk 2025 SUSTAINABILITY REPORT
Page 23
Introduction     Highlights     Our Sustainability Approach         Enhancing Quality of Life        Caring for Our Environment      Investing in Our People           Championing Best Practices          Appendix




Sustainability Governance
 At LPKR, we are committed to integrating                                                                                         As the lead governing bodies of LPKR, the BoD and BoC provide strategic
                                                                                                                                  direction for the Group, ensuring that its approach to material ESG issues
 sustainability into our organizational structure
                                                                                                                                  aligns with the interests of the business and stakeholders. The BoD bears
 and governance framework. We believe that                GOVERNANCE &               BOARD OF                BOARD OF
                                                                                                                                  ultimate responsibility for the Group’s ESG performance, while the BoC serves
                                                         ACCOUNTABILITY              DIRECTORS             COMMISSIONERS
 a robust sustainability governance structure,                                                                                    as a supervisory and advisory body to the BoD. Both Boards review the Group’s

 which emphasizes our ESG priorities across all                                                                                   sustainability targets and performance, as well as approve relevant disclosures,
                                                                                                                                  such as the Sustainability Report.
 organizational levels, enables us to serve our
 stakeholders in a more responsible manner.

                                                                                                                                  The ESG Committee is appointed by the BoD to set the direction for the
 Our sustainability governance is spearheaded                                                                                     Group’s ESG strategy, policies, and initiatives, as well as exercise oversight over

 by the ESG Committee, anchored by the ESG                                                                                        the Group’s ESG performance. Chaired by the President Director, the ESG
                                                                STRATEGY &                                                        Committee consists of BoD Members and Senior Executives who hold positions
 Steering Group, and supported by champions                     OVERSIGHT
                                                                                                ESG COMMITTEE
                                                                                                                                  of responsibility and/or possess expertise which are relevant to the Group’s
 from the relevant corporate functions and                                                                                        ESG strategy and policies. The ESG Committee reports to the BoD and BoC to
 our business units. The Group Sustainability                                                                                     seek guidance on ESG priorities and workplans, and to provide updates on the
                                                                                                                                  Group’s ESG performance. The ESG Committee meets at least four times a year.
 Function acts as a “Centre of Excellence” to
 support the ESG Committee, ESG Steering
 Group, and each business unit in their respective
                                                                                                                                  The ESG Steering Group is the platform through which the Group’s ESG strategy
 ESG journeys. Together, they are responsible for
                                                                                                                                  is operationalized. Led by the Group Head of Sustainability, it comprises key
 formulating the Group’s sustainability strategy                                             ESG STEERING GROUP
                                                                                                                                  representatives from our business units and relevant corporate functions
 and driving initiatives to achieve the Group’s               MANAGEMENT,                                                         including Risk Control and Assurance, Corporate Secretary, Human Resources,
                                                          COORDINATION,              Group          ESG PICs         ESG PICs     Investor Relations, and Corporate Communications. The ESG Steering Group
 ESG targets and commitments. This structure
                                                               MONITORING        Sustainability    (Corporate       (Business     is responsible for executing workplans approved by the ESG Committee and
 provides multiple channels through which we                                        Function       Functions)         Units)      monitoring ESG performance in their respective areas of operation. When
 can escalate ESG risks and issues of concern,                                                                                    necessary, the ESG Steering Group convenes working groups to socialize

 remediate negative impacts, and undertake                                                                                        workplans, create alignment, and drive progress in specific ESG workstreams.

 policy reviews where necessary. Bottom-up input
 from the business units and corporate functions
                                                                                                                                  Our business units, with support from the relevant corporate functions, are held
 is frequently tabled to the ESG Committee for                                                                                    accountable for their ESG performance through regular reporting to the ESG
                                                                EXECUTION                       BUSINESS UNITS
 consideration and follow-up.                                                                                                     Committee via the ESG Steering Group.




23                                                                                                                                                               PT Lippo Karawaci Tbk 2025 SUSTAINABILITY REPORT
Page 24
Introduction       Highlights         Our Sustainability Approach        Enhancing Quality of Life         Caring for Our Environment       Investing in Our People      Championing Best Practices      Appendix




Materiality Assessment & Stakeholder Engagement
 PROCESS OF IDENTIFYING                                                     2. Double          Materiality     Assessment:         Participants
 MATERIAL TOPICS [GRI 3-1 to 3-3]                                               engaged in a survey to evaluate topics through
                                                                                a double materiality lens. This involved assessing
 Every year, we perform a materiality assessment to                             Impact Materiality on our external footprint on society
 review the ESG topics that have a material impact                              and the environment alongside Financial Materiality
 on our business and our stakeholders. This year, we                            focusing on the internal influence of sustainability
 conducted a review of our material topics through                              factors      on      our   financial     performance       and
 focus group discussions. In line with the best global                          long-term viability.
 practices, we have institutionalized a rigorous four-                      3. Stakeholder           Prioritization:    Finally,    to   ensure
 step materiality process to identify the ESG topics most                       our strategy remains responsive to the external
 critical to our organization. This methodology allows us                       landscape, we prioritized these validated topics
 to effectively balance diverse stakeholder perspectives                        based on their importance to our stakeholders. This
 while confirming the year-on-year relevance of our                             final layer of analysis ensures that our ESG focus stays
 priority issues. By adopting this focused and targeted                         aligned with market expectations and the needs of
 approach, we ensure that sustainability is not a                               the communities we serve.
 standalone initiative, but a core component strategically                  4. Governance Oversight and Approval: The final set of
 integrated into our holistic business practices and                            ESG topics and the resulting materiality matrix were
 long-term decision-making.                                                     reviewed and approved by the ESG Committee, with
                                                                                subsequent validation by the Board of Directors and
 The determination of our material topics followed a                            the Board of Commissioners. This top-down mandate
 structured, four-step methodology:                                             ensures that our sustainability priorities are fully
                                                                                integrated into our broader corporate strategy.
 1. Internal Validation and Relevance: We initiated
     the process with Focus Group Discussions (FGDs)                        As our business landscape continues to evolve, we
     involving management-level representatives from                        remain committed to regularly reviewing the relevance
     every business unit. This stage ensured that the                       of these material topics, updating our priorities where
     identified topics were grounded in our current                         necessary to reflect the most significant impacts and
     operational   realities    and    remained      relevant       to      opportunities for our business.
     our corporate identity.




24                                                                                                                                                                    PT Lippo Karawaci Tbk 2025 SUSTAINABILITY REPORT
Page 25
Introduction                      Highlights               Our Sustainability Approach                 Enhancing Quality of Life             Caring for Our Environment              Investing in Our People           Championing Best Practices             Appendix




  STAKEHOLDER ENGAGEMENT [GRI 2-29]


  We strive to build positive relationships and actively engage with our internal and external stakeholders throughout the year. Stakeholders are defined as individuals or groups that
  have interests that are affected or could be affected by the Group’s activities. These individuals or groups are identified through screening by the Group Sustainability Function and
  are engaged through regular touchpoints and various feedback channels, such as surveys and focus group discussions. By consistently communicating across diverse platforms and
  employing feedback mechanisms, we gain a deeper understanding of our stakeholders and their emerging needs and concerns. Upon identifying emerging needs and concerns
  among stakeholders, the Group reviews these issues and makes subsequent adjustments. These adjustments will be thoughtfully incorporated or duly considered in the decision-
  making process. We ensure good communication with stakeholders by publishing materials, including quarterly financial results, press releases, and investor presentations. In addition,
  as a publicly listed entity, we regularly disclose information and announcements through the Indonesia Stock Exchange (IDX) and shareholder meetings, as well as actively engage in
  investor meetings, media gatherings, and various conferences. We also continue to improve internal communication with our employees through our internal newsletters and events,
  as well as regular socialization on ESG topics - please refer to “Employee Engagement & Retention” on page 80 for more information. The table below highlights the Group’s response
  to specific stakeholder concerns.


                                                                                                                   Government & Industry
                               Employees                           Investors & Rating Agencies                                                                Customers & Tenants                              Communities                   Vendors & Suppliers
                                                                                                                        Associations

                    • Employee benefits and assistance           • Investor meetings                           • Regular interaction with national/      • Product launches and customer            • Public spaces and programs         • Tenders
                    • Training programs (internal/               • Investor releases and presentations           local government agencies                 events                                   • Social engagement and CSR          • Vendor/supplier policies
                      external)                                  • Quarterly earnings calls                    • Permits and licensing approvals         • Tenant agreements                          activities                         • Regular engagement
   How We Engage




                    • Employee engagement activities             • Investor conferences and roadshows          • Events organized by government          • Digital applications and services        • Online and offline media           • Collaboration with local
                    • Career and talent development                                                              and industry associations               • Customer service and guest                 engagement                           vendors
                                                                 • Annual and Sustainability Reports
                      programs                                                                                                                             relations
                                                                 • General Meeting of Shareholders
                    • Company policies                                                                                                                   • Surveys, feedback platforms, and
                                                                 • Extraordinary General Meeting of
                    • Volunteerism                                                                                                                         market research
                                                                   Shareholders
                    • Annual Gathering                                                                                                                   • Social media channels
                    • Infinity Newsletter
                    • Lippo Fun Club



                    • Internal ESG alignment and buy-            • Price volatility and inflationary           • Evolving regulatory frameworks          • Quality of feedback                      • Measurement of social impact       • Nascent awareness of
Challenges




                      in within the company                        pressures                                   • Advocacy for ESG priorities             • Complaints that are difficult to         • Approach to CSR limited to           ESG best practices and
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                           sustainable supply chain
   Our




                    • ESG initiatives not yet embraced           • Stock performance                                                                       resolve immediately                        philanthropic activities
                      across the company                         • Global uncertainties from                                                                                                        • Effectiveness of
                                                                   geopolitical conditions and                                                                                                        communication channels
                                                                   macroeconomic factors


                    • Weekly updates on company                  • Provide timely updates to bond and          • Maintain engagement with                • Improve products and services            • Implement Group social             • Promote business ethics
                      news and activities                          equity investors through conference           agencies and institutions to ensure       through soliciting regular                 engagement framework                 through Vendor Integrity
                    • Increase employee training hours             calls and investor release                    compliance                                feedback                                   (PASTI)                              Pledge and Sustainable
   How We Respond




                      and leadership development                 • Improve transparency in disclosures         • Support KADIN initiatives through       • Enhance customer and tenant              • Newsletters and social media         Procurement Policy
                      programs                                     (e.g. enhancing ESG disclosures –             B20 participation and ESG                 experiences through innovation             engagement                         • Recognize achievements of
                    • Update Code of Conduct to                    TCFD, SASB)                                   taskforces                              • Increase engagement via digital          • Increase community                   good performers
                      promote business and ethics                • Regular meetings to understand              • Become a UNGC member                      platforms (e.g. MySiloam app)              engagement and volunteering        • Prioritize local vendors and
                    • Promote greater diversity, equity,           and address external stakeholders’          • Conduct CSR activities in               • Speed up complaint resolution                                                   small businesses
                      and inclusion at the workplace               concerns                                      partnership with local government         processes
                    • Campaigns on health and                    • Engage rating agencies to                     agencies
                      wellness, environmental                      understand ESG rating criteria              • Participate in surveys by OJK and
                      awareness, and community                   • Discussions on ESG best practices             IDX
                      engagement                                   and other topics such as sustainable
                                                                   financing




25                                                                                                                                                                                                                 PT Lippo Karawaci Tbk 2025 SUSTAINABILITY REPORT
Page 26
Introduction                                             Highlights                        Our Sustainability Approach                     Enhancing Quality of Life           Caring for Our Environment                                                                                                      Investing in Our People                       Championing Best Practices    Appendix




        Updated Material Topics and Management
                                                                                                                                                   MATERIAL              INTERNAL                                                                EXTERNAL                                                                                      GRI STANDARD                     2025         FUTURE
        In 2025, we conducted a comprehensive review to map                                                                                         TOPICS             STAKEHOLDERS                                                            STAKEHOLDERS                                                                                    DISCLOSURES                   MATERIALITY   IMPORTANCE
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              CHANGES
        the relevance of each material topic to our specific




                                                                                                                                                                       Board


                                                                                                                                                                                Management


                                                                                                                                                                                             General Employees


                                                                                                                                                                                                                 Investors & Rating Agencies


                                                                                                                                                                                                                                               Customers & Tenants


                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                     Vendors & Suppliers


                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                           Government & NGOs


                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                   Local Communities
        stakeholder groups. This engagement process allows us
        to pinpoint which ESG issues carry the greatest weight
        for each partner, from investors to local communities.
        By identifying these critical touchpoints, we have
        established a framework that ensures our priorities
        are not only aligned with stakeholder expectations but
        also drive measurable value where it is needed most. In
        addition, we conducted an internal stakeholder survey to
                                                                                                                                              Governance &             Y         Y             Y                     Y                           Y                     Y                     Y                                         GRI 2: General Disclosures                  =       High
                                                                                                                                              Accountability                                                                                                                                                                           (Governance)
        assess the trends of the material topics and focus value
                                                                                                                                              Data Privacy &           Y         Y                                   Y                           Y                     Y                     Y                       Y                 GRI 418: Customer Privacy                           High
        year on year with future relevance of our core material                                                                               Security

        topics from an organizational perspective and to help                                                                                 Product Innovation                 Y             Y                                                 Y                     Y                                             Y                 GRI 203: Indirect Economic                          High
        shape our future strategic approaches. This assessment                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                         Impacts

        allows us to understand the changing dynamics that                                                                                    Economic                 Y         Y             Y                     Y                           Y                     Y                                             Y                 GRI 201: Economic Performance                       Medium
                                                                                                                                              Contribution
        impacts our organisation.
                                                                                                                                              Customer Service &       Y         Y             Y                                                 Y                     Y                                                               GRI 417: Marketing & Labelling;                     High
                                                         2025 Materiality Matrix                                                              Satisfaction                                                                                                                                                                             GRI 418: Customer Privacy

                                                                                                                                              Energy Efficiency &      Y         Y                                   Y                           Y                     Y                     Y                       Y                 GRI 302: Energy; GRI 305:                           High
                                      Customer Service
                                                                                                                                              Emissions                                                                                                                                                                                Emissions
                                       & Sarisfaction                                           Data Privacy &
                                                                Economic                           Security

                                                                                                                                              Occupational Health      Y         Y             Y                                                 Y                     Y
                                                               Contribution
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                       GRI 403: Occupational Health &                      Medium
                                                                                                                                              & Safety                                                                                                                                                                                 Safety
                                                                                                                     Governance &
                                                                                     Product                         Accountability
                                   Water                                           Innovation
                                Stewardship
                                                                                                                                              Water Stewardship        Y         Y                                   Y                           Y                     Y                     Y                       Y                 GRI 303: Water and Effluents                        Medium
 Financial Materiality




                                                                                                            Energy Efficiency
                                                                                                              & Emmisions
                                                                                                                                              Ethics & Compliance      Y                       Y                     Y                           Y                     Y                     Y                                         GRI 205: Anti-Corruption; GRI 206:                  Medium
                                                                  Ethics &
                                                                Compliance                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                             Anti-Competitive Behavior
                           Waste
                         Management

                                                                                                                          Occupational        Community Support        Y         Y                                   Y                                                                       Y                       Y                 GRI 203: Indirect Economic                          Medium
                                                                                                                         Health & Safety
                                                                                                                                              & Engagement                                                                                                                                                                             Impacts; GRI 413: Local
                                      Employment &
                                                                                     Community Supoort
                                         Rights
                                                                                       & Engagement                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    Communities

                                                           Training &
                                                          Development                                                                         Employment &             Y         Y             Y                     Y                           Y                     Y                     Y                       Y                 GRI 401: Employment; GRI 402:                       Medium
                                                                                                                                              Rights                                                                                                                                                                                   Labor/Management Relations
                                                                        Impact Materiality


                                                   Enhancing Quality of Life               Investing in Our People                            Training &               Y         Y             Y                                                 Y                     Y                     Y
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                       GRI 404: Training & Education               =       Medium
                                                   Caring for Our Environment              Championing Best Practices                         Development

                                  Moderately Material                    Highly Material                  Critically Material                 Waste Management         Y         Y                                   Y                           Y                     Y                     Y                       Y                 GRI 306: Waste                                      High




26                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      PT Lippo Karawaci Tbk 2025 SUSTAINABILITY REPORT
Page 27
Introduction      Highlights    Our Sustainability Approach    Enhancing Quality of Life     Caring for Our Environment     Investing in Our People      Championing Best Practices      Appendix




Supporting UN SDGs & UNGC Principles
 The UN Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs) serve as a global framework guiding                        In 2022, we became a signatory to the United Nations Global Compact (UNGC). By joining
 governments and businesses in advancing sustainable development while improving                        the world’s largest corporate sustainability initiative, we are pledging our commitment
 the well-being of people, societies, and the planet. We are committed to aligning our                  to support the UNGC’s Ten Principles on human rights, labor, environment, and anti-
 ESG strategy to meet the underlying actions and priorities of the UN SDGs, as well                     corruption, as well as to take strategic actions to advance the UN SDGs.
 as Indonesia’s 2030 Agenda to our business operations and where we can create the
 most significant impact. We have mapped our sustainability framework and material                      This Report contains our disclosures based on the UNGC’s Ten Principles – please refer
 ESG topics to 13 out of 17 UN SDGs which we believe are relevant. The UN SDGs rally                    to “Content Index” on page 116.
 governments and corporations to advance the well-being of people, societies, and the
 planet by providing a blueprint to address the world’s most pressing development
 challenges. We are committed to aligning our ESG strategy to meet the underlying
 actions and priorities of the UN SDGs, as well as Indonesia’s 2030 Agenda to our business
 operations and where we can create the most significant impact.




27                                                                                                                                                    PT Lippo Karawaci Tbk 2025 SUSTAINABILITY REPORT
Page 28
Introduction   Highlights              Our Sustainability Approach                    Enhancing Quality of Life           Caring for Our Environment       Investing in Our People         Championing Best Practices     Appendix




                                   SUPPORTING UN SDGS                                                                                 OUR CONTRIBUTIONS                                                ESG TOPICS



               G OAL 3                                                                                                • Provide quality and accessible healthcare across             • Economic Performance
               Good Health & Well-being                                                                                 Indonesia, including remote areas.                           • Community Support and Engagement
               TARGET 3. 8                                          TAR G E T 3 .C                                    • Promote health and wellness through public                   • Customer/Tenant Engagement
               Achieve universal health coverage, including         Substantially increase health financing and         campaigns.
               financial risk protection, access to quality         the recruitment, development, training                                                                           • Occupational Health and Safety
               essential health-care services and access to         and retention of the health workforce in          • Provide customers, visitors and employees with a
               safe, effective, quality, and affordable essential   developing countries, especially in least           safe and healthy living and working environment.
               medicines and vaccines for all.                      developed countries and small island
                                                                    developing States.




               G OAL 4                                                                                                • Equip employees with the necessary skills through            • Community Support and Engagement
               Quality Education                                                                                        training and development to fulfil their career              • Employment
                                                                                                                        aspirations.
               TARGET 4 . 4                                                                                                                                                          • Training and Development
               By 2030, substantially increase the number of youth and adults who have relevant skills,               • Ensure access to quality education and vocational
               including technical and vocational skills, for employment, decent jobs, and entrepreneurship.            training across Indonesia.



               G OAL 5                                                                                                • Promote gender equality and empower women                    • Employment
               Gender Equality                                                                                          at the workplace.                                            • Diversity and Equal Opportunity
               TARGET 5.1                                           TAR G E T 5 . 5                                   • Eradicate all forms of workplace discrimination              • Non-Discrimination
               End all forms of discrimination against all          Ensure women’s full and effective participation     and establish effective channels for grievances.
               women and girls everywhere.                          and equal opportunities for leadership at
                                                                    all levels of decision making in political,
                                                                    economic, and public life.developing States.




               G OAL 6                                                                                                • Equip employees with the necessary skills through            • Community Support and Engagement
               Clean Water and Sanitation                                                                               training and development to fulfil their career              • Employment
                                                                                                                        aspirations.
               TARGET 6 . 3                                         TAR G E T 6 . 4                                                                                                  • Training and Development
               By 2030, improve water quality by reducing           By 2030, substantially increase water-use         • Ensure access to quality education and vocational
               pollution, eliminating dumping, and                  efficiency across all sectors and ensure            training across Indonesia.
               minimizing release of hazardous chemicals            sustainable withdrawals and supply of
               and materials, halving the proportion of             freshwater to address water scarcity and
               untreated wastewater, and substantially              substantially reduce the number of people
               increasing recycling and safe reuse globally.        suffering from water scarcity.




               G OAL 7                                                                                                • Increase energy efficiency to lower carbon                     Energy Efficiency and Emissions
               Affordable and Clean Energy                                                                              emissions and operational costs.
               TARGET 7. 2                                          TAR G E T 7. 3                                    • Switch to renewable energy through the adoption
               By 2030, increase substantially the share of         By 2030, double the global rate of                  of technologies such as rooftop solar photovoltaic
               renewable energy in the global energy mix.           improvement in energy efficiency.                   (PV) systems.




28                                                                                                                                                                                     PT Lippo Karawaci Tbk 2025 SUSTAINABILITY REPORT
Page 29
Introduction   Highlights             Our Sustainability Approach                     Enhancing Quality of Life              Caring for Our Environment        Investing in Our People         Championing Best Practices     Appendix




                                  SUPPORTING UN SDGS                                                                                     OUR CONTRIBUTIONS                                                 ESG TOPICS



               G OAL 8                                                                                                   • Contribute to the local economy and MSMEs                     • Economic Performance
               Decent Work and Economic Growth                                                                             through job creation and business partnerships.               • Community Support and Engagement
               TARGET 8 .1                                         TAR G E T 8 . 8                                       • Protect and promote human rights and labor rights             • Employment
               Sustain per capita economic growth in               Protect labor rights and promote safe and               at the workplace.
               accordance with national circumstances              secure working environments for all workers,
               and, in particular, at least 7% gross domestic      including migrant workers, in particular
               product growth per annum in the least               women migrants, and those in precarious
               developed countries.                                employment.




               G OAL 9                                                                                                   • Provide products and services that meet                       • Product Innovation
               Industry, Innovation and Infrastructure                                                                     infrastructural and social needs through                      • Energy Efficiency and Emissions
                                                                                                                           continuous innovation.
               TARGET 9. 4                                         TAR G E T 9. 5
               By 2030, upgrade infrastructure and retrofit        Enhance scientific research, upgrade the              • Implementing green building practices such as
               industries to make them sustainable, with           technological capabilities of industrial sectors in     energy audits and building management systems.
               increased resource-use efficiency and greater       all countries, in particular developing countries,
               adoption of clean and environmentally sound         including, by 2030, encouraging innovation
               technologies and industrial processes, with         and substantially increasing the number of
               all countries taking action in accordance with      research and development workers per 1 million
               their respective capabilities.                      people and public and private research and
                                                                   development spending.




               G OAL 10                                                                                                  • Advocate for equitable employment practices and               • Employment
               Reduced Inequalities                                                                                        DEI principles in the workplace.                              • Diversity and Equal Opportunity
               TARGET 10. 2                                        TAR G E T 10. 3                                       • Reinforce zero tolerance policy for discrimination.           • Non-Discrimination
               By 2030, empower and promote the social,            Ensure equal opportunity and reduce
               economic and political inclusion of all,            inequalities of outcome, including by
               irrespective of age, sex, disability, race,         eliminating discriminatory laws, policies
               ethnicity, origin, religion or economic or          and practices and promoting appropriate
               other status.                                       legislation, policies, and action in this regard.




               G OAL 11                                                                                                  • Provide affordable housing options that cater to              • Community Support and Engagement
               Sustainable Cities and Communities                                                                          different market segments in Indonesia, especially            • Product Innovation
                                                                                                                           first-home owners.
               TARGET 11.1                                         TAR G E T 11.6                                                                                                        • Waste Management
               By 2030, ensure access for all to adequate, safe,   By 2030, reduce the adverse per capita                • Contribute to local communities and nurture a
               and affordable housing and basic services and       environmental impact of cities, including by            society that is inclusive and vibrant.
               upgrade slums.                                      paying special attention to air quality and
                                                                   municipal and other waste management.                 • Minimize any negative environmental impacts
                                                                                                                           through an environmental impact assessment and
                                                                                                                           responsible waste management.




29                                                                                                                                                                                         PT Lippo Karawaci Tbk 2025 SUSTAINABILITY REPORT
Page 30
Introduction   Highlights              Our Sustainability Approach                    Enhancing Quality of Life         Caring for Our Environment        Investing in Our People         Championing Best Practices       Appendix




                                   SUPPORTING UN SDGS                                                                               OUR CONTRIBUTIONS                                                 ESG TOPICS



               G OAL 12                                                                                             • Reduce the consumption of natural resources and               • Energy Efficiency and Emissions
               Sustainable Cities and Communities                                                                     optimize resource efficiency across operations and            • Water Stewardship
                                                                                                                      the entire value chain.
               TARGET 12 . 2                                        TAR G E T 12 . 5                                                                                                • Waste Management
               By 2030, achieve the sustainable management          By 2030, substantially reduce waste             • Minimize waste generation and enhance waste
               and efficient use of natural resources.              generation through prevention, reduction,         diversion at all managed assets and townships.
                                                                    recycling and reuse.
                                                                                                                    • Raise environmental awareness among
                                                                                                                      stakeholders.



               G OAL 13                                                                                             • Incorporate climate-related risks and opportunities           • Energy Efficiency and Emissions
               Climate Action                                                                                         in strategy and risk management.                              • Governance and Accountability
               TARGET 13. 2                                         TAR G E T 13 . 3                                • Provide training on climate change mitigation and
               Integrate climate change measures into               Improve education, awareness-raising and          adaptation to build capacity.
               national policies, strategies, and planning.         human and institutional capacity on climate
                                                                    change mitigation, adaptation, impact           • Align ESG priorities with global and national
                                                                    reduction and early warning.                      sustainability agendas.


               G OAL 15                                                                                             • Reduce any negative impacts on biodiversity due to            • Biodiversity
               Life on Land                                                                                           our operations.
               TARGET 15.5                                                                                          • Actively preserve and revitalise natural
               Take urgent and significant action to reduce the degradation of natural habitats, halt the loss of     environments in urban areas.
               biodiversity and, by 2020, protect and prevent the extinction of threatened species.




               G OAL 16                                                                                             • Uphold the highest standard of corporate                      • Non-Discrimination
               Peace, Justice and Strong Institutions                                                                 governance and conduct our business with                      • Governance and Accountability
                                                                                                                      integrity.
               TARGET 16 .5                                         TAR G E T 16 . B                                                                                                • Anti Corruption / Anti Competitive
               Substantially reduce corruption and bribery in       Promote and enforce non-discriminatory laws     • Enhance accountability and transparency in ESG
               all their forms.                                     and policies for sustainable development.         disclosures.
               TARGET 16 .6                                                                                         • Establish a non-discriminatory workplace
               Develop effective, accountable and
               transparent institutions at all levels.
                                                                                                                      environment and reinforce zero tolerance for
                                                                                                                      discrimination.




30                                                                                                                                                                                    PT Lippo Karawaci Tbk 2025 SUSTAINABILITY REPORT
Page 31
 Introduction        Highlights      Our Sustainability Approach   Enhancing Quality of Life        Caring for Our Environment          Investing in Our People              Championing Best Practices                Appendix




Climate & Sustainability Risks & Opportunities
  As a real estate company managing a portfolio of                           within enterprise risk management, assessed with
                                                                                                                                                                             Board of Commisioners (BoC)
  buildings and physical assets in Indonesia, climate                        equal rigor to financial/operational risks
  resilience is a core strategic priority. According to the            •     Institutionalized ESG audits: ESG data audits
                                                                                                                                                                                Board of Directors (BoD)
  INFORM Risk Index4, Indonesia faces significant risk                       formalized in the annual internal audit plan,
  from natural disasters and human conflict. Recognizing                     ensuring data integrity and accountability
  the inevitability of climate change and its increasing                                                                                                                             ESG Commitee
                                                                                                                                                                          (ESG Strategy, Risk & Audit Function)
  operational impact through extreme weather events                   GOVERNANCE [IFRS S1-27] [IFRS S2-6]
  and other sustainability risks, we are accelerating
  our mitigation and adaptation efforts to support                    To ensure proper oversight of climate and sustainability-
                                                                                                                                                                                ESG Steering Group
  a sustainable, low-carbon economy.                                  related     risks    across   the    organization,      the   Group                             (Business Units + Sustainability Function)

                                                                      integrates the associated risks into the ERM framework
  CLIMATE RISK REPORTING                                              in alignment with the TCFD recommendations, COSO
                                                                      ERM framework and ISO 31000 Risk management
  Since 2022, we have been publishing climate risk                    principles.      Once    risks      are   identified,      they   are                  Enterprise Risk
                                                                                                                                                           Management (ERM)                             Internal Audit (IAU)
  reports in line with the TCFD recommendations.                      documented in a central register and prioritized by their                            Top-down & bottom-up                       Annual Audit Plan incl. ESG
                                                                                                                                                             Risk Identification
  In 2023, we conducted our first high-level scenario                 impact and probability. This assessment undergoes a                                                                         Interviews | Document Verification |
                                                                                                                                                          Strategic | Operational |                          Control Testing
  analysis and quantitative financial impact assessment               tiered review process involving Senior Management,                                 Technology | Compliance |
                                                                                                                                                                Sustainability
  on our portfolio of assets and operations. In 2024,                 Internal Audit, and the ESG Committee, with final
  we     transitioned     towards   ISSB-aligned      reporting,      oversight from the Board of Commissioners (BoC) and
  by integrating sustainability risks into our climate                the Board of Directors (BoD). Our BoD bears ultimate                                     Risk Register
                                                                                                                                                       Impact & Probability Assessment
  resilience strategy, applying double materiality towards            responsibility for the Group’s ESG performance, while                             Mitigation & Adaptation Plans

  these non-climate risks.                                            our BoC serves as a supervisory and advisory body to
                                                                      the BoD. The ESG Committee and ESG Steering Group
  This year, we have built on our previous efforts by                 further ensure that sustainability considerations are                           ISSB / IFRS S1 & S2 Disclosure
                                                                                                                                                       • Effects on Business Model
  focusing on three key areas:                                        embedded into strategy, business planning, budgeting                               & Value chain
                                                                                                                                                       • Effects on Strategy & Decisions
     •   IFRS S1/S2 alignment: Enhanced financial impact              and performance monitoring. The diagram below                                                                           4
                                                                                                                                                                                                The INFORM Risk Index is a global,
         articulation,   covering   both   current/anticipated        illustrates how governance, risk management, internal                                                                   open-source      risk      assessment
                                                                                                                                                                                              for    humanitarian      crises   and
         effects and impact materiality                               audit and ISSB-aligned disclosures are integrated across                                                                disasters. Each risk is scored out
                                                                                                                                                          Sustainability Report               of 10. More information located
     •   Full ESG-ERM integration: ESG risks embedded                 the Group to support oversight, accountability and                                  & Financial Reporting               here - https://drmkc.jrc.ec.europa.eu/
                                                                                                                                                                                              inform-index
                                                                      transparent reporting.




31                                                                                                                                                                       PT Lippo Karawaci Tbk 2025 SUSTAINABILITY REPORT
Page 32
Introduction      Highlights         Our Sustainability Approach   Enhancing Quality of Life   Caring for Our Environment     Investing in Our People       Championing Best Practices     Appendix




 STRATEGY [IFRS S1-27] [IFRS S2-6]                                                                        4. Strategic response and control evaluation
                                                                                                              Identification and evaluation of mitigation and adaptation measures based on
 In 2022, we conducted our first bottom-up climate risk assessment to evaluate the                            available resources and operational capabilities. This includes assessing how
 climate-related risks and opportunities affecting our business across different asset                        risks influence strategic priorities, investment planning, operational decisions
 classes and time horizons. Since then, there have been no material changes to the                            and long-term resilience
 Group’s climate and sustainability risk assessment methodology. The results of this
 assessment continue to be embedded within our ERM processes, supporting informed                         The outcomes of this assessment inform our business planning, risk management
 strategic planning and capital allocation decisions.                                                     processes, and disclosure approach. A detailed description of our climate and
                                                                                                          sustainability-related risks and opportunities, including their impacts and financial
 In line with TCFD and ISSB frameworks, we continue to assess both physical and                           implications, is presented in the tables below.
 transition risks across multiple time horizons. Sustainability-related risks and
 opportunities remain integrated into our climate resilience strategy, applying both
 financial and impact materiality lenses. For the identified risks, we disclose the effects
 on our business model and value chain, the effects on strategy and decision-making, as
 well as the current and anticipated financial effects.


 Our climate risk assessment comprises the following stages:


 1. Trend and regulatory analysis
     Assessment of current and emerging climate trends relevant to our real estate,
     healthcare and lifestyle assets, alongside a review of policies and regulatory
     developments specific to Indonesia.
 2. Risk identification and time horizon assessment
     Evaluation of the magnitude and probability of identified climate-related risks across
     short-, medium- and long-term horizons.
 3. Financial and impact materiality assessment
     Assessment of each identified risk using both financial and impact materiality
     lenses, supported by an internal stakeholder survey involving key representatives
     from every business unit. This process considers the potential effects on the
     business model, value chain, asset performance, and broader environmental
     and social impacts.




32                                                                                                                                                      PT Lippo Karawaci Tbk 2025 SUSTAINABILITY REPORT
Page 33
Introduction            Highlights          Our Sustainability Approach             Enhancing Quality of Life                   Caring for Our Environment                    Investing in Our People                Championing Best Practices                    Appendix




                      CLIMATE-RELATED RISK                                                                IMPACT MATERIALITY                                                                                   FINANCIAL MATERIALITY

 Physical risk            Flood                                          Flooding events may affect construction sites and operational assets located in flood-prone             Flooding may result in increased repair and maintenance expenses for affected assets, higher
                                                                         areas, resulting in temporary disruption to development activities and property operations.             insurance premiums, and additional capital expenditure for flood-resilience measures.
                                                                         Inherent risks are related to physical damage to assets, interruption of hotel, mall, and               In the event of temporary asset closures, rental income and operating revenues from malls,
                                                                         healthcare operations, and delays in construction timelines.                                            hotels, and hospitals may be reduced.


                          Droughts                                       Drought conditions may affect the Group’s operations by reducing the availability of water in           Drought conditions may result in increased operating expenses related to water procurement
                                                                         certain regions where we operate hotels, hospitals, townships, and mixed-use developments.              and treatment, as well as additional capital expenditure for water recycling infrastructure.
                                                                         Inherent risks are related to operational disruption due to water shortages, higher utility and         These impacts would affect the Group’s financial performance through higher utility
                                                                         operational costs, reduced service quality for tenants and customers, and reputational risks            expenses, its financial position through increased investment in water-related assets, and its
                                                                         associated with water shortage.                                                                         cash flows through higher operational and capital cash outflows.


                          Heavy Precipitation (Storms)                   Extreme variability in weather patterns and heavy precipitation events may disrupt                      Heavy precipitation events increase the frequency and severity of damage to building
                                                                         construction activities and damage buildings and infrastructure.                                        envelopes, drainage systems, and construction sites, resulting in higher repair and
                                                                         Inherent risks are related to construction delays, damage to roofing, façades, and drainage             maintenance expenses across operational assets, higher construction costs and reduced
                                                                         systems, increased safety risks at project sites, disruption to supply chains, and interruption to      development margins.
                                                                         asset operations.


                          Landslides                                     Landslides may affect construction sites and assets located in hilly or geologically unstable           Landslides may result in substantial repair costs and increased capital expenditure for site
                                                                         areas.                                                                                                  stabilization.
                                                                         Inherent risks are related to physical damage to assets, disruption of construction and                 These costs would impact on the Group’s financial position through higher asset restoration
                                                                         development activities, increased safety risks, and delays in project execution.                        costs, financial performance through increased expenses, and cash flows through unplanned
                                                                                                                                                                                 repair outflows. Although landslide events are less frequent, management notes that
                                                                                                                                                                                 associated repair costs can be significant when they occur.


                          Extreme waves & coastal abrasion (rising sea   Rising sea levels and coastal abrasion may affect the value of assets over the long term.               Coastal risks may lead to increased capital expenditure for asset protection and higher long-
                          levels)                                        Inherent risks are related to erosion and structural degradation, reduced asset lifespan, and           term maintenance costs.
                                                                         potential impairment risks.                                                                             These impacts would affect financial position through higher asset carrying values and
                                                                                                                                                                                 potential impairment considerations, financial performance through increased expenses, and
                                                                                                                                                                                 cash flows through long-term resilience investments.


                          Higher Temperatures (Heat Stress)              Rising average temperatures increase cooling demand across the Group’s commercial,                      Higher temperatures increase cooling demand across malls, hotels, hospitals, and residential
                                                                         residential, hospitality, and healthcare assets.                                                        assets, leading to higher electricity consumption and utility expenses.
                                                                         Inherent risks are related to increased energy consumption, reduced operational efficiency,             This results in increased operating costs, reducing operating margins and overall financial
                                                                         higher operating costs, and impacts on tenant and customer comfort and productivity.                    performance. The impact is reflected in cash flows through higher recurring operating cash
                                                                                                                                                                                 outflows associated with energy usage.




 Transitional risks       Greater expectations and demand from           Increasing expectations from customers and investors for sustainable buildings and services             Responding to sustainability expectations requires additional capital and operating
                          customers and investors for more sustainable   may affect the competitiveness of the Group’s assets.                                                   expenditure, affecting cash flows in the short term.
                          products and services                                                                                                                                  These investments may positively affect financial performance and asset valuation over the
                                                                                                                                                                                 medium to long term through improved occupancy rates, asset resilience, and financing
                                                                                                                                                                                 terms.


                          Disruption of new (low emission) technology    Rapid development of low-emission technologies may impact the efficiency and relevance of               The transition to newer low-emission technologies may require additional capital expenditure
                                                                         existing systems across the Group’s asset portfolio.                                                    for system upgrades, retrofitting, and integration with existing assets, increasing the carrying
                                                                         Inherent risks are related to technology obsolescence, operational disruption during upgrades,          value of property and equipment and, over time, depreciation expenses.
                                                                         and increased capital replacement requirements.                                                         These investments affect financial performance through higher depreciation and potential
                                                                                                                                                                                 implementation costs, and cash flows through increased upfront capital outlays.
                                                                                                                                                                                 .




33                                                                                                                                                                                                             PT Lippo Karawaci Tbk 2025 SUSTAINABILITY REPORT
Page 34
Introduction            Highlights          Our Sustainability Approach            Enhancing Quality of Life                  Caring for Our Environment                     Investing in Our People                 Championing Best Practices                    Appendix




                      CLIMATE-RELATED RISK                                                              IMPACT MATERIALITY                                                                                     FINANCIAL MATERIALITY

 Transitional risks       More stringent building regulations           More stringent building and environmental regulations affect the design, construction, and              More stringent building and sustainability regulations may increase development,
                                                                        approval processes of new developments.                                                                 compliance, and documentation costs, as well as require additional investments in design
                                                                        Inherent risks are related to increased compliance requirements, longer project timelines, and          modifications and certified materials.
                                                                        higher development complexity.                                                                          These impacts affect financial performance through higher project and compliance-related
                                                                                                                                                                                expenses and reduced development margins, and cash flows through increased upfront
                                                                                                                                                                                capital investments.


                          Increase in energy cost                       Rising energy costs increase operating expenses across the Group’s assets.                              Rising energy prices increase operating expenses across the Group’s portfolio of malls, hotels,
                                                                        Inherent risks are related to margin pressure, reduced profitability, and higher operating costs.       hospitals, offices, and residential assets, as energy-intensive systems such as air conditioning,
                                                                                                                                                                                lighting, and vertical transportation account for a significant portion of operating costs.
                                                                                                                                                                                Higher energy costs reduce operating margins and overall financial performance, particularly
                                                                                                                                                                                for assets where energy expenses cannot be fully passed on to tenants or customers.
                                                                                                                                                                                The impact is reflected in cash flows through higher recurring operating cash outflows for
                                                                                                                                                                                electricity and fuel, reducing net operating cash inflows.


                          More stringent carbon tax                     The introduction of more stringent carbon taxation may increase costs associated with energy            The introduction or tightening of carbon taxation mechanisms may increase operating costs
                                                                        consumption and construction activities.                                                                for energy-intensive assets and development activities, either directly through carbon charges
                                                                        Inherent risks are related to higher operating costs and reduced project margins.                       on fuel and electricity consumption or indirectly through higher costs passed on by suppliers
                                                                                                                                                                                and contractors.
                                                                                                                                                                                These impacts would affect financial performance through increased operating and
                                                                                                                                                                                development expenses and reduced margins, and cash flows through higher recurring
                                                                                                                                                                                operating payments and upfront capital expenditures for emissions reduction measures.


                          Increase in cost of materials and equipment   Rising costs of construction materials and equipment affect project feasibility and profitability.      Increases in the cost of construction materials and equipment raise development expenses
                                                                        Inherent risks are related to cost overruns, margin compression, and potential delays in                across the Group’s asset portfolio, reducing project margins and overall financial performance.
                                                                        development.                                                                                            Higher input costs are reflected in the financial position through increased capitalized project
                                                                                                                                                                                costs within investment properties and property, plant, and equipment.
                                                                                                                                                                                These impacts also affect cash flows through higher construction-related cash outflows and
                                                                                                                                                                                increased working capital requirements during the development phase.




 This year we reviewed the findings from previous years to evaluate sustainability-related                                                  3. Carried out a survey to prioritize sustainability risks based on both their financial
 risks and opportunities. This evaluation aims to align with the recommendations from                                                            materiality (potential impact on our business) and impact materiality (potential
 the International Sustainability Standards Board (ISSB).                                                                                        impact on the environment and society)
                                                                                                                                            4. The prioritized risks were reviewed by the ESG working group and approved by the
 Our sustainability risk assessment comprised the following stages:                                                                              ESG Committee


 1. Review of material topics, risks & opportunities identified by the Sustainability                                                       A detailed description of our sustainability-related risks and opportunities can be found
     Accounting Standards Board (SASB) in the Real Estate and Real Estate services                                                          in the following tables:
     industry
 2. Conducted a focus group discussion with management representatives from each
     business unit to validate sustainability material topics and risks




34                                                                                                                                                                                                             PT Lippo Karawaci Tbk 2025 SUSTAINABILITY REPORT
Page 35
Introduction                Highlights   Our Sustainability Approach                Enhancing Quality of Life                    Caring for Our Environment              Investing in Our People                   Championing Best Practices                 Appendix




     SUSTAINABILITY-RELATED RISK                                                           IMPACT MATERIALITY                                                                                           FINANCIAL MATERIALITY

 Tenant Demand                                       Shifts in consumer behaviour, affordability pressures, and evolving expectations for safety, accessibility,   Shifts in tenant demand may affect financial performance through lower rental and service charge
                                                     and sustainability may reduce demand for certain asset types or locations.                                    income, increased leasing costs, and reduced margins.
                                                     This risk could impact the Group in several ways, including:                                                  Over the medium term, additional capital expenditure may be required for asset refurbishment or
                                                     •   Reduced occupancy rates and tenant turnover: declining or shifting demand may lead to higher              repositioning to align with evolving tenant expectations, affecting the Group’s financial position and
                                                         vacancy levels and increased leasing volatility.                                                          cash flows.

                                                     •   Pressure on rental rates and lease terms: tenants may demand more flexible contracts, incentives,
                                                         or lower rents, affecting income stability.
                                                     •   Impact on asset attractiveness and competitiveness: assets that do not align with tenant
                                                         expectations may experience reduced footfall and weaker tenant mix, affecting downstream service
                                                         providers and property management operations.


 Resource Consumption – Water                        Inefficient water consumption across the Group’s property development and operational assets may              High water consumption affects the Group’s financial performance through increased operating
                                                     adversely affect the Group’s business model, operational continuity, and long-term value creation.            expenses, particularly in assets with high water demand such as hospitals, hotels, and large retail
                                                     This risk could impact the Group in several ways, including:                                                  complexes.

                                                     •   Increased water consumption and exposure to water stress may lead to operational constraints,             These may also affect cash flows through higher recurring utility payments and additional capital
                                                         including reduced availability of reliable water supply, increased dependence on external water           investments required to secure reliable water supply.
                                                         providers, and higher vulnerability to service disruptions in water-stressed regions.
                                                     •   Inefficient water use may also weaken tenant satisfaction and customer experience, particularly
                                                         in assets where uninterrupted water supply is critical, such as healthcare facilities and hospitality
                                                         operations.


 Resource Consumption – Energy                       Inefficient energy usage increases operating complexity and cost pressures and heightens exposure to          High energy consumption directly affects the Group’s financial performance.
                                                     energy supply disruptions and price volatility due to fluctuations in energy tariffs.                         These costs could increase operating expenses, reduce margins and may limit the Group’s ability to
                                                     This risk could impact the Group in several ways, including:                                                  competitively price rents and service charges.
                                                     •   Elevated energy consumption may also negatively affect tenant satisfaction and customer
                                                         experience through higher service charges, reduced affordability, and potential operational
                                                         constraints.


 Energy Related Regulations                          Increasingly stringent energy-related regulations may affect the Group’s business model by increasing         Energy-related regulations may increase development and operating costs through higher capital
                                                     compliance requirements across the development, construction, and operation of its property portfolio.        expenditure for energy-efficient systems, compliance audits, certification processes, and ongoing
                                                     This risk could impact the Group in several ways, including:                                                  monitoring.

                                                     •   These regulations may affect the increasing complexity in design, construction, procurement, and          These costs affect financial performance through higher depreciation and operating expenses,
                                                         facility management activities.                                                                           particularly for older assets requiring retrofitting.

                                                     •   Non-compliance or delayed adaptation could reduce asset attractiveness to tenants and users.
                                                     •   In addition, regulatory misalignment could limit the Group’s ability to obtain permits, certifications,
                                                         or financing, potentially affecting development timelines and downstream leasing and operational
                                                         activities.


 Labor Practices – Hiring                            Ineffective hiring practices and challenges in attracting qualified talent may lead to operational            High energy consumption directly affects the Group’s financial performance through increased
                                                     inefficiencies, delays in project execution, and reduced service quality.                                     operating expenses, reduce margins and may limit the Group’s ability to competitively price rents and
                                                     This risk could impact the Group in several ways, including:                                                  service charges.

                                                     •   Inadequate hiring practices may also impact employee morale and retention, increase turnover and
                                                         disrupting operational continuity.
                                                     •   Affecting the Group’s reputation as an employer, limiting its ability to attract talent and support
                                                         long-term business growth.




35                                                                                                                                                                                                           PT Lippo Karawaci Tbk 2025 SUSTAINABILITY REPORT
Page 36
Introduction             Highlights   Our Sustainability Approach                  Enhancing Quality of Life                 Caring for Our Environment               Investing in Our People                  Championing Best Practices                     Appendix




     SUSTAINABILITY-RELATED RISK                                                         IMPACT MATERIALITY                                                                                            FINANCIAL MATERIALITY

 Labor Practices – Diversity                      Insufficient diversity and inclusion across the Group’s workforce and senior leadership                        Insufficient diversity may affect financial performance through higher staff turnover, increased
                                                  This risk could impact the Group’s business model, organizational effectiveness, and long-term value           recruitment and training expenses, and reduced productivity.
                                                  creation, including:                                                                                           Reputational impacts associated with diversity shortcomings could affect the Group’s intangible assets,
                                                  •   Reduced innovation and decision quality                                                                    including brand value and employer reputation, with potential implications for tenant relationships,
                                                                                                                                                                 investor perception, and long-term enterprise value.
                                                  •   Challenges in attracting and retaining talent
                                                  •   Reputational and stakeholder risks



 Labor Practices – Training                       Insufficient employee training may lead to operational inefficiencies, lower service quality, and              Investments in training are treated as capitalized or operational human capital expenses that enhance
                                                  increased risk of errors or safety incidents, particularly in specialized roles such as facility management,   employee productivity and reduce long-term operational risks.
                                                  medical operations, and technical construction positions.                                                      Over the medium to long term, insufficient training may lead to reduced workforce performance,
                                                  This risk could impact the Group in several ways, including:                                                   higher turnover, and increased reliance on external consultants or temporary labor, all of which could
                                                  •   Limited training opportunities can also affect talent retention and workforce motivation, thus             negatively impact cash flows and profitability.
                                                      increasing turnover rates.
                                                  •   Insufficient investment in training may hinder the adoption of new technologies, sustainable
                                                      building practices, and ESG initiatives, limiting the Group’s ability to innovate and respond to
                                                      evolving regulatory, environmental, and social expectations.


 Fines & Penalties from fraud                     Incidents of fraud may disrupt operational processes, reduce efficiency, and increase administrative           Financial implications of fraud include direct costs such as fines, penalties, legal fees, and remediation
                                                  burdens due to investigations, internal audits, and corrective actions.                                        expenses. Penalties imposed by regulatory authorities could reach material amounts depending on the
                                                  This risk could impact the Group in several ways, including:                                                   scale and severity of the incident.

                                                  •   Irregularities in procurement or vendor management can result in higher input costs, project               These costs directly affect financial performance through reduced net income and higher operational
                                                      delays, or substandard materials, affecting construction quality and operational reliability.              expenses.

                                                  •   Fraud-related risks also extend to the Group’s reputation, which is critical for tenant trust, investor
                                                      confidence, and key stakeholders, including banks, contractors, tenants, and regulators, potentially
                                                      limiting access to financing, high-quality contractors, or new business opportunities.


 Health & Safety                                  The company relies on safe and healthy work environments to ensure operational continuity.                     Direct costs include medical expenses, insurance premiums, compensation payments, fines for
                                                  This risk could impact the Group in several ways, including:                                                   regulatory non-compliance, and investments in safety systems and training.

                                                  •   Workplace accidents, occupational illnesses, or safety non-compliance may disrupt construction             These costs reduce financial performance through increased operating expenses and may affect net
                                                      timelines, delay property operations, or temporarily suspend healthcare or hospitality services            margins.

                                                  •   Repeated health and safety failures can damage the Group’s reputation with tenants, customers,
                                                      investors, and regulatory bodies, reducing competitiveness and long-term growth potential.


 Cyber Security                                   Cyberattacks, data breaches, or ransomware incidents may disrupt critical business processes, delay            Cybersecurity incidents can have substantial financial consequences. Direct costs include incident
                                                  service delivery, and compromise sensitive tenant, customer, and employee data.                                response, forensic investigations, legal and regulatory fines, notification obligations, and potential
                                                  This risk could impact the Group in:                                                                           settlements with affected parties.

                                                  •   Cybersecurity failures Damaging stakeholder trust, erode the company’s reputation, and reduce              These expenses can reduce financial performance by increasing operating costs and negatively
                                                      tenant                                                                                                     impacting net margins.

                                                  •   Reduced customer confidence in the security of their data, potentially affecting leasing, hotel            Indirect effects may include business interruption costs, lost revenue due to downtime, reputational
                                                      bookings, healthcare services, and investor perceptions.                                                   damage affecting tenant retention and new leasing, and higher insurance premiums.




36                                                                                                                                                                                                        PT Lippo Karawaci Tbk 2025 SUSTAINABILITY REPORT
Page 37
Introduction                           Highlights                   Our Sustainability Approach                                      Enhancing Quality of Life             Caring for Our Environment                                           Investing in Our People                             Championing Best Practices          Appendix




     SUSTAINABILITY-RELATED RISK                                                                                                               IMPACT MATERIALITY                                                                                                                          FINANCIAL MATERIALITY

 Quality of Care                                                                        Inconsistent or substandard care could disrupt operations, damage the company’s reputation, and                                                  Poor quality of care can have significant financial consequences, including direct costs such as medical
                                                                                        reduce patient trust and satisfaction.                                                                                                           liability claims, regulatory fines, remediation expenses, and increased insurance premiums.
                                                                                        This risk could impact the Group in several ways, including:                                                                                     These costs reduce financial performance by increasing operating expenses and eroding net margins.
                                                                                        •    Poor quality of care may lead to increased medical errors, longer patient recovery times, and higher                                        Indirect effects may include lower patient volumes due to reputational damage and reduced revenue.
                                                                                             readmission rates, affecting hospital throughput and efficiency.
                                                                                        •    Long term reputational damage can reduce competitiveness in attracting both patients and highly
                                                                                             qualified medical professionals.


 Other Ecological Impacts                                                               As a real estate and property development company with a diversified portfolio including residential                                             Ecological impacts may result in both direct and indirect financial costs.
                                                                                        townships, commercial spaces, hotels, and healthcare facilities, the company’s operations often                                                  Direct costs include environmental remediation, compliance with regulatory permits, habitat
                                                                                        intersect with sensitive ecological areas.                                                                                                       restoration projects, and consultancy fees for environmental studies. These costs affect financial
                                                                                        This risk could impact the Group in several ways, including:                                                                                     performance by increasing project and operating expenses.
                                                                                        •    Environmental degradation may result in regulatory restrictions on land development, delays in                                              Indirect effects may include delayed project approvals or construction halts, which impact cash flows
                                                                                             project approvals, or increased costs for environmental remediation.                                                                        and financial position by deferring expected inflows from sales or leasing.
                                                                                        •    Long-term ecological impacts can also affect the attractiveness of the company’s properties to                                              Furthermore, failure to manage ecological risks could affect the Group’s brand and tenant demand,
                                                                                             tenants and customers who prioritize sustainability, thereby influencing occupancy rates, lease                                             potentially reducing revenue and asset valuations.
                                                                                             renewals, and overall brand perception.




                                                       Climate Related Risk and Opportunities (CRRO)                                                                                                         Sustainability Related Risk and Opportunities (SRRO)



                                                                                                       Heavy precipitation                                                                                                                                      Cyber Security
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                Resource Consumpstion
                                                                                                           (Storms)                                                                                                                                                                                                    (Energy)

                                                                                                                                          Floods


                                                                                                                                                                                                            Labor Practices - Hiring
                                                Greater expectations /
                                              demand from customers /
                                                 investors for more                                                                                Higher Temperatures
                                               sustainable products &
                                                                                                                                                                                                                          Tenant Demand




                                                                                                                                                                                   Financial Materiality
                                                       services
                      Financial Materiality




                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        Resource Consumption
                                                                              Disruption of new                                                                                                                                                                (Water)
                                                                                (low emission
                                                                                 technology)

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      Ecological Impacts
                                                                                                                                                                                                           Energy Related
                                                 Increase in
                                                                                                                                                                                                            Regulations
                                                energy costs
                                                                                                           Droughts                                           Landslides

                                                                                                                                                                                                                     Fines & Penalties
                                                             Increase in cost of                                                                                                                                        From Fraud
                                                            materials & equipment


                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          Labor Practices
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            (Training)
                                                                                                                     Extreme waves & coastal
                                                   More stringent                                                   abrasion (rising sea levels)
                                                    carbon tax                                                                                                                                                                                      Labor Practices                           Health & Safety
                                                                                      More stringent                                                                                                       Quality of Care
                                                                                    building regulations                                                                                                                                              (Diversity)



                                                                                               Impact Materiality                                                                                                                                              Impact Materiality


                                                                                    Physical Risk                   Transition Risk                                                                                                      Enhancing Quality of Life                  Investing in Our People


                                                                                                                                                                                                                                         Caring for Our Environment                 Championing Best Practices
                                                        Moderately Material                       Highly Material                       Critically Material


                                                                                                                                                                                                                      Moderately Material                        Highly Material                    Critically Material




37                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                           PT Lippo Karawaci Tbk 2025 SUSTAINABILITY REPORT
Page 38
Introduction         Highlights       Our Sustainability Approach   Enhancing Quality of Life        Caring for Our Environment        Investing in Our People               Championing Best Practices                     Appendix




 We have reviewed our CRROs & SRROs, and there are                     and ISSB guidance and supports the evaluation of the                                   PHYSICAL RISK                                  TRANSITION RISK6
 no further updates to our assessment of their financial               resilience of our business model, asset portfolio and
                                                                                                                                                      • Flood                                       • Disruption of new (low
 materiality and impact materiality. This is validated                 long-term strategy.                                                            • Landslide                                     emission) technology
                                                                                                                                                      • Extreme variability in                      • Greater expectations and
 by    the     results   of   our   stakeholder    focus    group
                                                                                                                                                        weather patterns and                          demand from customers
 discussion as well.                                                   Country-Level Analysis                                                           precipitation patterns                        and investors for more
                                                                                                                                                      • Droughts                                      sustainable products
                                                                       At the country level, we continue to assess the potential                      • Extreme waves & coastal                       and services
 Climate Scenario & Analysis                                           impact of climate-related risks across Indonesia using                           abrasion (rising sea levels)
                                                                                                                                                      • Heat stress
 In 2023, we conducted our first climate scenario analysis,            reputable external data sources, including:
 forecasting the potential impact of identified physical               •    Buku Indeks Risiko Bencana Indonesia (IRBI)                                                                      PHYSICAL RISK

 and transition risks on our businesses, investments,                  •    Climate Central                                                          YEAR
                                                                                                                                                             FLOOD        LANDSLIDE
                                                                                                                                                                                          EXTREME
                                                                                                                                                                                                        DROUGHT    HEAT STRESS
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  SEA LEVEL
                                                                                                                                                                                          WEATHER                                   RISE

 and assets. The scenarios analysis exercise covers                    •    Climate Knowledge Portal                                                 2030


 the organization’s resilience over two RCP5 scenarios                 •    INFORM Risk Index                                                        2100

                                                                                                                                                     2030
 – RCP 2.6 and RCP 8.5. Our model and evaluation                       •    WRI Aqueduct
                                                                                                                                                     2100

 are based on climate scenario RCP 2.6 and RCP 8.5,                    Please refer to “Appendix - Scenario Analysis” on page
                                                                                                                                                                                            TRANSITION RISK
 where global temperatures are limited to 2°C and 4°C                  108 for more details on the potential impact of each                                                                            GREATER EXPECTATIONS AND DEMAND
                                                                                                                                                     YEAR        DISRUPTION OF NEW (LOW
                                                                                                                                                                                                    FROM CUSTOMERS AND INVESTORS FOR MORE
 by 2100 respectively.                                                 physical and transition risk in Indonesia.                                                 EMISSION) TECHNOLOGY
                                                                                                                                                                                                      SUSTAINABLE PRODUCTS AND SERVICES

                                                                                                                                                     2030

                                                                                                                                                     2100
 Our time horizons cover 2030, aligning with our                       In the RCP 2.6 scenario, which represents a best-
                                                                                                                                                     2030

 sustainability agenda and 2100, adhering to TCFD best                 case scenario, global greenhouse gas emissions are                            2100


 practices. As part of our scenario analysis, we have also             stabilized by mid-century, limiting the average global
                                                                                                                                                  LEGEND          RCP 2.6 scenario                    Low
 collected physical risk impacts from all business units               temperature increase to around 2°C above pre-industrial                                    RCP 8.5 scenario                  Medium
 and examined the risks that have affected us in recent                levels. Intensive climate policies would be required over                                                                      High

 years. The aim is to assess the financial implications of             the next few years globally, including the participation
                                                                                                                                                   Representative Concentration Pathways (RCPs) are a set of scenarios that describe
 these physical risks, identify the most common risks                  of    underdeveloped         countries     with    assistance   of
                                                                                                                                                 5


                                                                                                                                                 possible future changes in greenhouse gas concentrations in the atmosphere.
 affecting us, and develop strategies to mitigate or                   governmental aid or a developed, wealthy nation to                        These scenarios are used by climate scientists to model how the Earth's climate
                                                                                                                                                 might change in the future. The Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change (IPCC)
 adapt to them.                                                        achieve those climate change reduction policies. In this                  developed the RCPs. They are not predictions, but simulations that help scientists
                                                                                                                                                 understand how the climate might change depending on our emissions choices.
                                                                       scenario, transition risks are prevalent and physical risks               The IPCC uses four main RCPs, ranging from very low emissions (RCP 2.6) to very
                                                                                                                                                 high emissions (RCP 8.5). Each scenario translates into a potential range of global
 There are no material changes to the Group’s overall                  are low as significant effort and measures are taken to
                                                                                                                                                 temperature increase by 2100.
 climate scenario analysis methodology for this year. The              mitigate climate change, strict regulation and policies                   6
                                                                                                                                                   In the climate risk assessment conducted last year, we examined additional
                                                                                                                                                 transition risks, including the implications of a more stringent carbon tax,
 Group continues to assess both physical and transition                are required for global temperatures being limited                        enhanced building regulations, increasing energy costs, and increased costs for
                                                                                                                                                 materials and equipment. After thorough analysis, it was determined that these
 risks across short-, medium-, and long-term horizons                  to    2°C     by     2100.   Risk   levels    continue     to   be        transition risks are not significant for our particular sectors in Indonesia based on
                                                                                                                                                 existing policies and regulations in the near to mid-term. We commit to regularly
 (2030 and 2100) under RCP 2.6 and RCP 8.5 climate                     assessed for 2030 and 2100 under both RCP 2.6
                                                                                                                                                 reviewing and monitoring any shifts in the landscape, updating our climate risk
 pathways. Scenario analysis remains aligned with TCFD                 and RCP 8.5 scenarios.                                                    evaluations annually.




38                                                                                                                                                                      PT Lippo Karawaci Tbk 2025 SUSTAINABILITY REPORT
Page 39
Introduction                                         Highlights                     Our Sustainability Approach                Enhancing Quality of Life   Caring for Our Environment     Investing in Our People      Championing Best Practices            Appendix




 In the RCP 8.5 scenario, which represents a worst-case                                                                           Property-Level Analysis                                              risks are assessed at the business unit level, by type of
 scenario where greenhouse gas emissions continue to                                                                              We have reviewed the impact of physical risk on a total              asset/operation and geographical location. The Group
 rise rapidly throughout the century, leading to a much                                                                           of 99 managed properties (including hotels, offices,                 Sustainability and Group risk management functions
 higher level of global warming. We face an average                                                                               townships, and malls) under the RCP 8.5 scenario. In                 collaborate to liaise with the respective Risk Owners
 global temperature increase of 4°C or more by the                                                                                our risk assessment process, we analysed each physical               who are responsible for identifying and monitoring risks
 end of the century. In this scenario, physical risks are                                                                         risk on a location-specific basis, and these risk scores             within their businesses. All risks identified are included
 prevalent and transition risks are low as RCP 8.5 assumes                                                                        were then used to calculate an aggregated risk index.                in our risk register, and risks are prioritized based on
 a trajectory with a significant increase in greenhouse gas                                                                       To further validate our projections at the property                  an impact & probability assessment. Subsequently, the
 emissions, particularly carbon dioxide. This results in a                                                                        level, we conducted a review on all physical risks that              Risk Manager presents the results of risk identification,
 more pronounced warming effect on the Earth's climate                                                                            have impacted our business throughout the years. The                 assessment     and      treatment     to      their    respective
 and secondary effects of other physical risks such as                                                                            purpose of this review was to understand the impact                  Senior Management. The BoD and BoC oversee the
 flooding and heavy precipitation are increased. There                                                                            of physical risks on business disruption, categorize the             implementation of risk management and regularly
 are no material changes to the country-level assessment                                                                          severity of these risks and determine any associated                 engage with Senior Management teams to review the
 methodology in 2025.                                                                                                             financial implications. The accuracy of these calculations           business strategy.
                                                                                                                                  and results was verified through cross-referencing with
                                                                                                                                  historical data. Our recent records indicate that we have            Our     approach   to   climate     and      sustainability      risk
                                        Climate Risk Impact Under Scenarios                                                                                                                            management is based on the TCFD recommendations,
                                                                                                                                  frequently experienced the impact of extreme weather
                                                                                                                                  patterns and floods. On the other hand, landslides and               COSO ERM framework and ISO 3100 Risk management.
                                                                                                                                  sea level rises have occurred less frequently, but the               Climate risks are integrated in our ERM framework,
                                                                                                                                  associated repair costs for damage caused by landslides              which consists of comprehensive risk management
     CLIMATE RISK IMPACT




                                                                                                                                  and sea level rise are substantial. Considering these                policies and processes, as well as risk monitoring and
                                                                                                                                  findings, it is imperative that we proactively adapt to              control processes. Climate and sustainability risks are
                                                                                                                                  physical risks to mitigate costs and minimize the impact             specifically tabled at the ESG Committee meeting for
                                                                                                                                  on assets. We will continue to study the frequency and               in-depth discussion, including strategies and plans to
                                                                                                                                  impact of these physical risks closely going forward.                mitigate these risks. Regular risk training and workshops
                                                                                                                                                                                                       are also conducted for both Senior Management and
                                                                                                                                  RISK MANAGEMENT [IFRS S1-44] [IFRS S2-25]                            Risk Managers. As we transition to ISSB reporting this
                                                                                                                                                                                                       year, several trainings and workshops were held to focus
                           H i s to ri c a l                        203 0                                  2100
                                                                                                                                  We have a well-established process to identify, manage,              on the identification and assessment of sustainability
                                                                           YE A R
                                                                                                                                  and monitor risks. Climate, sustainability and operational           risks and opportunities.
                                    R C P 2 .6 Tra n s i t i o n R i s k               R C P 8 . 5 Tra n s i t i o n R i s k

                                    R C P 2 .6 P hys i c a l R i s k                   R C P 8 . 5 P hys i c a l R i s k




39                                                                                                                                                                                                                  PT Lippo Karawaci Tbk 2025 SUSTAINABILITY REPORT
Page 40
 Introduction             Highlights          Our Sustainability Approach                 Enhancing Quality of Life      Caring for Our Environment          Investing in Our People        Championing Best Practices          Appendix




  Management Response
  Following this year's review of our existing climate measures, we have re-calibrated our management responses to reduce the frequency and severity of climate risks (mitigation) as well
  as minimize the damage and take advantage of opportunities arising from climate change (adaptation).



        RISK TYPE                                 RISK                                                                                MITIGATION & ADAPTATION RESPONSE

  Physical Risks                  Flood                                       Short Term
                                                                                • Deployment of enhanced early warning and monitoring systems to improve preparedness and response time.
                                                                                • Continuous review and updating of flood management Standard Operating Procedures (SOPs).
                                                                                • Strengthening partnerships with government agencies and local communities to improve coordination and communication during flooding events.
                                                                                • Proactive operation of storm water flooding dewatering pumps to manage water accumulation effectively.
                                                                                • Increased inspection and maintenance of drainage systems, canals and water pathways to ensure optimal flow capacity.
                                                                              Long Term
                                                                                • Installation of structural protection measures, including flood barriers, dams and engineered flood mitigation infrastructure.
                                                                                • Adoption of risk-informed land planning and resilient design principles, including elevated structures, nature-based solutions, and sustainable building
                                                                                  practices to enhance long-term flood resilience.

                                  Droughts                                    Short Term
                                                                                • Implementation of comprehensive water efficiency and conservation initiatives to reduce overall water consumption.
                                                                                • Expansion of wastewater recycling and rainwater harvesting systems across operational assets.
                                                                                Long Term
                                                                                • Development of water reserve infrastructure and rainwater storage systems to enhance water security and operational continuity during prolonged dry
                                                                                  periods.

                                  Extreme variability in weather              Short Term
                                  patterns and precipitation                    • Strengthening of early warning and weather monitoring systems.
                                  patterns                                      • Regular review and enhancement of storm management SOPs.
                                                                                • Increased frequency of building inspections and preventive maintenance, particularly for facades and external structures.
                                                                              Long Term
                                                                                • Integration of climate forecasting into strategic planning, including incorporating anticipated financial impacts of extreme weather events into project
                                                                                  evaluation and investment decision-making.

                                  Landslide                                   Short Term
                                                                                • Implementation of early warning systems and hazard detection mechanisms.
                                                                                • Identification of high-risk properties and development of comprehensive evacuation plans.
                                                                                • Collaboration with local authorities and communities to enhance landslide preparedness.
                                                                                • Engagement of external geotechnical experts to assess and reinforce landslide-prone areas prior to development
                                                                                Long Term
                                                                                • Avoidance of development in identified high-risk landslide zones wherever feasible.
                                                                                • Installation of monitoring equipment and ground movement detection systems in vulnerable areas to enable early intervention


Mitigation = Tackling the causes and minimizing the possible impacts of climate change
Adaptation = Reducing negative effects and taking advantage of opportunities that arise




40                                                                                                                                                                                      PT Lippo Karawaci Tbk 2025 SUSTAINABILITY REPORT
Page 41
Introduction            Highlights       Our Sustainability Approach          Enhancing Quality of Life        Caring for Our Environment          Investing in Our People         Championing Best Practices         Appendix




      RISK TYPE                              RISK                                                                           MITIGATION & ADAPTATION RESPONSE

 Physical Risks                Extreme waves & coastal             Short Term
                               abrasion (rising sea levels)            • Deployment of adaptable shoreline protection measures, including engineered coastal structures such as jetties, breakwaters, groins and seawalls.
                                                                       • Ongoing monitoring and evaluation of coastal erosion trends and associated financial impacts.
                                                                       Long Term
                                                                       • Comprehensive long-term evaluation of development exposure to projected sea level rise by 2100, including reconsideration of development in
                                                                         high-risk coastal areas.

                               Heat stress                         Short Term
                                                                       • Regular inspection and optimization of cooling systems and building ventilation infrastructure.
                                                                       • Implementation of formal heat stress management policies outlining structured work-rest cycles, hydration protocols, and adjusted working schedules
                                                                         to protect employee health and safety.
                                                                       Long Term
                                                                       • Deployment of technology-assisted monitoring tools for heat stress detection and management.
                                                                       • Integration of climate-adaptive urban design principles, including increased tree cover, natural ventilation corridors, shaded walkways and climate-
                                                                         responsive township planning.

 Transition Risks              Disruption of new                   Short Term
                               (low emission) technology               • Systematic review of existing energy-intensive equipment to identify replacement priorities.
                                                                       • Continuous monitoring of technological advancements to enable timely adoption of cost-effective low-emission solutions.
                                                                       • Diversification of the energy mix to reduce reliance on high-emission systems and mitigate technology concentration risk.
                                                                       Long Term
                                                                       • Strategic increase in capital allocation toward low-emission and energy-efficient technologies.
                                                                       • Development of procurement guidelines that prioritize and whitelist energy-efficient and sustainable equipment.

                               Greater expectations                Short-Term
                               and demand from                         • Proactive engagement with customers and investors to assess evolving expectations and sustainability preferences.
                               customers and investors                 • Conducting gap assessments of housing products and asset portfolios against recognized green building certification standards.
                               for more sustainable
                                                                   Long Term
                               products and services
                                                                       • Embedding green building principles into planning, architectural design and construction standards.
                                                                       • Conducting lifecycle assessments to systematically identify, reduce and manage environmental impacts across products and services.

 Sustainability Risks          Resource consumption                Short Term
                               (energy)                                • Targeted awareness initiatives to encourage energy-saving behaviors among employees and customers, including
                                                                         » Unplugging electronics and appliances when not in use.
                                                                         » Adjust thermostat settings to energy-saving temperatures (26°C)
                                                                       Long Term
                                                                       • Investment in energy-efficient appliances and retrofitting buildings with low-emission technologies.
                                                                       • Development and implementation of a Group-wide decarbonization strategy aligned with long-term climate objectives.

                               Cybersecurity                       Short Term
                                                                       • Strengthening cybersecurity awareness through education on phishing detection, malware risks, data protection practices and physical device security.
                                                                   Long Term
                                                                       • Implementation of a Zero Trust Architecture, ensuring continuous authentication and authorization for users, devices and applications.
                                                                       • Establishment of dedicated vulnerability management capabilities to proactively identify, assess and remediate system weaknesses
                                                                         across the organization.




41                                                                                                                                                                              PT Lippo Karawaci Tbk 2025 SUSTAINABILITY REPORT
Page 42
Introduction          Highlights         Our Sustainability Approach   Enhancing Quality of Life       Caring for Our Environment          Investing in Our People        Championing Best Practices        Appendix




                         REAL ESTATE                                                                  LIFESTYLE                                                                   LIFESTYLE



                Managing Climate-Driven                                         Climate Resilience and Flood Risk                                            Climate Resilience and Operational
                Construction Disruptions                                         Mitigation at Sun Plaza Medan                                                 Continuity in Extreme Weather

     LippoLand    experienced      disruptions   to    construction          In late November 2025, prolonged periods of heavy rainfall                    In response to the worsening weather in Manado,
     progress due to an extended rainy season, which led to                  led to flooding at Sun Plaza Medan, disrupting operations                     including storms and heavy rains, Aryaduta Manado
     intermittent work stoppages on outdoor activities and                   for three days and damaging the basement-installed                            strengthened its climate resilience measures to protect
     posed challenges in maintaining schedules across various                chiller and electrical systems. Rainwater seepage into the                    critical infrastructure and ensure continuous operations.
     project sites. Prolonged rainfall affected site access, soil            basement required emergency drainage and structural
     conditions, and the curing of construction materials, often             repairs, including sealing entry points and installing                        Following storm damage to the chiller, a protective
     requiring pauses in critical path tasks and increasing                  bulkheads. This incident highlighted the growing physical                     barrier was installed to prevent future weather-related
     coordination complexities. In the broader construction                  risks from climate change for assets located in low-lying,                    exposure. Flood risk was further reduced through regular
     industry, weather-related impacts such as persistent rain               high-rainfall regions.                                                        maintenance and capacity assurance of sump pump
     are widely acknowledged to delay timelines and elevate                                                                                                systems. To address recurring power outages, Aryaduta
     cost exposures when not adequately accounted for in                     In response, Lippo Malls allocated approximately IDR 32                       Manado ensured energy continuity by maintaining two
     planning and scheduling.                                                billion for rectification work and resilience improvements                    generators in simultaneous operation, with a combined
                                                                             at Sun Plaza Medan. Following this incident, the Group                        capacity of 2,000 kVA capable of providing up to 24 hours
     As part of our climate risk management strategy, the                    initiated baseline flood-risk mapping across malls located                    of backup power.
     Company     incorporates      weather-sensitive    scheduling           below sea level or in high-flood-risk zones to guide future
     buffers,   improved    site     drainage    measures,     and           mitigation strategies. For future developments, critical
     contingency plans into project planning to mitigate future              mechanical and electrical equipment will be relocated
     disruptions and reduce the risk of penalties associated                 to rooftop levels, requiring robust structural designs and
     with delayed delivery. These proactive measures reflect                 increased initial construction costs to mitigate long-term
     the Group’s broader approach to managing climate-                       risks associated with climate disruption.
     related physical risks and maintaining reliable project
     delivery for stakeholders.




42                                                                                                                                                                    PT Lippo Karawaci Tbk 2025 SUSTAINABILITY REPORT
Page 43
Introduction         Highlights       Our Sustainability Approach      Enhancing Quality of Life   Caring for Our Environment   Investing in Our People      Championing Best Practices      Appendix




 METRICS & TARGETS [IFRS S1-46,51] [IFRS S2-29,33,34,35,36]


 Under         our   Sustainability    Agenda      2030,     we     have
 institutionalized measurable ESG targets that serve as the
 primary engine for ambition and accountability across
 climate action, social impact, and corporate governance. This
 alignment ensures that LPKR views every strategic decision
 through a lens of long-term resilience, directly supporting
 Indonesia’s Enhanced Nationally Determined Contributions
 and the national 2060 Net Zero roadmap. All targets are vetted
 by the ESG Committee and formally ratified by both the Board
 of Directors and Board of Commissioners, ensuring that our
 sustainability performance is under the oversight of our top
 leadership bodies.


 As we look toward the next horizon of our sustainability
 journey, we have raised the ambition of several targets which
 we have already achieved and also set new targets in support
 of Indonesia’s transition to a more sustainable, low-carbon
 economy. For instance, we have raised our goals for water
 consumption from sustainable sources to 30% per year and
 increased our treated water target to 1,000,000 cubic meters
 per year. We also aim to expand our renewable energy footprint
 by installing 5,000 kWp of solar photovoltaic capacity across
 our developments and achieve green building certifications
 for 600,000 square meters of our asset portfolio.


 For our 2025 ESG performance against our 2030 targets,
 please refer to page 20. For the full breakdown of our ESG
 performance, including historical comparisons, please refer to
 “Appendix – Environmental Data” and “Appendix – Workforce
 Data” on pages 102 to 107.




43                                                                                                                                                        PT Lippo Karawaci Tbk 2025 SUSTAINABILITY REPORT
Page 44
 Introduction    Highlights    Our Sustainability Approach   Enhancing Quality of Life   Caring for Our Environment   Investing in Our People      Championing Best Practices      Appendix




ENHANCING                                                                                                                                        Economic Contribution




QUALITY OF LIFE
                                                                                                                                                 Community Support & Engagement

                                                                                                                                                 Product Innovation

                                                                                                                                                 Customer Service & Satisfaction
At Lippo Karawaci, we are in the business of creating urban ecosystems for quality living. We are
committed to driving sustainable economic growth and job creation through our business operations,
as well as improving the local businesses and communities we partner with. We constantly innovate to
improve our offerings and strive to build trust through customer service and satisfaction.




44                                                                                                                                              PT Lippo Karawaci Tbk 2025 SUSTAINABILITY REPORT
Page 45
Introduction      Highlights      Our Sustainability Approach   Enhancing Quality of Life    Caring for Our Environment             Investing in Our People              Championing Best Practices             Appendix




Economic Contribution
 ECONOMIC PERFORMANCE & VALUE CREATION [OJK C.3, F.2, F.3] [GRI 201]
                                                                                                           FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS
                                                                                                                                                           2023                        2024                     2025
                                                                                                                (Rp Billion)
 As Indonesia’s largest real estate and healthcare operator by geographic footprint,
                                                                                                      Revenue                                            16,990.09                    11,505.17               9,033.32
 we are privileged to be able to serve over 200 million people in 26 provinces and 56
                                                                                                      Net Profit/Loss                                       50.14                    18,727.13                 572.55
 cities. Through our business operations, we create direct economic value and jobs
                                                                                                      Operating Costs                                     3,026.90                    3,182.81                 2,272.11
 for the Indonesian economy, while generating indirect socioeconomic impact that
 benefits various stakeholders within our ecosystem.                                                  Employee wages and benefit                           1,511.98                   1,107.56                 843.64
                                                                                                      liabilities

                                                                                                      Post-employment benefits                             325.99                      166.28                  195.48
 Direct Economic Contribution
                                                                                                      Payments to providers of capital                    1,929.59                    1,063.56                 362.78
 In 2025, our Company achieved financial growth across all business segments
                                                                                                      Payments to government                               849.90                     752.63                    314.22
 by generating a total of Rp 9.03 trillion revenue, reflecting lower figures due to
                                                                                                      Share buybacks + dividend                            125.59                      22.27                    25.28
 the deconsolidation of its subsidiary, Siloam Hospitals and challenging economic                     payments

 environments around the region. In the Real Estate segment, we witnessed a notable                   Assets                                             49,570.82                   53,783.26                49,247.22

 increase in marketing sales compared to previous years, reaching Rp 5.32 trillion, driven            Liabilities                                        29,964.39                   22,836.79                18,196.21

 by continued robust demand for affordable housing from previous launches such as                     Equity                                              19,606.43                  30,947.07                31,051.02

 the Cendana and XYZ Series. Similarly, our Healthcare segment showed sustained
                                                                                                      Direct economic value generated = revenue
 growth, reflected in higher EBITDA and achieving a 7% YoY increase in both inpatient                 Economic value distributed = net profit/loss, operating costs, employee wages and benefits, payments
                                                                                                      to providers of capital, payments to government by country, and community investments
 admissions and outpatient visits. Our Lifestyle segment also maintained positive                     Economic value retained = ‘direct economic value generated’ less ‘economic value distributed’

 momentum within the mall and hotel businesses, with mall occupancy rising to 86.5%.

                                                                                                               BUSINESS                                                                                      CUSTOMERS
                                                                                                                                            BUSINESS UNIT                  SUB-CATEGORIES
 These results were driven by the timely handover of our housing projects, sustained                           SEGMENTS                                                                                        SERVED

 business growth in healthcare, and enhanced operational performance. At the holding                   Real Estate                                                       Residents in Lippo                     69,447
                                                                                                                                         PT Lippo Karawaci Tbk
                                                                                                                                                                         Village Township
 company level, we reaped significant savings by reducing interest expenses by 61%
                                                                                                                                                                         Residents in Integrated                22,501
 to Rp 326 billion, due to balance sheet restructuring efforts and the elimination of all                                                                                Developments
 USD-denominated debt.                                                                                                                                                   Residents in PT Lippo                  77,943
                                                                                                                                         PT Lippo Cikarang
                                                                                                                                                                         Cikarang Township

                                                                                                                                         Gowa Makassar                   Residents in Tanjung                   26,430
 For a detailed breakdown of our financial performance, please refer to the following                                                    Tourism Development             Bunga Township
 sections of our 2025 Annual Report – “Financial Highlights”, “Management Report”,                     Lifestyle                         Lippo Malls                     Visitors                             194 million

 “Management Discussion and Analysis”, and “Consolidated Financial Statements”.                                                          Aryaduta                        Guests                                868,168




45                                                                                                                                                                    PT Lippo Karawaci Tbk 2025 SUSTAINABILITY REPORT
Page 46
Introduction             Highlights              Our Sustainability Approach          Enhancing Quality of Life    Caring for Our Environment     Investing in Our People        Championing Best Practices    Appendix




 Indirect Economic Contribution                                                           our annual target by ensuring 94% of home sales were                 LippoLand stimulates local economic resilience by
 The impact generated by our economic activities                                          priced under Rp 2 billion. This result reinforces our                integrating surrounding communities into its operational
 extends beyond just financial. We believe that it is our                                 consistent track record of maintaining at least 90% of               supply chain and township ecosystems. Under the Real
 duty to deliver positive socioeconomic impact to our                                     sales within this affordable price bracket.                          Estate segment, the Group collaborates with vendors
 customers, as well as our business partners and the local                                                                                                     and outsourcing firms to actively recruit local residents
 communities in the regions where we operate.                                             In our Healthcare segment, we are committed to                       from within the townships with the required technical
                                                                                          delivering healthcare services in regions across Indonesia           competencies       to   support     Township   Management
 AFFORDABILITY AND ACCESSIBILITY                                                          and focusing on areas where quality healthcare may face              Division (TMD) operations, especially for housekeeping,
 Housing       and         healthcare      are      two     of     the         most       accessibility challenges. Our commitment extends to                  security, and engineering positions. At SDH, the division
 fundamental            human         needs,       but     there          remains         establishing a healthcare network that covers over 60%               provides essential livelihood opportunities by employing
 a great unmet need for affordable housing and quality                                    of the country's provinces. Affordability and accessibility          local community members for critical infrastructure and
 healthcare throughout Indonesia. This is why we                                          remain a priority, with more than 40% of our hospital                groundskeeping roles, including excavation, general
 prioritize affordability and accessibility in our real estate                            portfolio situated outside of Java. Notably, Siloam has              maintenance, and landscaping.
 and healthcare offerings.                                                                played an active role in providing healthcare services to
                                                                                          the rural and remote areas of Eastern Indonesia, including           LOCAL PROCUREMENT
 Since 2020, we have made the strategic decision to                                       in Papua. We also serve the Indonesian public through
 focus on developing housing products which cater to                                      Badan Penyelenggara Jaminan Sosial (BPJS) Kesehatan,                 We recognize our significant role in influencing the
 the needs of first-home owners, especially millennials.                                  the Indonesian government’s health insurance scheme.                 sustainability landscape in Indonesia. This stems from
 This includes pricing our housing products affordably, at                                Siloam has been expanding its network of BPJS-licensed               our close collaborations with a diverse range of suppliers,
 a price point of under Rp 2 billion. In 2025, we achieved                                hospitals to make its services available to more patients            vendors, contractors, and service providers daily. The
                                                                                          who are unable to fully pay out of pocket or are not                 supply chain for the real estate, healthcare, and lifestyle
                             Residential Sales
                                                                                          covered by private insurance.                                        industries encompasses the processes and activities
 100%            0.10%                  0.50%                     0.66%
                                                                                                                                                               involved in sourcing, producing, and delivering goods
  98%            4.00%
                                                                                          INDIRECT JOB CREATION                                                and services within these sectors. We are committed
                                        4.00%
                                                                  5.10%
  96%
                                                                                                                                                               to ethical sourcing, applying responsible procurement

  94%
                                                                                          Our economic contribution also extends to the jobs                   practices and supporting local suppliers in all aspects of
                                                                                          created through our larger ecosystem of business                     our operations.
  92%

                96.00%                  95.50%                                            partners, including contractors, suppliers, vendors, and
  90%                                                            94.24%
                                                                                          tenants. In the course of our business operations, we                Through local sourcing, we can make a direct contribution
  88%
                                                                                          strive to contribute to the local economy by working                 to the national economy and job market. It also enables
     0%                                                                                   with people and partners based in our areas of operation             us to reduce the generation of Scope 3 emissions in the
                 2023                    2024                     2025                    as far as possible.                                                  transportation of supplies. Across the Group, over 99% of

          ≤ Rp 2 Billion        Rp 2 Billion - 5 Billion         > 5 Billion




46                                                                                                                                                                          PT Lippo Karawaci Tbk 2025 SUSTAINABILITY REPORT
Page 47
Introduction      Highlights       Our Sustainability Approach   Enhancing Quality of Life    Caring for Our Environment     Investing in Our People      Championing Best Practices      Appendix




 our suppliers are Indonesian, with most of our procurement expenditure directed towards                  Furthermore, our strict Supplier Code of Conduct ensures that these global
 them. This localized approach ensures that township operations serve as a catalyst for                   resource pressures do not compromise labor rights or material quality, ensuring our
 growth for MSMEs within the immediate vicinity of our developments. We prioritize local                  Group’s lifestyle destinations remain stable, low-carbon environments for the
 suppliers and sources internationally only when products are unavailable or do not meet                  communities we serve.
 quality standards, such as specific chemicals and technology infrastructure.
                                                                                                          By transforming our supply chain from a traditional logistical function into a resilient,
 SUPPLY CHAIN SUSTAINABILITY                                                                              IFRS S2-aligned value chain, LPKR effectively mitigates global volatility and climate
                                                                                                          risk while accelerating our progress toward a low-carbon, community-centric future.
 In today’s era of heightening geopolitical tensions and trade volatility, we view supply
 chain disruptions as material financial risks and appreciate the need for Business
                                                                                                                                                REAL ESTATE
 Continuity Planning (BCP) as a critical component of sustainability risk management
 under the IFRS S2 framework.

                                                                                                                              Supporting Vendor Resilience
 In our Real Estate segment, geopolitical shifts have fundamentally altered the risk                                         Through Micro-Financing Access
 profile of construction supply chains. To defend against these disruptions, we proactively
 map our Tier-1 suppliers to identify vulnerabilities in the production of energy-intensive                To strengthen vendor capacity and promote the sustainability of small
 materials like steel and cement. By prioritizing local sourcing, we simultaneously reduce                 businesses, LippoLand partnered with Nobu Bank — a financial institution
 Scope 3 upstream transportation emissions and mitigate the risk of project delays and                     affiliated with Lippo Group that participates in the government’s Kredit Usaha
 cost overruns caused by international bottlenecks. This strategy ensures our development                  Rakyat (KUR) program — to facilitate access to microfinance for its vendor network.
 timelines remain uninterrupted, even during periods of global resource scarcity.                          Under this initiative, eligible vendors could obtain KUR financing on favorable
                                                                                                           terms designed to enhance working capital, support business continuity, and
 For our Lifestyle portfolio, including retail malls, supply chain resilience is essential for             bolster supply chain resilience. In 2025, over 500 vendors have secured KUR funding
 maintaining a seamless tenant and visitor experience. Recognizing that global tensions                    through this collaboration, reflecting LippoLand’s proactive role in facilitating
 and climate-induced scarcity pose material risks to inventory stability, our procurement                  inclusive access to formal financial services for suppliers and small enterprises.
 strategy focuses on building alternative local partnerships for facility management and                   By supporting vendors’ financial access within the national microfinance
 operational consumables. By moving away from a reliance on global delivery toward a                       ecosystem, this initiative contributes to broader economic participation and the
 robust, localized network, we insulate our assets from price volatility and logistical shocks.            development of local enterprises, aligning with the Group’s commitment to
                                                                                                           sustainable value chain engagement.




47                                                                                                                                                     PT Lippo Karawaci Tbk 2025 SUSTAINABILITY REPORT
Page 48
Introduction             Highlights          Our Sustainability Approach       Enhancing Quality of Life            Caring for Our Environment     Investing in Our People      Championing Best Practices      Appendix




Community Support & Engagement                                                                                               [OJK F.1, F.23-25]




 We strive to create a culture of volunteering, aiming to create a positive and significant social impact in the
 regions where we are active. For us, community support goes beyond mere philanthropy; it serves to cultivate and
 strengthen relationships with our stakeholders. This year, we have actively promoted employee volunteering in
 support of meaningful causes and encourage the exploration of innovative ways to engage with our communities
 across various touchpoints. All of our initiatives under PASTI support Indonesia’s sustainability agenda and the
 UN SDGs, as well as the needs of the local communities we serve. In 2025, we conducted 1,758 community
 engagement programs and activities across our business operations under PASTI programs. In total, we spent
 over Rp 42 Billion to fund these activities.



                                                 Lippo untuk Indonesia PASTI (Pintar, Asri, Sejahtera, Tangguh, Independen)
                                                 embodies the firm and bold spirit that drives our holistic advancement of Indonesia’s
                                                 sustainability agenda. We are committed to enhancing our quality of life for all
                                                 stakeholders in our ecosystem, to secure a brighter outlook for future generations.




           Education                      Environment                       Social                         Health                      Economic


       PINTAR                             ASRI                    SEJAHTERA                    TANGGUH                       INDEPENDEN
      Scholarships               Nature Conservation                Philanthropy                Community                         MSME
                                                                                               Health Services                 Empowerment
 Vocational Training &                Waste and Water           Community Welfare
  Skills Development                   Management                 & Engagement               Health Awareness                 Local Economic
                                                                                                                               Development
      Educational                      Environmental             Humanitarian Aid               Vaccination
       Support                           Awareness                                             & Blood Drives                Entrepreneurship




     Provide access to             Reduce ecological             Support philantrophic       Improve community                Empower MSMEs
     quality education             footprint and raise          causes and community        health and well-being            and local economies
                                environmental awareness                 events




48                                                                                                                                                                           PT Lippo Karawaci Tbk 2025 SUSTAINABILITY REPORT
Page 49
Introduction         Highlights       Our Sustainability Approach         Enhancing Quality of Life         Caring for Our Environment          Investing in Our People            Championing Best Practices           Appendix




                                                                                                          HIGHLIGHTS

         1,758                                           287,558                                                          Rp
                                                                                                                                42B+                                           50 cities
         Activities under PASTI                          Beneficiaries supported by PASTI                                 Total CSR Spending                                   PASTI Activity Footprint




           Environment                                                                                Economic                                                                                 Education


     50
     Environmental Campaigns
                                                                                            1,076
                                                                                            MSMEs
                                                                                                                                                                                        315
                                                                                                                                                                                        Training & Educational Programs



     8,800+                                                                                 49                                                                                          46,000+
     Participants in tree planting,                                                         Events supporting MSMEs                                                                     Beneficiaries in vocational
     beach clean-ups, and                                                                   and local economic empowerment                                                              training, school engagements,
     environmental awareness events                                                                                                                                                     and community activation



                                                     Social                                                                                     Health


                                              79,000+
                                              Beneficiaries
                                                                                                                                         9,878
                                                                                                                                         Blood Bags Collected



                                              297                                                                                        54
                                              Activities including philanthropic,                                                        Blood donation drives in 35 cities
                                              community welfare, and                                                                     across townships, malls, hospitals,
                                              humanitarian aid                                                                           and hotels




49                                                                                                                                                                             PT Lippo Karawaci Tbk 2025 SUSTAINABILITY REPORT
Page 50
Introduction             Highlights           Our Sustainability Approach            Enhancing Quality of Life            Caring for Our Environment            Investing in Our People             Championing Best Practices            Appendix




     PINTAR                                          ASRI                                              SEJAHTERA                                       TANGGUH                                           INDEPENDEN
               Education                                        Environment                                      Social                                          Health                                            Economic

     SILOAM HOSPITALS                                ARYADUTA                                          LIPPO KARAWACI                                  SILOAM HOSPITALS                                  LIPPO MALLS
     Advancing Global Collaboration                  Strengthening Coastal                             Revitalizing Local Communities                  Expanding SELANGKAH to                            Empowering Local Businesses
     and Innovation in Cancer Care                   Resilience Through Nationwide                     Through the Renovation of                       Advance Preventive Breast                         Through “Ramadan Berkah” in
                                                     Marine Conservation                               1,500 Village Houses                            Cancer Screening                                  13 Malls




     Siloam Hospitals, through MRCCC, hosted         In 2025, Aryaduta Hotels implemented              Lippo Karawaci initiated a large-scale          In 2025, Siloam Hospitals Group expanded          In 2025, Lippo Malls implemented the
     the 5th Siloam Oncology Summit (SOS)            coordinated marine conservation initiatives       community revitalization program to             its SELANGKAH (SEmangat LAwan KAnker)             “Ramadan Berkah” program across 13
     2025, bringing together 100 international       across several destinations, reinforcing          renovate 1,500 uninhabitable village homes,     program, strengthening its commitment             malls nationwide, providing a platform for
     and national speakers and more than             its   commitment     to   environmental           beginning in Malang’s Topeng Tourism            to preventive healthcare and early cancer         local micro, small, and medium enterprises
     700 oncology professionals from across          stewardship and biodiversity protection.          Village, in support of the Indonesian           detection across Indonesia. During the            (MSMEs) to showcase and expand their
     Indonesia and abroad. Held under the            The program focused on ecosystem                  government’s “3 Million Houses Program”.        year, the initiative provided free breast         businesses during the Ramadan season.
     theme “United by Unique,” the Summit            restoration and community engagement              The initiative aims to improve housing          cancer screening to 23,884 women across           The initiative engaged hundreds of MSMEs,
     served as a leading scientific forum to         to help safeguard Indonesia’s coastal             conditions for low-income families while        39 participating hospitals, improving             with participation reaching up to 100
     advance collaboration in cancer research,       environments.                                     strengthening the long-term sustainability      access to essential diagnostic services for       local businesses per activation, enabling
     diagnosis, and treatment.                                                                         of local communities.                           diverse and underserved communities.              entrepreneurs to access high-traffic retail
                                                     Key initiatives included the planting of                                                                                                            environments and broader consumer
     Through     multidisciplinary     symposia,     1,000 mangrove seedlings in Pulau Pari by         Through structural repairs, sanitation          Since its launch in 2023, SELANGKAH               markets.
     expert-led discussions, workshops, and          Aryaduta Menteng to support shoreline             improvements, and upgraded living               has reached more than 52,000 women
     scientific poster sessions, the Summit          protection and restore critical marine            facilities, the program enhances safety,        nationwide, surpassing its cumulative             Beyond        short-term     promotional
     facilitated  knowledge      exchange      on    habitats. In Bali, Aryaduta partnered with        health standards, and overall quality of life   target and demonstrating the program’s            opportunities, the program is evolving
     emerging     innovations     in    precision    the Wana Segara Kertih conservation               for residents. Beyond improving housing         growing impact in promoting early                 toward a structured incubation model
     oncology, early cancer detection, and           community to plant 118 mangrove                   quality, the initiative also supports the       detection and public awareness of                 that supports MSMEs in building brand
     personalized    treatment       approaches.     trees, contributing to long-term coastal          development of tourism-based villages by        breast cancer risks. Screening services           visibility,  product     competitiveness,
     The event also strengthened cross-              resilience   and     habitat  preservation.       creating more livable environments that         were delivered through both hospital-             and sustainable business networks. By
     border partnerships between clinicians,         Meanwhile, Aryaduta Manado collaborated           can attract visitors and stimulate local        based facilities and community outreach           integrating local entrepreneurs into the
     researchers, and healthcare institutions,       with the local BKSDA (Natural Resources           economic activity.                              programs, enabling broader participation          mall ecosystem, Lippo Malls reinforces its
     supporting the continuous advancement           Conservation Agency) to conduct a turtle                                                          and accessibility.                                role as an inclusive commercial platform
     of oncology practice in Indonesia.              conservation activity, releasing 50 turtle        By investing in community infrastructure                                                          that supports
                                                     hatchlings into the sea.                          and inclusive development, we strive to         Through SELANGKAH, Siloam continues
     By fostering global collaboration and                                                             empower underserved communities while           to advance health equity by promoting             Through “Ramadan Berkah,” Lippo Malls
     accelerating the transfer of cutting-edge       Through    these      initiatives,    Aryaduta    contributing to national housing priorities.    preventive care, strengthening community          continues to contribute to local economic
     medical knowledge, SOS 2025 reinforces          not only contributes to protecting                The initiative directly supports the            awareness,    and      encouraging      timely    resilience, empowering small businesses
     Siloam’s commitment to advancing                marine ecosystems but also raises                 government’s 3 Million Houses programme         diagnosis. The initiative reflects the Group’s    while fostering a vibrant and diverse
     cancer care and strengthening Indonesia’s       environmental awareness and encourages            and our commitment to affordable,               long-term commitment to improving                 retail ecosystem across its nationwide
     oncology ecosystem.                             community     participation        in   coastal   inclusive community development.                public health outcomes and expanding              mall portfolio.
                                                     conservation efforts.                                                                             equitable access to quality healthcare
                                                                                                                                                       services across Indonesia.




50                                                                                                                                                                                             PT Lippo Karawaci Tbk 2025 SUSTAINABILITY REPORT
Page 51
 Introduction      Highlights      Our Sustainability Approach          Enhancing Quality of Life         Caring for Our Environment       Investing in Our People       Championing Best Practices      Appendix




Product Innovation                                         [OJK F.26]




  In today’s dynamic business environment, innovation is key to delivering quality products and services that can meet our customers’ evolving needs and enhance our market position
  in the long run. Our product innovation strategy includes research and development to analyse and capitalize on the latest market trends, deepening our areas of specialty, as well as
  leveraging digital channels and new partnerships to enhance our offerings. Our R&D efforts help us to identify emerging needs so that we are well-positioned to provide the most relevant
  offerings. At the same time, we are also constantly innovating to improve customer service and satisfaction – these initiatives are separately outlined on page 56.



  REAL ESTATE                                                               HEALTHCARE                                                                  LIFESTYLE


  Our real estate development business continues to                         Our Healthcare segment continues to strengthen                              Significant physical revitalizations are also underway:
  evolve by creating modern living spaces that fulfil the                   its medical capabilities through the adoption of                            Plaza Semanggi is being transformed into the Lippo
  aspirations of the next generation of urban dwellers.                     advanced       technologies,      specialized      services,   and          Mall Nusantara—a modern retail and cultural hub—
  We continue to diversify our real estate development                      strategic collaborations. This includes the introduction                    while Palembang Square, Cibubur Junction, and Lippo
  portfolio by offering new housing products at various                     of robotic-assisted surgery to enhance precision and                        Plaza Ekalokasari Bogor are undergoing renovations
  price points. This product development pipeline is                        support minimally invasive procedures. The Group has                        to    improve   accessibility.   Environmental   excellence
  informed by extensive ethnographic research and                           also advanced its oncology capabilities through the                         was headlined by Palembang Icon, which achieved
  market studies into the Indonesian millennial and                         deployment of heated intraperitoneal chemotherapy                           EDGE Green Building Certification with over 20%
  "Zillennial" profiles, ensuring our designs reflect their                 and     adaptive        radiotherapy     technologies,     further          energy savings.
  unique preferences and life aspirations.                                  strengthening cancer treatment services. In addition,
                                                                            we have established dedicated centers focusing on                           Aryaduta has similarly elevated the hospitality experience
  This commitment to excellence was recognized at the                       sports medicine and performance as well as urinary                          through facility modernization and sustainable product
  2025 Golden Property Awards, where Park Serpong—                          stone treatment to expand specialized patient care.                         innovation. The reopening of signature amenities, such
  our 400-hectare innovative township—garnered the                          To further support research and innovation, we have                         as RJ’s at Aryaduta Bandung and the ARYA Club Lounge
  prestigious "Project of the Year" and the "Best of the                    also partnered with an international clinical research                      in Medan, has been paired with culinary advancements
  Best Zillennial Housing" awards. These accolades                          organization to conduct research and clinical studies                       like the "Farm to Table" hydroponic initiative, supported
  validate our success in creating accessible, vibrant living               aligned with global standards.                                              by an R&D investment of IDR 3.86 billion. Aryaduta has
  environments that prioritize community building over                                                                                                  also modernized operations by transitioning to energy-
  traditional unit-based design. Furthermore, our focus                                                                                                 efficient electric culinary equipment and replacing
  on the younger demographic was honored with a                                                                                                         physical guest room compendiums with QR-code-
  dedicated Zillennial Housing Award for LPKR, reinforcing                                                                                              based E-concierges.
  our leadership in this high-growth sector.




51                                                                                                                                                                   PT Lippo Karawaci Tbk 2025 SUSTAINABILITY REPORT
Page 52
Introduction        Highlights     Our Sustainability Approach   Enhancing Quality of Life   Caring for Our Environment      Investing in Our People      Championing Best Practices      Appendix




                                      REAL ESTATE                                                                                               REAL ESTATE



               Expanding Residential and Lifestyle Offerings                                                              Enhancing Homeownership Experience
                                                                                                                            through Maureno Interior Solutions
     LippoLand expanded its portfolio with the launch of premium residential clusters,
     Blackslate Homes in Lippo Cikarang and The Belmont Homes in Lippo Village.                           LippoLand Maureno introduced affordable furniture packages designed to
     These developments feature modern two-story designs, functional layouts,                             provide practical and customizable interior solutions for homeowners. Developed
     landscaped environments, and integrated access to retail, healthcare, education,                     in collaboration with leading local brands, the program offers curated furnishing
     and lifestyle facilities, supporting high-quality community living. LippoLand                        options that simplify the home setup process while maintaining quality and
     also introduced The Patio clubhouse in Lippo Cikarang Cosmopolis, providing                          design standards. This initiative enables buyers to move into ready-to-live
     recreational amenities that promote resident well-being and social interaction.                      homes without the additional complexity of sourcing and coordinating interior
                                                                                                          elements independently.
     Complementing its premium segment, LippoLand continued advancing Hunian
     Warisan Bangsa (HWB) Purwakarta, an affordable housing initiative offering                           By integrating accessible interior solutions into its residential offerings, LippoLand
     quality homes with essential community infrastructure for working families.                          enhances customer convenience and value while supporting local industry
     As of 2025, 1,000 units have been completed, with a target of accommodating                          partners. The program reflects our commitment to delivering holistic housing
     30,000 units by the final development phase, contributing to improved housing                        solutions that improve livability, affordability, and overall homeowner satisfaction
     accessibility and inclusive community development in line with the Group’s                           across our developments.
     sustainability objectives.




52                                                                                                                                                     PT Lippo Karawaci Tbk 2025 SUSTAINABILITY REPORT
Page 53
Introduction          Highlights            Our Sustainability Approach   Enhancing Quality of Life          Caring for Our Environment           Investing in Our People           Championing Best Practices            Appendix




                          H E A LT H C A R E                                                             H E A LT H C A R E                                                               H E A LT H C A R E



         Advancing Clinical Excellence                                            Advancing Precision Oncology with                                                    Strengthening Specialized
       Through Robotic Surgery Services                                                 Integrated CT-LINAC                                                           Healthcare Services in Sports
                                                                                                                                                                    Medicine and Urinary Stone Center
     Siloam Hospitals seeks to expand its clinical capabilities                 MRCCC Siloam Hospitals Semanggi introduced a cutting-
     through robot-assisted surgeries, often being the first                    edge Integrated CT-LINAC system—the first of its kind in                          Siloam      Hospitals   expanded    its   specialized     services
     adopter in Indonesia of these leading technologies. These                  Southeast Asia—substantially elevating the standard of                            with the establishment of the Siloam Sports Medicine
     include the Da Vinci Xi system for complex urological                      precision radiotherapy for cancer patients. This advanced                         and       Performance    Center    and    the   Urinary     Stone
     and digestive surgeries at Siloam Hospitals Kebon Jeruk                    technology integrates diagnostic CT imaging with a                                Center. The Sports Medicine and Performance Center
     (SHKJ), and advanced Orthopaedic robotic systems (ROSA                     linear accelerator (LINAC), enabling CT-based adaptive                            provides integrated orthopedic care, injury prevention,
     and VELYS) at SHKJ, Siloam Hospitals Mampang (SHMA),                       radiotherapy (ART), which dynamically adjusts treatment                           rehabilitation, and performance optimization programs,
     and Siloam Hospitals Surabaya (SHSB). Furthermore,                         plans in real time to accommodate patient-specific                                supported by a multidisciplinary team and advanced
     our   Neuroscience      capabilities   have    been    elevated            anatomical changes during therapy. This innovation                                medical technology.
     with the launch of the Brainlab Cirq Robotic Suite at                      enhances treatment accuracy while reducing radiation
     Siloam Hospitals Lippo Village (SHLV). This advanced                       exposure to healthy tissues.                                                      Meanwhile, the Urinary Stone Center enhances urological
     surgical technology enables greater precision, minimally                                                                                                     care with advanced diagnostic and minimally invasive
     invasive procedures, and better recovery outcomes for                      This   system     was    developed    through     a   strategic                   treatment options, including shock wave lithotripsy
     patients requiring complex treatments. By investing                        collaboration with United Imaging Healthcare. The                                 and laser-based procedures. These initiatives reinforce
     in cutting-edge medical services, Siloam Hospitals                         Integrated CT-LINAC consolidates the entire treatment                             Siloam Hospital’s commitment to clinical excellence,
     strengthens the Group’s healthcare offerings, improves                     workflow within a single device and treatment room,                               innovation, and improved patient outcomes across
     patient safety and outcomes, and reinforces the Group’s                    reducing session times and eliminating the need for                               its healthcare network.
     position as a provider of high-quality, forward-looking                    patient repositioning. Clinical experts emphasize that
     healthcare solutions.                                                      this integration fosters more personalized, efficient,
                                                                                and safer treatment protocols, exemplifying MRCCC
                                                                                Siloam Semanggi’s commitment to elevating national
                                                                                cancer care standards and expanding access to high-
                                                                                precision    therapies    for   patients   across     Indonesia
                                                                                and the broader region.




53                                                                                                                                                                              PT Lippo Karawaci Tbk 2025 SUSTAINABILITY REPORT
Page 54
Introduction        Highlights      Our Sustainability Approach   Enhancing Quality of Life   Caring for Our Environment       Investing in Our People       Championing Best Practices         Appendix




                                       H E A LT H C A R E                                                                                           LIFESTYLE



                  Strengthening Clinical Research Capacity                                                                   Lippo Mall Nusantara Reopens with
                        Through Global Partnership                                                                                Modern Concept in 2025

     Siloam Hospitals entered into a strategic alliance with Syneos Health, a                              Lippo     Mall   Nusantara      officially    reopened   following     a       comprehensive
     leading international clinical research organization, to conduct research and                         transformation of the former Plaza Semanggi, introducing an upgraded retail
     clinical studies that meet international standards. Under a Memorandum of                             and lifestyle experience in the heart of Jakarta. The redesigned mall features
     Understanding signed by both parties, Siloam Hospitals joined the Syneos Health                       modern interiors and exteriors, inspired by Indonesia’s cultural heritage—Water,
     Catalyst Network and will serve as a pivotal research partner, facilitating clinical                  Land, and Sky—manifested through architectural design, landscaped open
     trials and studies across its extensive network of hospitals throughout Indonesia.                    spaces, and enhanced amenities such as the rooftop Sky Dining with panoramic
                                                                                                           city views. This development underscores a renewed emphasis on community
     This collaboration leverages Syneos Health’s global expertise in clinical                             engagement and visitor comfort.
     development and Siloam Hospital’s broad patient population and healthcare
     infrastructure, enabling the assessment and implementation of innovative                              The revamped retail destination also offers an expanded array of food and
     therapies and treatment protocols. The partnership not only expands clinical                          beverage options, such as the Livin’ Alun Alun Nusantara food court with over 200
     research capacity in Indonesia but also improves patient access to advanced                           local culinary options, support for UMKM tenants, and a lively public amphitheater
     treatment options, reinforcing Siloam Hospital’s commitment to medical                                equipped with a large LED screen for events and entertainment. Located
     innovation, evidence-based practices, and improved healthcare outcomes.                               strategically near major transit points, Lippo Mall Nusantara integrates shopping,
                                                                                                           cultural, and lifestyle elements to strengthen its status as a vibrant urban hub for
                                                                                                           residents, visitors, and the surrounding community.




54                                                                                                                                                        PT Lippo Karawaci Tbk 2025 SUSTAINABILITY REPORT
Page 55
Introduction        Highlights       Our Sustainability Approach      Enhancing Quality of Life       Caring for Our Environment        Investing in Our People         Championing Best Practices       Appendix




 Driving AI Literacy & Adoption
 In 2025, we accelerated our digital transformation by expanding the adoption of artificial intelligence (AI) across our business operations. As AI technologies continue to advance, the
 key focus has shifted from access to technology toward enabling teams across business units to effectively apply AI to improve operational performance. The Group addressed this
 through two strategic priorities: strengthening AI literacy across the organization and deploying AI-driven solutions that deliver measurable improvements in productivity, accuracy,
 and service delivery. Through training programs and practical transformation initiatives, employees are equipped to identify opportunities, implement AI tools, and integrate them into
 daily workflows. This decentralized approach allows business units to develop solutions tailored to their operational needs while fostering a culture of continuous innovation and digital
 capability across the Group.



                                           REAL ESTATE                                                                                                       LIFESTYLE



                      AI-Assisted Document Verif ication and                                                                                  AI-Driven Automation for
                              Digital Approval System                                                                                             Retail Operations

      LippoLand implemented a Document Approval Portal to replace paper-based approval                             Lippo Malls implemented large-scale automation across its retail portfolio, integrating AI into
      workflows and enhance process integrity. The system features QR-based document                               key financial and operational workflows across its mall network. Processes that were previously
      verification, allowing printed documents to be scanned and validated against official digital                conducted manually, such as monthly profit and loss reporting, cash flow consolidation,
      records, making them tamper-evident. In addition, OCR technology supported by AI-based                       bank reconciliation, and parking transaction matching, are now automated end-to-end. AI-
      computer vision models is used to pre-verify payment documents before human review,                          powered automation tools replicate complex manual processes across multiple systems,
      significantly reducing manual workload and improving processing efficiency.                                  allowing finance teams to focus on analysis rather than data preparation.




                                             LIFESTYLE                                                                                                     H E A LT H C A R E



                         AI-Powered Guest Engagement and                                                                                    AI-Enabled Monitoring and
                              Knowledge Management                                                                                          Clinical Supply Optimization

      Aryaduta Hotels enhanced its guest engagement capabilities through the development of                        Siloam Hospitals implemented AI-driven platforms to strengthen operational oversight and
      a self-service knowledge base supporting its AI-powered guest chatbot. Previously, chatbot                   clinical supply management. An AI-powered audit and monitoring system was introduced
      updates required engineering support, creating operational bottlenecks. The new system                       to detect pricing discrepancies across hospital units, enabling the audit function to shift
      enables hotel teams to directly manage and update content, allowing faster responses and                     from manual sampling to proactive, full-coverage monitoring of transactions. In addition, AI-
      more responsive guest communication. Integrated within the omnichannel CRM platform,                         based inventory forecasting models were deployed to improve demand planning for medical
      the AI assistant also standardizes information on hotel products and services while enabling                 supplies. By linking demand patterns with operational indicators such as specialist schedules
      easy configuration of automated responses, strengthening the overall guest experience.                       and clinical activities, Siloam Hospitals improved forecasting accuracy and reduced risks
                                                                                                                   related to overstocking or stockouts.




55                                                                                                                                                                  PT Lippo Karawaci Tbk 2025 SUSTAINABILITY REPORT
Page 56
Introduction     Highlights       Our Sustainability Approach   Enhancing Quality of Life       Caring for Our Environment       Investing in Our People           Championing Best Practices         Appendix




Customer Service & Satisfaction                                                             [OJK F.17]




 We are committed to consistently delivering high-quality products and services to our customers. In 2025, our focus centered on advancing our digital platforms and engagement
 channels to ensure that our customers receive timely, targeted, and useful information. This dedication to service excellence is supported by robust feedback mechanisms and a group-
 wide drive for operational transparency.


 CUSTOMER ENGAGEMENT & WELL-BEING                                   Our lifestyle sector has pioneered data-driven services to                satisfaction, we are transitioning to the ReviewPro
                                                                    effectively meet the evolving demands of our customer                     analytics platform in 2026 to further refine our service
 LippoLand continues to refine the homeowner journey                base by expanding feedback touchpoints across all                         standards. Our commitment to quality was externally
 by bridging the gap between physical living spaces and             properties. In 2025, Lippo Malls leveraged deep business                  validated       in   2025      through    prestigious    accolades
 digital convenience. We strive to enhance customer                 intelligence to optimize the visitor experience, including                including the TripAdvisor Travelers' Choice Award for
 happiness by redesigning buildings, innovating new                 implementing a 30-minute free parking policy to                           multiple units and the Agoda Customer Review Award.
 applications, and ensuring seamless handovers. This                enhance customer convenience and overall satisfaction.
 is achieved through an expanded suite of IT initiatives            Digital transformation reached a milestone with the                       CUSTOMER & PRODUCT HEALTH & SAFETY
 such as a customer portal with OTP verification for                migration of the STYLES loyalty app to the Zu platform,                   [OJK F.27, F.28, F.29, F.30]

 secure billing and document access. The LEAP mobile                while the launch of Styles AsikFest (ASIKFEST) integrated
 portal now empowers residents to manage billing and                interactive "gacha" and points systems to enhance                         We are committed to providing our customers with
 renovation permits while the LIA Chatbot automates                 engagement. Lippo Malls utilizes a sophisticated multi-                   accurate information regarding product quality and
 interactions for immediate support. To strengthen                  channel feedback system encompassing the Styles App,                      safety, as these build customer trust and loyalty. Each
 core processes, we established a Customer Focus Unit               Lippo Malls Care via WhatsApp and email, and physical                     business unit is responsible for monitoring product
 to conduct thorough pre-handover evaluations. The                  service desks. This infrastructure allowed the division                   quality and safety against a set of performance indicators
 property transfer process has been further streamlined             to maintain a high standard of responsiveness in 2025,                    to ensure compliance with the specified standards. For
 with handover invitations sent via WhatsApp or email,              resolving 98.5% of over one thousand complaints.                          example, in our hotels, we do regular checks of water
 improving convenience for new homeowners. Our                      We utilize Net Promoter Scores and Brand Health                           quality to ensure guest safety. These include legionella
 Township Management Division (TMD) engages with                    Checks      to   benchmark       our   performance       against          and microbe tests for the kitchen operations, ice cube
 residents daily, contributing to a high complaint                  industry competitors and ensure our brand positioning                     production, and water taps. In 2025, we did not receive
 resolution rate where 98.1% of all complaints were                 remains competitive.                                                      any sanctions for non-compliance with customer health
 successfully closed in 2025. Furthermore, new residential                                                                                    and safety regulations, product and service information,
 services like the “Ready to Move In” program and the               At Aryaduta, we have moved toward a more proactive                        labelling,     or    marketing      communications        and      no
 Park Serpong Prepaid IPL Program provide tailored                  guest experience through the implementation of Daily                      products were recalled.
 furniture packages and essential service vouchers to               Courtesy Calls to resolve feedback in real-time during
 enhance the living experience.                                     a guest's stay. Building on a strong history of guest




56                                                                                                                                                            PT Lippo Karawaci Tbk 2025 SUSTAINABILITY REPORT
Page 57
Introduction          Highlights           Our Sustainability Approach   Enhancing Quality of Life         Caring for Our Environment            Investing in Our People          Championing Best Practices        Appendix




                         REAL ESTATE                                                                  REAL ESTATE                                                                        LIFESTYLE



          Enhancing Digital Engagement                                              Advancing Healthcare Innovation                                               Enhancing Customer Value Through
           through LEAP App Upgrades                                                    Through AI Integration                                                       Data-Driven Retail Innovation

     LippoLand enhanced the features of its LEAP (LippoLand                    Siloam Hospitals advanced its digital transformation by                           Lippo Malls used business intelligence and consumer
     Engagement Application Platform) application to improve                   implementing artificial intelligence (AI) across multiple                         behavior analytics to improve customer experience and
     functionality and user experience for residents and                       operational and clinical functions. AI solutions were                             commercial performance. Analysis revealed that offering
     tenants across its developments. The upgrades streamline                  deployed to automate medical record processing, facilitate                        30 minutes of complimentary parking could potentially
     service requests, billing access, facility bookings, and                  real-time consultations with medical practitioners, and                           increase customer spending by approximately IDR
     community updates through a more intuitive interface                      optimize inventory management, thereby increasing                                 150,000 per visit and support more effective bundling and
     and improved system performance. These enhancements                       efficiency and alleviating administrative burdens across                          targeted promotional strategies aligned with consumer
     aim to deliver faster response times, greater transparency,               the hospital network. These improvements enable faster                            shopping behaviors.
     and seamless digital interaction within LippoLand’s                       data access, better coordination, and more efficient
     residential communities.                                                  patient care.                                                                     Based on these insights, the Free Parking Program
                                                                                                                                                                 was       implemented       during   January–February   and
     By   continuously   improving        the   LEAP    application,           Moreover, AI capabilities were integrated into medical                            June–December 2025, contributing to improved visitor
     LippoLand    reinforces    digital   integration   within    its          imaging and diagnostic procedures to support more                                 convenience, longer dwell time, and the development of
     townships and mixed-use assets, supporting smart living                   accurate and timely clinical evaluations. By leveraging                           more personalized promotional strategies. This initiative
     solutions and elevating overall customer experience.                      sophisticated analytics and intelligent automation, Siloam                        exemplifies how data-driven insights underpin product
                                                                               enhances diagnostic accuracy, operational efficiency, and                         innovation, tenant value creation, and sustainable growth
                                                                               patient outcomes. This initiative reflects our commitment                         within the retail sector.
                                                                               to    innovation,     technology-driven    healthcare,     and
                                                                               continuous      improvement    in   service   quality    within
                                                                               the network.




57                                                                                                                                                                            PT Lippo Karawaci Tbk 2025 SUSTAINABILITY REPORT
Page 58
Introduction        Highlights        Our Sustainability Approach    Enhancing Quality of Life         Caring for Our Environment      Investing in Our People      Championing Best Practices      Appendix




 PRODUCT MARKETING                                                       sharing, having facilitated over 1,500 sales through                       Malls reported a strong NPS of +45.1%, while Aryaduta
                                                                         immersive township showcases. This momentum was                            maintained its market leadership by being recognized as
 Product marketing serves as the catalyst that amplifies                 sustained through 2025 via the inaugural Styles AsikFest                   Indonesia's Leading Hotel Group 2025 at the World Travel
 the impact of product innovation, ensuring that                         (ASIKFEST). In collaboration with the Ministry of Creative                 Awards. These metrics demonstrate that our marketing
 groundbreaking ideas not only come to fruition but also                 Economy, this festival at Lippo Mall Nusantara served                      strategies are not only building brand equity but also
 resonate effectively with the target audience. In 2025, our             as a physical marketing vehicle for 20 curated MSME                        driving resilient sales growth across both affordable
 marketing evolution moved beyond traditional outreach,                  brands. By integrating "gacha" mechanics and bonus                         and premium segments.
 focusing on unified digital ecosystems, high-impact                     Zu Point rewards directly into the Styles app during the
 experiential centers, and data-driven personalization.                  event, we bridged the gap between physical experience
                                                                         and digital loyalty.
 Unified Loyalty and Digital Ecosystems
 The transformation of the STYLES App represents a                       Personalized Channel Marketing
 milestone in our cross-sector marketing strategy. We                    Providing tailored information is crucial for enhancing
 integrated our Group’s loyalty ecosystem with the                       loyalty, particularly within our Lifestyle segment. We
 migration of STYLES to the Zu platform. Customers                       have     enhanced       our    channel      marketing—utilizing
 can earn and redeem Zu Points seamlessly across                         WhatsApp and email—by implementing high-precision
 participating   businesses—including             the     recently       segmentation. This ensures that monthly programs are
 formalized strategic partnership with Pertamina Retail—                 customized for each mall and tailored to the specific
 to incentivize repeat engagement through exclusive                      preferences of each customer. To support our residents
 rewards. The app’s upgraded backend now enables                         24/7,   the    Township       Management         Division   (TMD)
 instant gratification through QR code scanning and                      utilizes a specialized chatbot learning hub through
 leverages advanced analytics of purchasing patterns                     WhatsApp. Facilitating thousands of conversations,
 to deliver personalized marketing features tailored to                  this channel serves as a dependable marketing and
 individual consumer behaviors.                                          support tool that adapts to the diverse schedules of our
                                                                         community members.
 Experiential Marketing and Customer Centers
 Our    marketing     success    is   anchored      by    physical       Brand Health and Market Leadership
 "discovery" hubs that drive high conversion rates. The                  To ensure our marketing resonates effectively, we
 Customer Experience Center (CXC) at Park Serpong                        consistently conduct Brand Health Checks (BHC) and
 continues to be a vital tool for product knowledge                      Net Promoter Score (NPS) assessments. In 2025, Lippo




58                                                                                                                                                               PT Lippo Karawaci Tbk 2025 SUSTAINABILITY REPORT
Page 59
 Introduction    Highlights   Our Sustainability Approach   Enhancing Quality of Life   Caring for Our Environment   Investing in Our People       Championing Best Practices      Appendix




CARING FOR OUR                                                                                                                             Energy Efficiency & Emissions



ENVIRONMENT                                                                                                                                Water Stewardship

                                                                                                                                           Waste Management

Against the backdrop of climate change, we are committed to accelerating climate action
by reducing our carbon and water footprint, improving our resource efficiency, developing
greener products and processes, and safeguarding the natural environment.




59                                                                                                                                              PT Lippo Karawaci Tbk 2025 SUSTAINABILITY REPORT
Page 60
Introduction        Highlights          Our Sustainability Approach      Enhancing Quality of Life              Caring for Our Environment              Investing in Our People        Championing Best Practices                     Appendix




Energy Efficiency & Emissions                                                                        [OJK F.6, F.7, F.11, F.12] [GRI 302, 305]


                                                                                                                                                                                  Energy Intensity by Building Type (GJ/m²)
 The World Economic Forum’s Global Risks Report                             Through a combination of active portfolio management
                                                                                                                                                                       0.800
 2025 continues to identify environmental threats                           and decarbonization initiatives, our commitment to
 specifically extreme weather and the failure of climate                    sustainability continues to yield measurable results.                                                  0.573
                                                                                                                                                                                                              0.615
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        0.610
                                                                                                                                                                       0.600
 change mitigation as the most critical risks facing the                    Most notably, we have achieved a 34% reduction in                                                                                 0.577
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        0.520
                                                                                                                                                                                   0.534
 global economy over the next decade. As such, we are                       building emissions relative to our 2019 baseline. This
                                                                                                                                                                       0.400
                                                                                                                                                                                   0.439                      0.468                     0.440
 committed to doing our part to combat climate change                       progress is further underscored by a 5% year-on-year
 by accelerating our decarbonization efforts through                        improvement              compared          to     2024,       demonstrating                0.200
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        0.200
 Group-wide energy and emissions reduction initiatives.                     how our decarbonization strategies have successfully                                                   0.160                      0.165

                                                                            decoupled operational growth from environmental                                            0.000

 ENERGY CONSUMPTION                                                         impact. By effectively offsetting the footprint of our                                                  2023                      2024                      2025


                                                                            expanding portfolio, we remain on a clear trajectory                                                     High-Rise Residential                    Malls
 Electricity    remains        our    primary     energy      source,       toward our long-term climate objectives.                                                                 Hotels                                   Average

 supplemented by diesel, petrol, and LPG for daily
 operational     activities.     In   2025,   our    total    energy
                                                                                    Energy Consumption by Business Segment (103 GJ)                                                Energy Consumption by Source (103 GJ)
 consumption reached 903,000 gigajoules (GJ) The
 Lifestyle     segment    remains       the     largest    consumer        1,000                                                                                       1,000
                                                                                                                       904                       903                                                          904                       903
 of energy, accounting for 82% of our total footprint.                                      865                                                                                     865
 Despite an increase in footfall due to business growth,                    800                                                                                         800

 we successfully maintained energy consumption levels
                                                                            600                                                                                         600
 across both the Real Estate and Lifestyle segments.
                                                                                                                                                 733
                                                                                                                       755
 This stability is directly attributed to our group-wide                                    707                                                                                     835                       874                       880
                                                                            400                                                                                         400
 decarbonization      initiatives,     including     the     strategic                                                                                                                         8.5                      8.1                      7.3
                                                                                                                                                                                               3.9                      6.9                      6.1
 integration of solar energy across several of our mall                     200                                                                                         200                    5.0                      4.2                      4.3
                                                                                                                                                                                              0.0                       0.9                      2.5
 assets and addressing energy efficiency findings from                                                                                           170                                           1.4                      1.5                      0.7
                                                                                             158                       150                                                                    10.7                      8.4                      1.9
 the energy audit conducted. In the Real Estate segment,                      0                                                                                           0

                                                                                            2023                       2024                      2025                               2023                      2024                      2025
 energy consumption saw a slight uptick following the
 expansion of our operational portfolio. In 2025, we added                                               Real Estate          Lifestyle                                           Biodiesel          CNG              Diesel            LPG
                                                                                                                                                                                  Natural Gas        Petrol           Electricity
 19 high-rise residential towers in Lippo Cikarang that
 have been handed over – we expect energy consumption
 to rise in line with the occupancy rate.




60                                                                                                                                                                                PT Lippo Karawaci Tbk 2025 SUSTAINABILITY REPORT
Page 61
    Introduction             Highlights            Our Sustainability Approach              Enhancing Quality of Life              Caring for Our Environment                  Investing in Our People            Championing Best Practices                  Appendix




     GHG EMISSIONS


     In 2025, our total emissions across Scope 1, 2, and 3
     amounted to 719 kilotons of CO₂ equivalent (ktCO₂e).                                               Scope 1                                          Mobile
                                                                                                                                                         Combustion                                                                                 Scope 2
                                                                                                                                                         0.65 ktCO2eq
     Scope 1 and Scope 2 emissions amounted to 204 ktCO₂e                                               DIRECT EMISSIONS                                                                                                                   INDIRE CT E MISSIONS
                                                                                                        Direct GHG emissions                                                                                                                   Indirect GHG emissions
     (28%), while Scope 3 emissions amounted to 515 ktCO₂e                                                                                               Stationary
                                                                                                        that occurs from sources                                                                                                                      from purchased
                                                                                                                                                         Combustion
     (72%). Notably, the emissions from Siloam Hospitals has                                            owned or controlled                              0.95 ktCO2eq
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            electricity

     been deconsolidated from our Scope 1 and 2 emissions,
                                                                                                                                                                                                                   Electricity
     and reflected under Scope 3, which explains the relative                                                                                            Fugitive                                                  Consumption

     increase in our Scope 3 emissions compared to our                                                         1%                                        6.98 ktCO2eq                                              195 ktCO2eq                           27%
                                                                                                           of total CO2e                                                                                                                               of total CO2e
     Scope 1 and 2 emissions.                                                                                emission                                                                                                                                    emission


     In the last couple of years, we have expanded our GHG
     inventory to include a broader coverage of emissions
     based on materiality. Our Scope 1 emissions stem
     from various sources, including refrigerant leakage

                                                                                                        Scope 3
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        Investment
     in air-conditioning systems, mobile combustion from
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        29.56 ktCO2eq
     operational vehicles, and stationary combustion primarily
                                                                                                        INDIRECT EMISSIONS
     from on-site generators. Carbon emission is factored in                                            All other indirect GHG
                                                                                                        emissions from upstream
     all types of GHGs covered by the Kyoto Protocol: carbon
                                                                                                        and downstream activites
     dioxide (“CO₂”), methane (“CH₄”), nitrous oxide (“N₂O”),
     hydrofluorocarbons (“HFCs”), perfluorocarbons (“PFCs”),
     sulphur hexafluoride (“SF6”) and nitrogen trifluoride                                                   72%
     (“NF3”). Rather than reporting on each gas separately,                                                of total CO2e
                                                                                                             emission
     gases are expressed as a CO₂ equivalent (“CO₂e”). In the
     calculation of our carbon emissions, we do so in line with
     the Greenhouse Gas Protocol Initiative. To calculate these                                                  Purchased goods           Use of sold                  Fuel &                  Waste generated              Airplane                   Downstream
                                                                                                                 and services              products                     energy related          in operation                 business travel            leased assets
     direct emissions, we employ emission factors derived                                                        90 ktCO2eq                137 ktCO2eq                  77 ktCO2eq              40 ktCO2eq                   0.4 ktCO2eq                140 ktCO2eq
     from DEFRA environmental reporting guidelines7.




7
    HM Treasury. 2025. “Sustainability Reporting Guidance 2025-26.” GOV.UK. July 21, 2025. https://www.gov.uk/government/publications/sustainability-reporting-guidance-2025-26/sustainability-reporting-guidance-2025-26.




61                                                                                                                                                                                                           PT Lippo Karawaci Tbk 2025 SUSTAINABILITY REPORT
Page 62
Introduction         Highlights         Our Sustainability Approach    Enhancing Quality of Life               Caring for Our Environment                 Investing in Our People                Championing Best Practices                  Appendix




 For Scope 2 emissions exclusively tied to purchased                       accounting of our total carbon footprint across our                                                 Scope 1 & 2 Emissions Intensity by Building Type (tCO₂e/m²)

 electricity,   we   utilize      market-based       methods     and       entire investment portfolio. This extends our Scope 3
                                                                                                                                                                            0.160
 emission factors from the Ministry of Energy and Mineral                  disclosures to cover a total of seven categories (1, 3, 5, 6,                                    0.140
                                                                                                                                                                                                                         0.138                     0.137
                                                                                                                                                                                               0.128
 Resources of Indonesia (MEMR) for measurement.                            11, 13 and 15).                                                                                  0.120                                        0.127                    0.106
                                                                                                                                                                                                0.119
                                                                                                                                                                            0.100
                                                                                                                                                                                               0.100                                              0.095
 We took a significant step in 2022 towards carbon                         We plan to consistently enhance and broaden our                                                 0.080
                                                                                                                                                                                                                         0.093


 inventory management by reporting on Scope 3                              Scope 3 disclosures to more comprehensively reflect                                             0.060

 emissions,     which     are     generated     by    our   indirect       the emissions across our value chain. We also employ                                            0.040
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  0.046
                                                                                                                                                                                                                         0.037
 operations and value chain. We started by disclosing                      emission factors derived from the Inventory of Carbon                                            0.020              0.036


 substantial emission sources that are currently tracked                   and Energy (ICE database)9 EXIOBASE, Carbon Footprint                                           0.000

                                                                                                                                                                                                2023                     2024                     2025
 within our internal reporting systems, which includes                     Ltd, and DEFRA environmental reporting guidelines for
 embodied carbon in main construction materials                            our Scope 3 emissions10.                                                                                            High-Rise Residential                Malls
                                                                                                                                                                                               Hotels                               Average
 (steel, concrete, timber, glass) used in real estate
 development projects, employee business travel (air
 flights), and tenant electricity consumption. In 2023, we                                                                                                                                Scope 1 & 2 Emissions by Business Segment
                                                                                               Scope 1 & 2 Emissions by Sources
 extended our coverage to include construction-related                                                      (ktCO₂e)                                                                                        (ktCO₂e)

 spending for non-real estate businesses and water                          250                                                                                               250

                                                                                                                                                                                                                        198                     204
 consumption under Purchased Goods & Services                                                 195                     198                     204                                               195
                                                                            200                                                                                               200
 (Cat 1), T&D electricity losses under Fuel & Energy Related
 Activity (Cat 3), waste generated in operations (Cat 5)                    150                                                                                                150

 and managed assets owned by third parties8 under Use                                                                                                                                                                                           166
                                                                            100               183                                               195                           100               161                     166
                                                                                                                      190
 of Sold Product (Cat 11).

                                                                             50                                                                                                50
                                                                                                       10.42                   5.67                    6.98
 In 2025, we expanded our Scope 3 inventory to include                                                  1.12                   1.10                    0.95
                                                                                                                                                                                                34                                               37
                                                                                                        0.69                   0.72                    0.65                                                              32
                                                                              0                                                                                                 0
 assets over which we no longer exercise operational
                                                                                              2023                    2024                    2025                                             2023                    2024                    2025
 control but maintain strategic influence, specifically
                                                                                                                                                                                                         Real Estate          Lifestyle
 following the deconsolidation of Siloam Hospitals. While                                       Mobile Combustion                 Fugitive

 the operation of Siloam Hospitals is now independent                                           Stationary Combustion             Electricity

 from our core operations, we continue to capture its
                                                                          Under Category 11, we have reported 30 managed assets owned by third parties (23 malls, 7 office buildings). We intend to include more managed assets in the future, as and
 environmental impact under Scope 3, Category 15
                                                                       8


                                                                       when the data is ready to be disclosed.
 (Investments), proportionate to our shareholding. This                9
                                                                         Inventory of Carbon and Energy is an embodied carbon database for building materials.
                                                                       10
                                                                          Following the GHG Protocol's guidelines, this year's emissions calculations included a separate accounting of CFCs and HCFCs. Specifically, the use of R11, R22, R123, and R104a
 transition ensures a comprehensive and transparent                    contributes an additional 7.33 ktCO₂e.




62                                                                                                                                                                                          PT Lippo Karawaci Tbk 2025 SUSTAINABILITY REPORT
Page 63
Introduction                    Highlights             Our Sustainability Approach                  Enhancing Quality of Life            Caring for Our Environment                 Investing in Our People              Championing Best Practices                Appendix




                              Scope 3 Emissions (ktCO₂e)


600
                                                                       515
                                                                       30
500
                                             453
                                                        0
                                                                       137
400                                           109

                       316
300                               0
                        69                    139                      140

200                                                    0.7                        0.4
                        110                   29                       40
                                  0.8
                                  23                                   77
 100                                          113
                        64
                                                                       90
                        49                    62
     0

                       2023                  2024                     2025


         Category 1 - Purchased          Category 6 - Business               Category 15 -
         Goods & Services                Travel (Airplane)                   Investment
                                                                             (Siloam Hospitals)11
         Category 3 - Fuel &             Category 13 -
         Energy Related Activity         Downstream Leased
         (T&DE electricity Losses)       Asset (Tenanted Area)

         Category 5 - Waste              Category 11 - Use of Sold Product
         Generated in Operations         (Managed Fee Building)




                       Total Emissions by Scope (ktCO₂e)
                                             Scope 1

                                                  9
                                             1%




                                        719
                                                                      Scope 2

                                                                      195
           Scope 3                                           27%
                         72%
           515                          ktCO₂e




                                                                                                      11
                                                                                                         In 2025, re-baselining was completed following Siloam Hospitals deconsolidation. Scope 3 emissions now include Category 15 (Investments), covering Siloam as a non-
                                                                                                      operational controlled entity using the equity control method, reflecting only LPKR's current shareholding of 29.09% as the percentage of emissions contributed by the entity.




63                                                                                                                                                                                                                  PT Lippo Karawaci Tbk 2025 SUSTAINABILITY REPORT
Page 64
Introduction        Highlights      Our Sustainability Approach    Enhancing Quality of Life   Caring for Our Environment     Investing in Our People      Championing Best Practices      Appendix




                                          HOLDING                                                                                                  LIFESTYLE



                         Strengthening EV Inf rastructure                                                                          Palembang Icon Achieves
                                                                                                                                  Green Building Certif ication
     In 2025, the Group more than doubled its electric vehicle charging network from
     55 to 122 charging stations, reinforcing its commitment to low-emission mobility                       In 2025, Palembang Icon successfully obtained The EDGE Green Building
     and sustainable urban infrastructure. EV charging facilities are now operational                       Certification, marking another milestone in strengthening the environmental
     across multiple high-rise residentials, malls, hotels, and hospitals, with additional                  performance of our retail portfolio. The certification reflects measurable
     ports progressively installed since 2023.                                                              sustainability achievements, including 20.49% energy savings, 37.57% water
                                                                                                            savings, and the use of materials resulting in 100% lower embodied carbon impact.
                                                                                                            This accomplishment demonstrates our continued commitment to improving
                                                                                                            resource efficiency, reducing environmental impact, and advancing sustainable
                                                                                                            asset management across the Group.




64                                                                                                                                                      PT Lippo Karawaci Tbk 2025 SUSTAINABILITY REPORT
Page 65
Introduction       Highlights        Our Sustainability Approach     Enhancing Quality of Life   Caring for Our Environment      Investing in Our People      Championing Best Practices      Appendix




 DECARBONIZATION INITIATIVES                                                                      OUR DECARBONIZATION MOTIVATION


 The real estate sector is at the forefront of the global climate crisis, with the built          Our commitment to the decarbonization process is driven by three strategic imperatives:
 environment contributing to nearly 40% of global greenhouse gas emissions.
 In 2024 and 2025, the world witnessed record-breaking temperatures and
 increasingly volatile weather patterns, emphasizing that climate change is no
 longer a distant threat but a material risk to asset valuations and operational
 stability. Following the best practices of global leaders, our Group views                                        Risk Mitigation & Futureproofing
 climate action as a critical pillar of our long-term business resilience.                                         Beyond addressing physical climate risks, we are proactively managing
                                                                                                                   transition risks, particularly as regulatory landscapes evolve under Indonesia’s
                                                                                                                   Enhanced Nationally Determined Contribution (ENDC). In alignment with
                                                                                                                   Indonesia’s adoption of the International Sustainability Standards Board
                                                                                                                   (ISSB) framework, we have integrated IFRS S2 to fortify our portfolio against
                                                                                                                   climate-related market shifts. This is complemented by our application of IFRS
                                                                                                                   S1, which ensures that all material sustainability-related financial impacts are
                                                                                                                   transparently accounted for across our organization.


                                                                                                                   The Green Standards
                                                                                                                   Modern tenants and investors increasingly prioritize sustainability. By
                                                                                                                   retrofitting existing assets and designing new ones to green building
                                                                                                                   standards, we capture the "green premium" which yields higher occupancy
                                                                                                                   rates and rental, while simultaneously reducing operating costs through
                                                                                                                   energy, materials and water efficiency within our portfolio.


                                                                                                                   National Alignment & Social Responsibility
                                                                                                                   As a leading Indonesian conglomerate, our roadmap is inextricably linked to
                                                                                                                   the National Net Zero 2060 target. We recognize that our scale gives us the
                                                                                                                   unique ability and responsibility to catalyse the transition toward a nature-
                                                                                                                   positive and low-carbon urban landscape.




65                                                                                                                                                         PT Lippo Karawaci Tbk 2025 SUSTAINABILITY REPORT
Page 66
Introduction      Highlights      Our Sustainability Approach   Enhancing Quality of Life   Caring for Our Environment                 Investing in Our People            Championing Best Practices               Appendix




 STRATEGY & IMPACT


 To achieve our emissions targets, we have institutionalized a multi-layered decarbonization approach. This structured approach supports the transition of our portfolio from traditional
 consumption patterns to a high-performance, low-carbon operational model. Our decarbonization strategy is built on three strategic priorities: Energy Efficiency, Digitization, and
 Lowering Emissions and Electrification of portfolio.


                                                                                                                                                ENERGY EFFICIENCY
 Energy Efficiency - Driving Portfolio Resilience
                                                                                                   RETROFITS                                              ENERGY EFFICIENCY MEASURES
 At the core of our 2030 roadmap is an unwavering commitment to energy
 efficiency, treating our assets not merely as structures, but as integrated, high-          The systematic replacement               We recognize that effective decarbonization begins with proper baselining of energy
 performance ecosystems. Our strategy moves beyond passive conservation                      of legacy systems with                   performance. We conduct regular energy audits across our high-consumption assets
                                                                                             high-efficiency upgrades                 to establish precise performance baselines and identify energy leakage points. These
 toward active optimization, utilizing a "measure-to-manage" philosophy.
                                                                                             represents our most                      audits allow us to move beyond generic solutions to targeted system optimization,
 By combining data-led audits with international green building standards,                   immediate lever for demand               where we deploy advanced technologies such as Variable Speed Drives (VSDs) and

 we ensure that every operational adjustment translates into measurable                      reduction. Our focus for                 high-efficiency motor pumps.
                                                                                             retrofits consists of lighting
 carbon reduction.                                                                           upgrades and aging chiller               By treating our buildings as integrated ecosystems, we ensure that every mechanical
                                                                                             replacements to ensure                   and electrical system is calibrated for peak performance, ensuring maximum
                                                                                             modernization of our assets.             operational value for every kilowatt consumed.
 Digitization – Leveraging Intelligence for Precision Control
 Our second strategic pillar focuses on the digital transformation of our physical
 assets, shifting from static operations to "smart" energy management. By                                                                           DIGITIZATION
 integrating real-time data analytics into our core infrastructure, we remove the
                                                                                                                        BUILDING MANAGEMENT SYSTEM (BMS) OPTIMISATION
 guesswork from building operations. This digital overlay allows us to visualize
                                                                                             We utilize data-driven insights to achieve "smart" energy management. By optimizing our Building Management Systems
 energy flow with high granularity, ensuring that our decarbonization efforts are
                                                                                             (BMS), we enable real-time monitoring and automated control of energy loads. This ensures that cooling and lighting are
 backed by actionable intelligence.                                                          precisely calibrated to occupancy levels, eliminating waste and enhancing tenant comfort.



 Lowering Emissions and Electrification – Future Proofing Our Portfolio
                                                                                                                    LOWERING EMISSIONS AND ELECTRIFICATION OF PORTFOLIO
 Our third strategic pillar focuses on future-proofing our assets through lowering
                                                                                             SOLAR PV IMPLEMENTATION                                                        ELECTRIFICATION
 emissions and electrification of our portfolio using low-carbon technologies
 and infrastructure. By shifting our energy dependency away from fossil-fuel-                We are transitioning our energy mix by              As part of our commitment to a low-carbon future, we continue to expand

 heavy grids and toward self-generated clean power and electric mobility, we                 leveraging our vast rooftop footprint for           our electric vehicle (EV) charging stations across our high-traffic assets.
                                                                                             Solar Photovoltaic (PV) installations. By
 are not only lowering our carbon intensity but also creating a resilient, "future-          targeting a capacity of 5,000 kWp by                By expanding our EV infrastructure, we are executing a strategic "carbon
 ready" ecosystem. This proactive investment in electrification and renewable                2030, we are reducing our dependency                trade-off": while our reported Scope 2 electricity use increases, we are
                                                                                             on grid-supplied fossil fuels, hedging              driving a net reduction in regional emissions by displacing high-intensity
 infrastructure allows us to lead the market transition, turning our physical
                                                                                             against rising energy costs, and directly           fossil fuels. This shift addresses Scope 3 downstream impact, transforming
 footprint into a strategic engine for regional decarbonization.                             lowering our Scope 2 emissions.                     our assets into catalysts for Indonesia’s green mobility transition.




66                                                                                                                                                                   PT Lippo Karawaci Tbk 2025 SUSTAINABILITY REPORT
Page 67
Introduction            Highlights        Our Sustainability Approach            Enhancing Quality of Life     Caring for Our Environment             Investing in Our People        Championing Best Practices              Appendix




 ASSESSING OUR APPROACH


 While total energy consumption across certain assets may appear stable or slightly elevated despite our decarbonization initiatives, this trend reflects a thriving, high-traffic portfolio
 successfully decoupling business growth from carbon intensity. The savings generated by our LED retrofits and smart optimizations have been partially offset by three critical growth
 drivers: the post-pandemic surge to higher tenant occupancy and visitor footfall, which increased internal heat loads; the unprecedented climate extremes of 2025 that necessitated
 extended HVAC run-times; and our strategic electrification efforts, such as EV charging installations, which intentionally shift regional carbon loads onto our meters to catalyze
 community-wide fossil fuel reduction. Ultimately, our declining Emissions Intensity (tCO₂e / m²) proves that our three-pillar strategy is effective, ensuring our assets remain resilient,
 high-performing, and increasingly marketable in a climate-conscious economy.




                                                                                                                                                                                LOWE R I NG E MI SSI ONS AND
                            EN ER G Y EF F ICIEN CY                                                          D I GI T I Z AT I O N
                                                                                                                                                                                E LECT R I FI CAT I ON OF PORT FOLI O


     EQ UIPME N T                6 Lighting
     R E T RO FITS               Retrofits                                         DIGITAL
                                                                                                             Occupancy                                         S O L AR PV                 Phase 2
                                 Completed                        1,475            O PTIMIZATIO N            Sensor installed           20-30%                 IMPL E ME NTATIO N          Lippo Mall
                                                                                                                                                                                                                          Cumulative
                                                                                                                                                                                                                          1,898.4
                                                          tCO2e
                                                                                                                                        energy
                                                                  tCO₂e                                                                 savings                                            Cikarang
                                                                                                             HVAC                                                                                                         kWp
                                 6 New Chiller                    reduction                                                             (Lighting)                                         (301.49 kWp)
                                                                                                             temperature                                                                                                  installed
                                 Upgrades
                                                                                                             adjustments                                                                   PV Lippo Mall
                                                                                                                                        10-20%                                             Kramat Jati                    Approximately
                                                                                                             BMS optimization           energy                                             (457.84 kWp)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                  tCO2e




     E N ERGY                    Optimization of                                                             of VSD system              savings                                                                           2,255
                                                                                                                                        (HVAC)                                                                            tCO₂e
     O PT IMIZAT IO N            High-Efficiency                                                                                                                                           Lippo Plaza Batu
                                 Motor Pumps                                                                                                                                                                              reduced
                                                                                                                                                                                           (373.47 kWp)
                                                                  3-10%                                                                                                                                                   in total

                                 Reduction in                     energy
                                 Operational                      savings
                                                                                   PEAK LOAD                 Changing of
                                 Hours of Cooling                                  ADJUSTMENTS               operational time
                                 Systems                                                                     from peak load
                                                                                                             periods at WTP
                                                                                                             and WWTP
                                                                                                                                        15-30%
                                                                                                             departments
                                                                                                                                            energy             E L ECTR IFICATIO N          65 new EV                     114%
     E N ERGY                                                                                                                               savings                                         Chargers                      increase
     AUD ITS
                                 2 Lippo Malls
                                 audited
                                                                  71%                                         Peak loading                                                                  Installed in                  in charging
                                                                  of asset                                    (17:00 - 22:00)                                                               2025                          infrastructure
                                                                  portfolio                                   Non-peak loading
                                 1 Aryaduta Hotel                 audited                                     (22:00 - 17:00)

                                 audited                          (since 2020)




67                                                                                                                                                                                PT Lippo Karawaci Tbk 2025 SUSTAINABILITY REPORT
Page 68
Introduction        Highlights           Our Sustainability Approach                 Enhancing Quality of Life           Caring for Our Environment                 Investing in Our People               Championing Best Practices                Appendix




Water Stewardship                                               [OJK F.8] [GRI 303]




 We acknowledge the crucial role of water                                    WATER CONSUMPTION 12
 stewardship in preserving the health and
 well-being    of   all   stakeholders          within   our                 Since 2022, we have drawn a distinction between the water consumption by our business units, and the water withdrawal by
 ecosystem. Our commitment lies in utilizing                                 our Water Treatment Division (WTD), which is a subset of our TMD services. This is due to the fundamental difference in the
 water in a manner that is socially equitable,                               nature of the business, whereby our WTD withdraws water based on customer demand for treated water in our townships, and
 environmentally sustainable, and economically                               not only for the operational needs of our businesses. For transparency, we have separately reported on water withdrawals by our
 beneficial.    Employing         a      comprehensive                       WTD under “Water Treatment” on page 71. In this year’s reporting, the removal of Siloam Hospital from our past 3 years of data
 approach, we address the sourcing, distribution,                            has been accounted for and a restatement of our contributions and performance for our water targets have been restated for
 and    consumption       of     water     to    ensure     a                clarity and transparency.
 consistent and reliable supply of high-quality
 water. Our dedication lies in sustainable water                             Our main source of water is purchasing water from municipal sources. Water consumption and water quality are monitored via
 management         practices,     emphasizing            the                standard operating procedures across all business segments and asset classes. In 2025, we consumed a total of 3,708 million m³
 optimization of water usage and the utilization                             of water, an increase of 12% as compared to 2024.
 of renewable water sources.


                                                                                         Water Consumption by Business Segment (103 m³)                                                Water Consumption Intensity by Building Type (102 m³)


                                                                                                                                                                                2.50
                                                                            4,000                                                                 3,708
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  2.06
                                                                                                3,235                    3,283                                                                    2.25
                                                                                                                                                                                                                          1.92
                                                                                                                                                                                2.00
                                                                             3,000                                                                                                                                                                   1.86

                                                                                                                                                                                                  1.44                    1.46
                                                                                                                                                  2,457                         1.50                                                              1.64

                                                                             2,000               2,081                   2,018                                                                                             1.41
                                                                                                                                                                                                  1.32
                                                                                                                                                                                1.00
                                                                                                                                                                                                                          0.97                    0.91

                                                                             1,000                                                                                                                0.56
                                                                                                                                                                                0.50
                                                                                                 1,154                   1,265                     1,251

                                                                                 0                                                                                             0.00

                                                                                                 2023                    2024                      2025                                           2023                    2024                    2025



                                                                                                         Real Estate             Lifestyle                                                       High-Rise Residential              Malls
                                                                                                                                                                                                 Hotels                             Average




                                                                       12
                                                                            The water usage of our water treatment facilities is excluded from water consumption data, as we separately report on their water usage under the subsequent section on water withdrawal




68                                                                                                                                                                                                  PT Lippo Karawaci Tbk 2025 SUSTAINABILITY REPORT
Page 69
Introduction     Highlights      Our Sustainability Approach   Enhancing Quality of Life       Caring for Our Environment        Investing in Our People             Championing Best Practices       Appendix




 Sustainable Water Consumption                                    At Imperial Klub Golf, water is sourced from a lake that
 Having already surpassed our initial goals ahead of              also functions as a rainwater collection system. This                                     Water Consumption by Source (102 m³)

 schedule, we have raised our 2030 target from 20%                sustainable approach serves multiple purposes, including
                                                                                                                                            4,000
 to 30% of total water consumption to be derived from             irrigating the golf course and providing water for the                                                                           3,708

 sustainable sources. This ambitious target revision              fire tank, ensuring a balanced use and replenishment                      3,500
                                                                                                                                                            3,235                 3,282
 underscores our commitment to water circularity                  of water resources. Similarly, rainwater harvesting
                                                                                                                                            3,000
 and ensures that our core assets remain resilient and            protocols have been operationalized at Aryaduta Bali,
 efficient in an increasingly water-stressed landscape.           where precipitation is captured and diverted into                         2,500                                                  2,444

 In 2025, 34% of our water consumption originated from            raw water storage tanks to reduce dependency on                                            2,129
                                                                                                                                                                                   2,169
                                                                                                                                            2,000
 sustainable sources such as wastewater recycling and             municipal supplies. To ensure these technical systems
 rainwater harvesting.                                            are supported by a culture of conservation, Aryaduta                       1,500


                                                                  has established a dedicated Water Saving Committee.
                                                                                                                                             1,000
                                                                                                                                                                                    506             690
 Over the years, we have made substantial investments             This internal governance body is tasked with auditing
                                                                                                                                                             708
 to enhance our capabilities in leveraging sustainable            consumption patterns and overseeing the deployment                          500
                                                                                                                                                                                    607             574
 water sources. We have implemented water retention               of efficient technologies across all properties.                                           398
                                                                                                                                                0
 systems to collect rainwater and runoff water. Moreover,                                                                                                    2023                  2024             2025

 we have established partnership contracts with other             We consume sustainable water for various purposes. For
                                                                                                                                                           Recycled             Rain Water        Purchased
 water providers and continuously review the utilization          instance, at Lippo Village, all operational water needs,                                 Wastewater                             Water
 of treated water from liquid waste areas.                        including irrigation and drainage cleaning, are fulfilled
                                                                  using treated wastewater. Furthermore, across our
                                                                  hospitals, malls, and hotels, we are actively exploring                     water stress according to the World Resources Institute’s
                                                                  methods to enhance water recycling within our                               Aqueduct Water Risk Atlas. Our property has an effort to
                                                                  premises. This includes utilizing recycled wastewater for                   optimize water usage and are prioritized across various
                                                                  non-potable purposes such as cooling tower operation,                       properties to ensure sustainable water management
                                                                  gardening,        and    cleaning.   We    are   also     studying          practices so there were no cases of water disruption
                                                                  opportunities to further recycled wastewater usage.                         to our customers in 2025. Our township and property
                                                                                                                                              managers are responsible for monitoring water usage
                                                                  Optimizing Water Usage                                                      and conserving water wherever possible. Our properties
                                                                  We are committed to implementing prudent water                              undergo periodic maintenance of water systems and
                                                                  management practices. We recognize the importance                           regular physical checks, which allow us to identify and fix
                                                                  of reducing our water consumption and improving                             leakages early. These checks are performed in-house by
                                                                  the efficiency of water usage, given that we operate in                     each business unit’s respective facilities managers and
                                                                  Indonesia which experiences “high” to “extremely high"                      resolved by our engineers in the first instance.




69                                                                                                                                                           PT Lippo Karawaci Tbk 2025 SUSTAINABILITY REPORT
Page 70
Introduction          Highlights     Our Sustainability Approach   Enhancing Quality of Life        Caring for Our Environment          Investing in Our People      Championing Best Practices      Appendix




 We    are     also   constantly   adopting    new     methods,       Water Quality Checks                                                           its distribution network through regular flushing of
 equipment, and technology to improve our water                       We enforce stringent measures to uphold high water                             distribution pipes, safeguarding the quality of water
 efficiency and achieve water savings, for example by                 quality standards across our properties, incorporating                         delivered to consumers.
 installing water-efficient taps and adjusting flushing               regular assessments to ensure compliance with Minister
 capacity in bathrooms. In addition, our hospitals                    of Health Regulation No. 2 of 2023. Monthly testing of
 maintain      Reverse     Osmosis   (RO)   water     treatment       clean water quality is conducted across all units, with
 systems through routine maintenance and provide                      routine disinfection and flushing promptly executed if
 backup water sources to manage water stress. Our                     results exceed designated parameters. Certified external
 mall properties focus on minimizing water disruptions                laboratory analyses further validate compliance with
 and maximizing water recycling opportunities. Our                    strict quality benchmarks.
 hotels implement preventive maintenance programs
 for water supply systems to minimize disruptions to                  In our lifestyle segments, laboratory testing covers
 optimize water usage efficiency with the installation of             physical, chemical, and microbial parameters across key
 an early warning system for IoT-based water levels that              areas, including main water sources, kitchen operations,
 have been carried out in several hotel units. Our primary            and ice cube production. Our townships adopt a
 water requirements are met through municipal (PDAM)                  multi-layered approach to water quality management,
 supplies, supplemented by regulated deep-well sources                integrating         daily   parameter     checks     with     more
 that are managed in strict accordance with government-               extensive      monthly      external    laboratory    testing    for
 issued permits and abstraction limits                                comprehensive analysis.


 To promote water conservation, our lifestyle segment is              The Water Division enforces strict water quality control,
 implementing several initiatives aimed at reducing water             utilizing optimized physical and chemical treatment
 usage. This includes decreasing the water pressure from              methods        to    meet    regulatory     standards.      Internal
 the booster pump to minimize excess consumption,                     inspections are performed frequently, with daily checks
 placing water-saving campaign stickers in bathrooms                  every two hours, weekly analyses, and monthly sampling
 to raise awareness, and installing smart valves in public            across      various      treatment     stages,   including      river
 toilet washbasins to further optimize water flow and                 water, feed sump, trident output, and clean water. To
 usage efficiency. These measures contribute to the                   validate internal findings, two KAN-accredited external
 company’s ongoing commitment to sustainability and                   laboratories conduct monthly testing of river and clean
 responsible water management.                                        water. In addition, the division ensures the integrity of




70                                                                                                                                                                PT Lippo Karawaci Tbk 2025 SUSTAINABILITY REPORT
Page 71
Introduction        Highlights           Our Sustainability Approach   Enhancing Quality of Life             Caring for Our Environment                 Investing in Our People               Championing Best Practices                 Appendix




 WATER TREATMENT                                                            Sustainable Water Treatment                                                                To ensure absolute supply continuity for our residents and
                                                                            As Indonesia is prone to water stress, our WTD has                                         industrial tenants, we have reinforced our infrastructure
 In addition to on-site water management as part of our                     been expanding its capabilities to tap on sustainable                                      through the interconnection of WTP 2 and WTP 3. This
 operations, our WTD is directly involved in the treatment                  water sources such as harvested rainwater and recycled                                     technical redundancy, paired with real-time pressure
 and distribution of water in our key townships: Lippo                      wastewater to reduce freshwater withdrawal. For                                            monitoring at the furthest points of our network, allows
 Village, Lippo Cikarang, Tanjung Bunga, and Kemang                         rainwater harvesting, we have invested in the collection                                   for a stable and consistent supply even during peak
 Village13. We implement a holistic water resilience                        and storage of runoff water through retention ponds,                                       demand or source variability. Furthermore, we are
 strategy to manage our water supply responsibly, and to                    which also helps to reduce flooding in urban areas. For                                    optimizing the efficiency of our treatment processes
 mitigate any potential disruptions. Our priorities include                 wastewater recycling, we have equipped some of our                                         by gradually reducing backwash intensity, a move that
 promoting efficient and effective operational processes                    wastewater treatment plants with the systems to carry                                      directly lowers the water footprint of our treatment
 to reduce water loss, minimizing the direct use of river                   out additional treatment processes to ensure that the                                      plants. At GMTD, these efforts are complemented by
 and ground water as water sources, and enhancing our                       quality of the treated wastewater is suitable for reuse.                                   integrated rainwater harvesting, ensuring that our
 water circularity through retention ponds and treating                                                                                                                townships are not only consumers of water but active
 wastewater. We hold a water withdrawal permit (SIPA)                       Lippo Cikarang and GMTD have made significant                                              managers of the local hydrological cycle.
 to ensure compliance with water withdrawal limits,                         strides in transitioning toward a circular and redundant
 and monthly water meter readings are reported to                           supply architecture. A key breakthrough in our Cikarang                                    As of 2025, 7% of the total treated water (1,588,881 m3) is
 the relevant authorities. In 2025, our WTD collectively                    operations is the redirection of backwash water into our                                   derived from sustainable sources (recycled wastewater
 withdrew a total of 20.1 million m³ of water for treatment,                reservoir systems; rather than being discharged, this                                      & rainwater). This marks a 36% YoY increase in volume
 most of which came from purchased municipal                                water is captured for potential reuse during periods                                       of treated water from sustainable sources. The increase
 water sources .
               14
                                                                            of poor river water quality. This circular approach is                                     in recycled water withdrawal is due to the expansion of
                                                                            supported by the revitalization of Elysium Lake, where                                     recycling capacity at Lippo Village WTP, from 25 LPS to
 The    WTD    operates          under     strict   environmental           active sediment removal has improved both the storage                                      50 LPS. with our performance target of 1,000,000 m³ of
 regulations, ensuring responsible raw water extraction                     volume and the biological quality of our primary                                           water withdrawal from sustainable source, we have met
 and waste disposal. Water from rivers undergoes                            raw water buffer.                                                                          and exceeded the target for a second year and aim to
 rigorous testing per PP No. 22 of 2021, while sludge from                                                                                                             maintain our current performance going forward.
 treatment is managed as regulated waste, complying
 with effluent quality standards under Permen LHK No.
 3 of 2010. To ensure accurate and reliable testing, the
 WTD maintains dual accreditations: KAN ISO 17025                         In 2023, we started our water treatment operations in Holland Village Manado. However, we have excluded the water withdrawal data from Holland Village Manado in this Report,
                                                                       13


                                                                       as we do not have full-year data given that the operations only began in mid-2023. Other integrated developments such as St. Moritz also have water treatment facilities, but these
 (testing and calibration competence) and ISO 14001                    are managed by third parties. We currently do not include 3rd party water treatment data in our disclosures.
                                                                       14
                                                                           Data regarding water withdrawal covers the water treatment facilities managed bv our WTD only. Our WTD purchases water from different sources – 1) treated water from
 (environmental management compliance).                                Perusahaan Daerah Air Minum (PDAM); 2) river water; 3) groundwater; and 4) other emergency water sources (e.g. water supply from water tank trucks).




71                                                                                                                                                                                       PT Lippo Karawaci Tbk 2025 SUSTAINABILITY REPORT
Page 72
 Introduction             Highlights              Our Sustainability Approach    Enhancing Quality of Life   Caring for Our Environment      Investing in Our People      Championing Best Practices      Appendix




                                                                                    Water Loss Avoidance                                                  water treatment facilities are being upgraded, including
                Water Withdrawal by Source (103 m³)
                                                                                    The avoidance of water loss is a priority for our WTD, given          filter media replacement and trident refurbishments.
25,000                                                                              that water is becoming increasingly scarce in Indonesia.              Additional improvements include upgrading energy-
                20,573                  20,677                                      By optimizing production and distribution processes,                  efficient compressors, repairing leaks, and enhancing
                                                                20,112
20,000                                                                              we ensure efficient water use while minimizing costs.                 water treatment facilities by refurbishing the trident
                                                                                    Water loss prevention also helps mitigate drought                     and replacing filter media. To further ensure reliable
15,000
                                                                                    impacts on local communities. To achieve this, our WTD                water delivery, hydrant pillars are being replaced, a

                 19,327
                                                                                    employs measures such as recalibrating water meters,                  water meter is being installed at the intake, and the
                                         19,410                  18,523
10,000
                                                                                    replacing pressure gauges for better distribution control,            intake building is undergoing repairs. Sustainability
                                                                                    and upgrading inverter pump systems for consistent                    efforts extend to utilizing wetlands to mitigate seawater
 5,000
                                                                                    pressure regulation. These efforts not only conserve                  infiltration and protect groundwater reserves, reducing
                            530                      574                   509

     0
                            716                      693                  1080      water but also enhance overall system efficiency.                     backwash intensity to conserve water, and exploring

                 2023                    2024                    2025
                                                                                                                                                          water reuse by redirecting backwash water to the lake
                                                                                    Efficient water management and regulatory compliance                  as an alternative raw water source. The revitalization of
                Recycled               Rain Water            Purchased
                Wastewater                                   Water
                                                                                    remain top priorities. Regular monthly water balance                  Elysium Lake further supports these efforts by reducing
                                                                                    reviews help identify discrepancies, ensuring operational             sedimentation and improving water resource quality.
                                                                                    efficiency. Compliance with surface water extraction
         Water Withdrawal from Sustainable Source (103 m³)                          regulations is maintained through adherence to SIPA                   To enhance water sustainability, we are utilizing
                                                                                    (Surface Water Extraction and Utilization Permit)                     wetlands to mitigate seawater infiltration and protect
 1,600
                                                                 1,589              conditions, with monthly reports submitted to Perum                   groundwater     reserves.    Water     conservation   efforts
 1,400                                                                              Jasa Tirta II and quarterly updates provided to the Balai             include reducing backwash intensity and exploring
                1,245                    1,267                                      Besar Wilayah Sungai.                                                 water reuse by redirecting backwash water to lakes
 1,200
                                                                                                                                                          for use as an alternative raw water source when river
 1,000
                                                                                    Significant investments are being made to enhance                     quality is poor. The revitalization of Elysium Lake further
  800                                                                               efficiency and sustainability through technological and               supports these initiatives by reducing sedimentation
                                                                                    infrastructure upgrades. The introduction of a new water              and improving water quality. In addition, we have
  600
                                                                                    meter brand has reduced non-revenue water by 5%, while                included a new Reverse Osmosis (RO) System in 2025 to
  400
                                                                                    inverter motor drives have cut electricity consumption                enhance our water quality this new additional process
  200                                                                               by 15%. Aging galvanized iron pipes are being replaced                has been optimized within our water treatment plants.

     0
                                                                                    with high-density polyethylene (HDPE) alternatives, and
                 2023                    2024                    2025




72                                                                                                                                                                     PT Lippo Karawaci Tbk 2025 SUSTAINABILITY REPORT
Page 73
Introduction         Highlights         Our Sustainability Approach   Enhancing Quality of Life   Caring for Our Environment      Investing in Our People                     Championing Best Practices                             Appendix




 WASTEWATER                                                              to licensed treatment facilities, with detailed records                     Wastewater Treatment by Business Segment (103 m³)
                                                                         maintained for transparency and compliance.
                                                                                                                                            2,000
 We manage wastewater responsibly to comply with
                                                                                                                                            1,800                                      1,737
 regulations and minimize environmental impact on                        In 2025, our business units generated a total of 4.3 million                   1,594
                                                                                                                                            1,600                                                                    1,527
 local communities. All wastewater generated at our                      m³ of wastewater, of which around 64% was recycled or                                                                          1,419
                                                                                                                                            1,400                           1,331
 managed properties undergoes treatment at certified                     reused for subsequent use, while the remaining was
                                                                                                                                            1,200
 wastewater treatment plants (WWTPs), the majority                       discharged externally. Our WTD treats wastewater which                                                                                                      997
                                                                                                                                                            1,175                        1,174           776
                                                                                                                                            1,000                                                                     1,057
 of which are on-site, before being safely discharged or                 not only includes wastewater discharged by our business                                             640

                                                                                                                                              800
 reused. We regularly monitor treated water quality for pH               units, but also wastewater generated by residential,                                                                                                         601
                                                                                                                                              600
 and flow rate parameters, with accredited laboratories                  commercial, and industrial tenants.
                                                                                                                                              400
                                                                                                                                                                             691                         643
 conducting periodic testing.                                                                                                                                                            563                           470
                                                                                                                                              200           419                                                                       396


                                                                                                                                                0
 Each     facility   type     follows     tailored      wastewater                                                                                     Discharged          Diverted   Discharged    Diverted        Discharged   Diverted


 management practices. Hospitals adhere to strict                                                                                                                   2023                         2024                         2025


 disposal regulations to ensure safe treatment, while                                                                                                                         Real Estate                      Lifestyle
 malls and hotels adopt sustainable approaches. Malls
 manage wastewater through direct city drainage
 where permitted, third-party treatment, or on-site
                                                                                                                                                                       Wastewater Treatment by Water
 recycling, with nine malls currently utilizing water
                                                                                                                                                                              Treatment Division (103 m³)
 recycling systems. Aryaduta hotels integrate drainage
                                                                                                                                            3,000
 systems into either the hotels or the city’s sewage                                                                                                                                                                   2,780

 treatment plant (STP), with routine maintenance and                                                                                        2,500

 audits ensuring operational efficiency. Biodegradable                                                                                                      2,044
                                                                                                                                                                       2,167             2,231

 chemicals in guest rooms and kitchens further support                                                                                      2,000
                                                                                                                                                                                                    1,792
 eco-friendly practices.                                                                                                                                                                                                             1,582
                                                                                                                                             1,500



 In our townships, centralized WWTPs serve multiple                                                                                         1,000

 properties connected by a common sewage network.
                                                                                                                                              500
 Sludge residue from water treatment is processed
 in designated sludge drying beds before further
                                                                                                                                                0
 management, while hazardous and toxic waste (B3                                                                                                                    2023                         2024                         2025

 waste) is strictly handled by environmental regulations.
                                                                                                                                                                              Diverted                         Discharged
 Hazardous waste is collected separately and transported




73                                                                                                                                                                   PT Lippo Karawaci Tbk 2025 SUSTAINABILITY REPORT
Page 74
Introduction      Highlights        Our Sustainability Approach             Enhancing Quality of Life                  Caring for Our Environment                      Investing in Our People                 Championing Best Practices                  Appendix




Waste Management                                                  [OJK F.4, F.5. F.13-15, F.16] [GRI 306]




 We are committed to providing a clean and sustainable
                                                                                                                         NON-HAZARDOUS (TONS)                                                  HAZARDOUS (TONS)
 living environment for all stakeholders. Given the
                                                                                       WASTE                                                                                                                                                           TOTAL
 substantial volume of waste produced during our                                        2025                                                                                                                                                           (TONS)
                                                                                                                       DISPOSED                       DIVERTED                     DISPOSED                          DIVERTED
 business operations and from our customers and
 tenants, effective waste management is crucial. Our                          Real Estate                               106,153                            786                         274                                1                            107,214
 strategy for waste management centers on optimizing
 resource efficiency, minimizing waste generation, and
                                                                              Lifestyle                                  6,328                            1,756                            7                              4                             8,095
 enhancing recycling rates to contribute to the principles
 of a circular economy. As part of our 2030 Sustainability
                                                                              Total                                     112,481                           2,542                         281                               5                            115,309
 Agenda, we are committed to diverting at least 3,000
 tons of waste from landfill each year.


 MANAGING WASTE RESPONSIBLY
                                                                                                            Non-Hazardous Waste (Tons)                                                                               Hazardous Waste (Tons)
 Given the diverse scope of our operations, we manage
                                                                             120,000                                                                                                 700
                                                                                                                                                     112,481
 various types of waste including domestic waste from                                                                                                                                             633                         616
                                                                                                                                                       6,328                                             17                          24
                                                                                                                                                                                     600
                                                                             100,000
 commercial    and    residential   areas,    medical      waste
                                                                                                                                                                                     500
 from our hospitals, landscape waste from township                           80,000
                                                                                                                                                                                     400
 management, and construction waste from project
                                                                             60,000
                                                                                                                        51,484                                                                                                                           281
 development. In 2025, our managed assets and                                             41,649                                                      106,153
                                                                                                                                                                                     300
                                                                                                                                                                                                  616
                                                                                                                                                                                                                              592
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                 7
                                                                                                                         9,993
                                                                             40,000
 townships generated around 115,309 tons of waste in                                       7,987                                                                                     200
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                         274
 total, comprising 115,023 tons of non-hazardous waste                        20,000                                     41,491                                                      100
                                                                                           33,662              1,202                         1,339                         1,756                                     0                          0                          4
 and 286 tons of hazardous waste. The majority of this                                                 2,977   1,775                 3,053   1,714                 2,542    786                                2     2                     5    5                     5    1
                                                                                                                                                                                       0
                                                                                  0
 waste was generated by our tenants and contractors.                                     Disposed Diverted             Disposed Diverted             Disposed Diverted                          Disposed Diverted          Disposed Diverted           Disposed Diverted

                                                                                                    2023                          2024                          2025                                    2023                        2024                       2025


 We are pleased to report that there were no spills of                                                          Real Estate              Lifestyle                                                                 Real Estate             Lifestyle

 chemicals, oils and fuels, among other substances
 that could potentially affect soil, water, air, biodiversity                                                                            Disposed = Incinerated or Landfilled        Diverted = Reused, Recycled or Composted

 and human health.




74                                                                                                                                                                                                      PT Lippo Karawaci Tbk 2025 SUSTAINABILITY REPORT
Page 75
Introduction      Highlights       Our Sustainability Approach   Enhancing Quality of Life       Caring for Our Environment            Investing in Our People          Championing Best Practices      Appendix




 Types of Waste Generated and Managed                               are managed safely and responsibly without impacting                            well-being is also supported through collaborations
 Our waste management policies and SOPs provide clear               the surrounding ecosystem.                                                      with     local    NGOs     to   donate     excess   consumable
 guidance on the appropriate collection and disposal                                                                                                F&B production.
 methods for various waste types, ensuring compliance               Hazardous waste is carefully managed under strict
 with local laws and regulations. We engage municipal               protocols       to    mitigate    environmental      and       health           In the residential and township sector, LippoLand has
 waste services and specialized third-party vendors to              risks. We operate temporary storage facilities where                            integrated 3R awareness campaigns for residents and
 collect and dispose of waste, prioritizing landfill reduction      necessary and work exclusively with licensed vendors                            implements diverse composting programs. Notable
 through waste segregation and recycling initiatives.               for transportation, treatment, and disposal. To ensure                          initiatives include the conversion of organic and
 Where available, we partner with waste segregation                 compliance, vendors must provide proof of licensing.                            landscape waste into fertilizer at SDH, maggot cultivation
 vendors to enhance sustainability efforts. Non-hazardous           LippoLand utilizes the SIRAJA reporting platform for                            at Embarcadero, and biopower applications at Nine
 waste is sorted on-site before being transferred to                digital tracking of hazardous waste manifests to ensure                         Residence. With the success from the 3R awareness
 local waste collection sites (TPS) or recycling facilities.        strict adherence to PP No. 22 of 2021.                                          campaign for composting, other developments such
 In our townships and integrated developments, TMD                                                                                                  as St. Moritz are piloting the effectiveness to produce
 collaborates with authorized vendors who recycle what              REDUCE, REUSE, RECYCLE                                                          compost from landscape waste as a means to recycle
 they can before proper disposal. To further support waste                                                                                          waste for reuse. At the industrial level, our Wastewater
 management improvements, we provide financial and                  We are committed to minimizing waste disposal                                   Treatment Plant (WWTP) department is scaling plans
 infrastructural assistance to local communities.                   by    actively       promoting    the   principles     of    Reduce,            to reprocess biodegradable by-products into organic
                                                                    Reuse, and Recycle (3R). This involves engaging                                 fertilizer and is exploring the transformation of sludge
 The    Group   strengthened     its   waste    management          stakeholders—including staff, visitors, tenants, and                            cake into construction materials such as concrete blocks.
 framework by operationalizing standardized SOPs                    residents—and partnering with public and private waste
 across its diverse portfolio, ensuring full compliance with        management vendors.                                                             Lippo Malls continues to drive landfill diversion, where
 Indonesian environmental regulations (Government                                                                                                   18% of total waste was diverted. In addition to common
 Regulation No. 27/2020 on Waste Management). Our                   Aryaduta has established a robust resource circularity                          recycled materials such as paper, plastic, and aluminum,
 approach has transitioned from mere disposal to a circular         framework that prioritizes the recovery of plastic bottles,                     Lippo Malls has specific vendor partnerships to manage
 economy model, where landfill diversion is prioritized             cardboard, and used cooking oil. This is supported by                           and recycle refrigerant waste from large-scale cooling
 through strategic partnerships with municipal services             a standardized segregation protocol within dedicated                            systems. In addition, we strictly enforce regulations
 and specialized third-party environmental vendors.                 garbage rooms where solid waste is meticulously                                 prohibiting single-use plastic bags in provinces such
 Our management strategy focuses on the systematic                  separated into dry, wet, and recyclable categories.                             as Jakarta and Bali, working closely with tenants to
 identification, segregation, and responsible disposal              To reduce upstream waste, all hotels have replaced                              ensure compliance.
 of hazardous and non-hazardous waste streams. By                   individual single-use soap and shampoo bottles with
 standardizing these waste management protocols and                 refillable     dispensers.       Furthermore,    the        transition
 providing infrastructure support where needed to local             to digital QR code-based hotel compendiums has
 communities, the Group ensures that all waste streams              drastically reduced paper consumption. Community




75                                                                                                                                                                   PT Lippo Karawaci Tbk 2025 SUSTAINABILITY REPORT
Page 76
Introduction         Highlights           Our Sustainability Approach   Enhancing Quality of Life       Caring for Our Environment           Investing in Our People         Championing Best Practices              Appendix




                        REAL ESTATE                                                                 H E A LT H C A R E                                                               LIFESTYLE



           Raising Resident Awareness                                            Scaling Hospital Waste Recycling                                                  Integrated Waste Segregation,
              on Waste Segregation                                                Through Waste Bank Initiatives                                                       Recycling, and Circular
                                                                                                                                                                        Waste Management
     LippoLand conducted socialization activities on waste                    In 2025, Siloam Hospitals strengthened its environmental
     segregation for apartment residents, including owners                    performance by expanding its Waste Bank program                                Aryaduta     Hotels    implements     standardized        waste
     and occupants, to promote better waste handling at the                   across 46 hospitals, facilitating the systematic segregation                   segregation procedures across all properties, separating
     source. The activities were carried out through direct                   and recycling of selected non-infectious plastic waste,                        waste streams including plastic bottles, cardboard,
     engagement    sessions       and   on-site   communication,              including     packaging   from   medical    supplies   and                     styrofoam, used cooking oil, and organic waste. Recyclable
     focusing on practical guidance for separating recyclable                 disinfectants. Supported by internal waste management                          materials and used cooking oil are managed through
     materials, particularly cardboard and packaging waste,                   and plastic shredding processes, recyclable materials                          certified third-party partners, whereas organic waste is
     from general waste. Through this initiative, LippoLand                   are repurposed for operational use, reducing reliance on                       either composted in-house for landscaping purposes or
     aims to encourage responsible waste practices among                      disposal streams and improving resource efficiency. The                        processed externally for composting or animal feed. In
     residents and support more effective downstream waste                    broader implementation of the Waste Bank initiative in                         2025, a total of 1,486 tons of waste were processed through
     management at the property level.                                        2025 resulted in a 300% increase in recycled waste volume                      recycling, reuse, and composting programs.
                                                                              compared to the previous year, demonstrating stronger
                                                                              integration of responsible waste management practices                          Compliance with waste regulations is reinforced through
                                                                              across the hospital network. Through this initiative, Siloam                   quarterly Food Safety Audits, segregation inspections
                                                                              Hospitals contributes to reduced landfill dependency,                          at   waste   storage   sites,   hazardous    waste      isolation
                                                                              enhanced material recovery, and ongoing environmental                          procedures, and routine monitoring of waste generation
                                                                              impact management, in accordance with the Group’s                              data. Waste data is systematically gathered through
                                                                              sustainability commitments.                                                    daily vendor weigh-ins of wet and dry waste, along with
                                                                                                                                                             documented waste reports. Waste reduction efforts
                                                                                                                                                             include    implementing     e-concierge      systems,     digital
                                                                                                                                                             guest information, using refillable soap and shampoo
                                                                                                                                                             dispensers, donating surplus food at select locations, and
                                                                                                                                                             the strengthening of recycling programs in kitchens and
                                                                                                                                                             operational areas.




76                                                                                                                                                                        PT Lippo Karawaci Tbk 2025 SUSTAINABILITY REPORT
Page 77
Introduction   Highlights   Our Sustainability Approach   Enhancing Quality of Life   Caring for Our Environment                Investing in Our People                  Championing Best Practices                    Appendix




                                                                                                 MATERIAL USAGE


                                                                                                 Apart from operational waste, we acknowledge that the utilization of construction
                                                                                                 materials contributes to our embodied carbon footprint. Demonstrating our
                                                                                                 commitment to sustainability, we are actively striving for greater efficiency in material
                                                                                                 use and seeking environmentally friendly alternatives whenever feasible. In the Real
                                                                                                 Estate segment alone, we generated approximately 155 kilotons of construction
                                                                                                 materials, including concrete, steel, glass, and timber. To mitigate the environmental
                                                                                                 impact, we are exploring initiatives like prefabrication, recycling of leftover materials,
                                                                                                 and promoting home renovations instead of demolition and new construction. In
                                                                                                 addition, we are delving into sustainable design practices to enhance material usage
                                                                                                 efficiency in project development. Our aspiration is to obtain more green certifications
                                                                                                 for new build projects, reflecting our commitment to environmentally responsible
                                                                                                 construction practices.


                                                                                                                                                   Construction Materials (Tons)

                                                                                               200,000


                                                                                               180,000
                                                                                                                                                       12,949

                                                                                                            4,081

                                                                                               160,000

                                                                                                                                                       45,300
                                                                                               140,000
                                                                                                            62,659


                                                                                               120,000
                                                                                                                                                                                              26,885


                                                                                               100,000


                                                                                                80,000
                                                                                                                                                                                              46,492


                                                                                                60,000                                                 121,177

                                                                                                            99,355


                                                                                               40,000

                                                                                                                                                                                                                               991
                                                                                                                                                                                               47,431
                                                                                                20,000                337
                                                                                                                                            31                    840                100
                                                                                                                                                                                    2,300                                     14,356
                                                                                                                                           4,159                 2,090                                  1,960          123
                                                                                                                     1,624           12                                      39
                                                                                                                                           5,101                 6,518              7,691               2,437          173
                                                                                                                     5,508          96                                      331
                                                                                                                                                                                                        2,465          132
                                                                                                                                    627                                     997                                               11,900
                                                                                                    0
                                                                                                          Concrete   Steel      Glass     Timber      Concrete   Steel     Glass   Timber    Concrete   Steel      Glass     Timber


                                                                                                                             2023                                        2024                                   2025


                                                                                                                                                    LPKR           LPCK            GMTD




77                                                                                                                                                               PT Lippo Karawaci Tbk 2025 SUSTAINABILITY REPORT
Page 78
  Introduction   Highlights     Our Sustainability Approach   Enhancing Quality of Life   Caring for Our Environment   Investing in Our People      Championing Best Practices      Appendix




INVESTING IN OUR PEOPLE                                                                                                                            Employment & Rights

                                                                                                                                                   Occupational Health & Safety

Our people are our most valuable resource and the driving force behind our business success.                                                       Training & Development
We are committed to being a workplace of choice for our employees by upholding fair
employment practices, prioritizing their health, safety, and well-being, supporting their
development and aspirations, and empowering them to be a force for good.




78                                                                                                                                               PT Lippo Karawaci Tbk 2025 SUSTAINABILITY REPORT
Page 79
Introduction                 Highlights             Our Sustainability Approach               Enhancing Quality of Life              Caring for Our Environment                Investing in Our People               Championing Best Practices                  Appendix




Employment & Rights                                                                      [OJK C.3, F.18, F.20, GRI 2-7, 2-8, 2-30, 401]




     Our goal is to attract and nurture a diverse and dedicated                                                   Employment by Status                                                      Employees                                 Non-Employee Workers
                                                                                                                                                                                       by Business Segment                             by Business Segment
     pool of people that adds value and drives organizational
     growth. A stable workforce reduces turnover costs and                                                                                                                                                           1,055                                          5,409
                                                                                                                                                                                                                      32%                                            38%
     business interruptions, ensuring business continuity
     and fostering a stable, collaborative work environment                                                                                          Permanent Employees
                                                                                                                                 14,184
     founded on enduring relationships. This approach                                                                                                Contract Employees                            3,328                                           14,184
                                                                                                                                                                                                   Employees                                      Non-Employee
     enables us to concentrate on enhancing productivity,                                                                                            Non-Employee                                                                                   Workers

                                                                                                          1,564                                      Workers
     achieving         operational         excellence,        and      promoting                                                                                                   2,273                                         8,775
                                                                                                          1,764                                                                     68%                                           62%
     employee satisfaction and well-being.
                                                                                                      Employees             Non-Employee
                                                                                                                              Workers                                                                          Real Estate            Lifestyle

     As of the 2025 reporting period, our workforce is
     strategically distributed across business segments, with
     the Lifestyle sector comprising 68% and the Real Estate
     sector accounting for 32% of our employees. We oversee
     a diverse collective of non-employee workers, including
     outsourced staff, contractors, and partners, which
     ensures business continuity and fosters a collaborative
     environment across our business units. The majority
     of our employees are permanent staff. We oversee a
     collective workforce of 14,184 non-employee workers
     across all our business units15. Together, our workforce
     totals 17,512 individuals, with employees representing
     19%. For a detailed demographic breakdown, please
     consult the "Appendix - Workforce Data" located
     on pages 105 to 107.




15
     Non-employee workers are outsourced or contractors that include construction, landscaping, administration, building maintenance, cleaning and janitorial service, security, housekeeping, customer service, F&B service, parking attendants, and call center operators.




79                                                                                                                                                                                                              PT Lippo Karawaci Tbk 2025 SUSTAINABILITY REPORT
Page 80
 Introduction            Highlights               Our Sustainability Approach          Enhancing Quality of Life         Caring for Our Environment               Investing in Our People           Championing Best Practices                   Appendix




   EMPLOYEE BENEFITS                                                                       All staff receive essential coverage through BPJS                                   EMPLOYEE ENGAGEMENT & RETENTION
                                                                                           Kesehatan (health insurance) and BPJS Ketenagakerjaan
   We prioritize our employees' holistic well-being by                                     (social security), which is further enhanced by private                             We      believe      that     a    positive   and       nurturing          work
   providing a comprehensive benefits package that                                         medical      insurance,       including          specialized     dental,            environment is essential to attract, motivate and retain
   supports their health, financial security, and personal                                 spectacle,      and      medical     check-up             coverage.    We           talent. Apart from the benefits we provide, we involve
   milestones. All our permanent and contract employees                                    provide post-employment benefits in accordance with                                 our employees in year-round engagement events,
   receive similar benefits, encompassing annual leave,                                    prevailing regulations. In total, our post-employment                               training sessions and town halls to enhance their
   parental      and     special      leave,       counselling,        wellness            benefit liabilities stand at Rp 195.5 bn as of 31 December                          workplace well-being and strengthen our corporate
   programs, medical insurance coverage, along with                                        2025, based on calculations by an independent actuary.                              culture. We organize various commemorative events
   exclusive discounts on products and services linked to                                  •     BPJS Pension Guarantee, a mandatory government                                and friendly sports tournaments throughout the year
   the Group. Some of our business units provide additional                                      program, with employee contribution of 1% and                                 to foster connections between and among our business
   benefits depending on the nature of their work and the                                        company contribution of 2%.                                                   units. The monthly newsletter, Infinity, serves as a source
   job scope involved.                                                                     •     BPJS Employment Old Age Security, a mandatory                                 of updates on key company activities and business
                                                                                                 government program, with employee contribution                                performance for our employees. We place emphasis on
                                                                                                 of 2% and company contribution of 3.7%.                                       attracting and retaining the best talent.


                                            Parental Leave                                     Return to Work & Retention Rates                                                                       New Hires
                                                                                                                                                                                                                 16
                                                                                                                                                                                                                 2%
                                                                                                                                                                                       290
  Staff Who Returned To                                                                                                                           100%
                                                                                                                                                                                       32%                                 402
Work After Parental Leave        48 36                                               Return to work
                                                                                                                                                                                                                           44%                              242
                                                                                        rates - Male                                              100%                                                                                                      27%
    (12 Month Retention)                                                                                                                                                                                                                       Business
                                                                                                                                                                           Gender             487             Age                663
                                                                                                                                                                 615                                                                           Segment
                                                                                                                                                                                              54%                                73%
                                                                                                                                                                 68%
     Staff Who Returned                                                                                                                     91%
                                                                                     Return to work
            To Work After        46 44
                                                                                      rates - Female                                         93%
           Parental Leave


                                                                                                                                                                                                 Employee Turnover
                                                                                                                                             94%
          Staff Who Took                                                                  Retention
                                 50 44                                                                                                                                                                     40
          Parental Leave                                                                rates - Male                                 75%                                                                   7%
                                                                                                                                                                                        178                                                                 121
                                                                                                                                                                                        31%                                165                              21%
            Staff Entitled                                                               Retention                                         86%                                                                             29%                 Business
                                      579                      1,408                                                                         100.0%              392       Gender             365             Age                449
        To Parental Leave                                                            rates - Female                                                                                                                                            Segment
                                                                                                                                               100%              69%                          64%                                79%


                             0   200        400   600    800     1,000 1,200 1,400                0%     20%       40%    60%         80%         100%

                                                                                                                                                                              Female                  < 30          > 50           Real Estate
                                              Female       Male                                           Real Estate    Lifestyle
                                                                                                                                                                              Male                    30-50                        Lifestyle




80                                                                                                                                                                                             PT Lippo Karawaci Tbk 2025 SUSTAINABILITY REPORT
Page 81
Introduction         Highlights         Our Sustainability Approach     Enhancing Quality of Life   Caring for Our Environment   Investing in Our People      Championing Best Practices      Appendix




 Our retention strategy is built on a holistic lifecycle
                                                                                                                                  HOLDING
 approach,       beginning           with    competency-based
 recruitment     and     a   structured      digital    onboarding
 experience designed to ensure early role readiness. To                                               Promoting Employee Wellness and Engagement
 foster long-term commitment, we prioritize internal
 mobility and leadership continuity by implementing                           Lippo Malls promotes holistic employee well-being through “LMInity”, an inclusive community dedicated
 Individual Development Plans (IDPs) for high-potential                       to employee sports and arts, which offers activities such as cardio dance, yoga, basketball, e-sports,
 talent. This is supported by a robust learning ecosystem,                    knitting, and creative sessions conducted on a monthly basis. Furthermore, the Company collaborated with
 including     the   Lippo        Learning   Hub,      which   offers         Vida Essential+ to implement the “Recharge & Stay Active” program, delivering wellness education, BMI
 thousands of courses to help employees manage their                          assessments, and skin health evaluations. These initiatives support physical and mental health, as well as social
 career progression and maintain employability in a                           engagement within the workforce.
 shifting business landscape. As employees reach the
 end of their professional journey with us, we ensure
 respectful transition processes, reinforcing a culture of
 dignity and sustainable workforce management.


 In 2025, we welcomed 905 new employees to our
 organization. The majority of these new hires were male
 (67%) and between the ages of 30-50 (54%). However,
 570 employees departed from the organization during
 the same period. For additional details on activities
 promoting employee well-being, please refer to the
 “Health and Safety” section on page 84.




81                                                                                                                                                         PT Lippo Karawaci Tbk 2025 SUSTAINABILITY REPORT
Page 82
Introduction               Highlights         Our Sustainability Approach      Enhancing Quality of Life                 Caring for Our Environment                     Investing in Our People                            Championing Best Practices                          Appendix




 DIVERSITY & EQUAL OPPORTUNITY [GRI 405]
                                                                                                                                  Non-Staff                     30                                                       117
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            Employee’s
 Diversity, equity, and inclusion (DEI) are fundamental aspects of our culture and identity.                                      Staff                                 803                                                     1,117                                       Position By
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            Gender
 We embrace a rich diversity of perspectives. Employees from various business units                                               Supervisor                         280                                                       532
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              Female
 collaborate, leveraging their diverse skills, backgrounds, and experiences, resulting
                                                                                                                                  Manager                            145                                                   293                                                Male
 in exponential growth through organizational synergy.                        While acknowledging the
                                                                                                                                  Executive           0                                                      11
 progress made, we remain committed to fostering diversity and inclusiveness within
 our leadership structures, actively working towards achieving a more equitable and                                                              0%        10%          20%          30%     40%         50%        60%          70%         80%         90%         100%


 representative gender balance at all levels of our organization. Our female employees
                                                                                                                                  Non-Staff                                 67                                             53        73                            7
 make up 38% of our total workforce. We deliberately strive to maintain gender diversity to
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            Employee’s
 the best extent possible, taking into account these industry specific gender distributions.                                      Staff                                    811                                                  1062                           47
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            Position By Age
 Our hiring policy ensures that we maintain a gender balance, even in our shortlisting of                                                                                                                                                                                     < 30
                                                                                                                                  Supervisor              109                                                644                                               59
 job candidates. There were no reported incidents of discrimination in 2025.                                                                                                                                                                                                  30-50
                                                                                                                                  Manager             9                                            362                                                    67
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              > 50


                                                                                                                                  Executive           0                          5                                                    6

               3,328                          62%                38%                                 32%                                         0%         10%         20%           30%     40%        50%         60%         70%         80%         90%        100%
                                                                                                     Female Executives
               Employees                      Male               Female
                                                                                                     and Managers

                                                                                                                                  Non-Staff                                                              147                                                       0

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            Local & Foreign
                                                                                                                                  Staff                                                                  1,920                                                     0
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            Employment
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            Statistics
                                            Employee Demographics                                                                 Supervisor                                                             812                                                       0
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              Local

                                                      186                                  168                                    Manager                                                                    426                                                12            Foreign
                                                      6%                                   5%
                                                                     996                                   777                    Executive                                                             10                                                     1
                                    1,258                                                                  23%
                                                                     30%
                                     38%
                                                                                                                                                 86%              88%                90%          92%              94%               96%           98%              100%

     2,070         Gender                               Age                              Educational
                                                                                        Qualifications

      62%
                                                                            1,968                           415                                                                                                                                                             Employment
                                             2,146                           59%                            13%                                                                                                                                                             By Region
                                             64%
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        363
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              Java
                       Female                                                                                                                                                                                                                           11%
                                                         < 30                       High School Certification
                                                                                                                                  Employee (%)
                                                                                                                                                                                            2,538                                                                             Kalimantan
                       Male                                                                                                                                                                 76%
                                                         30-50                      Diploma                                                                                                                                                                                   Sumatra

                                                         > 50                       Undergraduate Degree                                                                                                                                                                      Sulawesi
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                               233             161
                                                                                    Postgraduate Degree                                                                                                                                 43         7%          5%             Bali, Nusa Tenggara,
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        1%                                    Maluku, Papua




82                                                                                                                                                                                                                  PT Lippo Karawaci Tbk 2025 SUSTAINABILITY REPORT
Page 83
Introduction      Highlights          Our Sustainability Approach        Enhancing Quality of Life   Caring for Our Environment   Investing in Our People              Championing Best Practices      Appendix




 Within our leadership ranks, females represent 14%                         contractors, underscores our support for the local                 Freedom of Association & Collective Bargaining
 of our Board of Commissioners (one out of seven                            community, and contributes to the national economy                 [GRI 406]

 members), while our Board of Directors consists of 6                       through local employment opportunities                             The rights and obligations of our employees are regulated
 male members. Notably, 32% of our employees who                                                                                               in the Group Regulations. To minimize business
 hold managerial positions and above are female. While                      Non-Discrimination [GRI 406]                                       disruption,      we        maintain     two-way      communication
 we promote employees strictly based on performance,                        We ensure that our employees are compensated fairly,               channels between the organization and employees, and
 leadership ability, and experience, we are committed                       taking into account employment status, job scope,                  any significant operational changes within our business
 to gender diversity and strive for balance within our                      and qualifications, among other relevant factors. As               which have the potential to affect our employees
 senior    and   middle        management,        especially        in      a matter of policy, there is no difference in the salary           are communicated beforehand. We respect workers’
 our succession planning.                                                   range between male and female employees across                     rights to exercise freedom of association or collective
                                                                            all employee categories and levels. Any differences                bargaining. As of 2025, none of our employees are
 In   addition   to    gender     diversity,      we     value      a       in compensation are strictly due to the individual’s               covered under collective bargaining agreements.
 multigenerational workforce, creating opportunities                        qualifications and are irrespective of gender. We strive
 for both young talents and industry veterans. Our                          to narrow any compensation gap between our female                  Child Labor, Forced or Compulsory Labor
 employees between the ages of 30-50 make up a larger                       and male employees. In addition, our entry-level wages             [F.19] [GRI 408, 409]

 portion of our workforce, with 54% of our 905 new hires in                 are always equal to or above local minimum wages                   We adopt a zero-tolerance stance towards child,
 2025 falling into this age bracket. Furthermore, we take                   throughout our locations of operation across Indonesia,            forced, or compulsory labor, which is highlighted in
 pride in the fact that 77% of our employees have tertiary                  demonstrating our commitment to fair compensation for              our HR policy and Code of Conduct. We ensure that all
 qualifications and above. To maintain our competitive                      our people. There are no reported cases of discrimination          employees understand these human rights principles
 edge, we actively recruit from diverse educational                         during this period.                                                through the annual mandatory refreshment courses of
 backgrounds     and   areas     of   expertise,     recognizing                                                                               our Code of Conduct. Our operations and the suppliers
 that a strong educational background is vital for                                                                                             we engage with have been categorized as low risk in
 delivering quality service.                                                                                                                   terms of potential involvement in child and forced labor.
                                                                                                                                               In 2025, there were no reported incidents relating to
 We also believe that investing in local talent builds                                                                                         discrimination, child labor, forced labor, or any major
 a strong pipeline of skillful and capable workers in                                                                                          employment case.
 Indonesia. Currently, 99.6% of our employees are
 Indonesian citizens. Where possible, we prioritize the
 hiring and placement of employees in their region of
 origin to ensure our teams have a deep grasp of local
 socio-political and cultural sensitivities. This approach
 supports local area empowerment and extends to
 our preferential engagement of local vendors and




83                                                                                                                                                             PT Lippo Karawaci Tbk 2025 SUSTAINABILITY REPORT
Page 84
Introduction          Highlights          Our Sustainability Approach        Enhancing Quality of Life           Caring for Our Environment        Investing in Our People           Championing Best Practices         Appendix




Occupational Health & Safety                                                                       [F.21] [GRI 403]




 We are committed to providing a safe and conducive                             (wellness) initiatve at Aryaduta, to address both mental                        improvement areas such as the restoration of hydrant
 environment     for      all      our   stakeholders      to   thrive.         and physical health.                                                            and MCFA (fire alarm) systems, as well as the automation
 Recognizing that a healthy workforce is vital for business                                                                                                     of    evacuation        support       mechanisms.       Emergency
 continuity, we have implemented an Occupational                                OHS MANAGEMENT                                                                  readiness is reinforced through large-scale simulations.
 Health and Safety (OHS) management system aligned                                                                                                              Across our mall portfolio, 390 emergency drills were
 with best practices and SMK3 government regulations,                           Systems & Policies                                                              conducted covering a range of scenarios including
 covering 100% of all employees and non-employee                                Each business unit is responsible for maintaining its                           fires, earthquakes, bomb threats, and infectious disease
 workers. Our objective is to foster a workplace culture                        own OHS management system, in line with applicable                              outbreaks. We also conducted simulations in residential
 where     OHS   is     internalized      and    implemented            at      government regulations and industry standards. This                             developments           such    as   Embarcadero,        Millennium
 every operational level through the establishment of                           includes the appointment of dedicated OHS officers                              Village, Menara Matahari, and Lippo Village. Beyond
 comprehensive OHS governance frameworks.                                       responsible for hazard identification, risk assessments,                        immediate safety risks, the Group also actively manages
                                                                                and routine safety inspections. Incident management                             environmental OHS risks at the asset level, including
 EMPLOYEE WELL-BEING                                                            protocols are standardized across the Group, requiring                          through close coordination with the Environmental
                                                                                immediate escalation to head office for reporting and                           Agency       to     improve    management         of    wastewater
 We adopt a comprehensive approach to advancing the                             investigation. Corrective and preventive actions are                            and hazardous waste.
 well-being of our staff, as it contributes to improved                         systematically implemented following any incident to
 health outcomes and a more content workforce. In                               mitigate recurrence risks. At the Group level, the OHS                          Training & Capability Building
 addition to government-mandated benefits (BPJS                                 Committee—operating under the ESG Committee—                                    Building a strong safety culture is a core priority,
 Kesehatan and BPJS Ketenagakerjaan), we promote                                serves as the central governance body. Comprising                               supported by a formalized OHS training curriculum
 health through enhanced private insurance coverage,                            representatives          and     OHS     specialists     from     each          implemented           across    the     organization.    In   2025,
 providing access to high-quality inpatient and outpatient                      business unit, the Committee ensures consistent                                 employees completed approximately 3,900 hours of
 care, dental treatments, and medical checkups. In 2025,                        policy      implementation,           knowledge        sharing,   and           OHS-related training. Health and safety modules are
 we organized monthly webinars through Lippo Group                              alignment of safety practices across Lippo Karawaci’s                           integrated into employee onboarding, complemented
 Insurance (LGI) and providing annual medical check-                            diversified portfolio.                                                          by digital learning platforms to ensure continuous and
 ups for Head Office employees and their families. These                                                                                                        scalable knowledge dissemination.
 health talks specifically addressed top-of-mind issues,                        Audits & Simulations
 such as the global surge of Human Metapneumovirus                              To ensure the effectiveness of OHS systems, the Group                           Training programs are designed to be practical and
 (hMPV) and Influenza A. Our business units also                                conducts regular audits and emergency preparedness                              scenario-based. Key initiatives include fire and disaster
 offer wellness-focused internal programs, such as                              simulations across its assets. In 2025, OHS Specialists                         simulations across multiple sites, as well as specialized
 the LMInity sports community and the Tjakap Djiwa                              carried out internal audits at 24 malls, identifying key                        training such as fire safety protocols for electric vehicles




84                                                                                                                                                                                PT Lippo Karawaci Tbk 2025 SUSTAINABILITY REPORT
Page 85
Introduction         Highlights             Our Sustainability Approach               Enhancing Quality of Life     Caring for Our Environment          Investing in Our People      Championing Best Practices      Appendix




 and charging stations. In addition, employees are equipped with cross-functional capabilities that intersect with
 environmental sustainability, including the proper handling and management of hazardous waste. These programs
 ensure that the Group not only meets compliance standards but also builds long-term organizational resilience in
 managing health, safety, and environmental risks.


                 OHS TRAINING TYPE                                                                      JOB SPECIFIC TRAINING

                                                                                          Real Estate                                Lifestyle

  General Training       • Emergency response                              • Electrical engineering personnel      • Food safety & hygiene management
                         • Safety awareness                                  certification                         • First aid certification
                         • Conducting day / night Fire Drill including     • Electrical safety                     • Preventive maintenance
                           drill with Fire Department in all units         • First aid certification               • Personal hygiene & sanitation
                         • First Aid training                              • Floor warden safety training          • Pest control management
                         • Specialized fire safety for electric vehicles   • Handling power tools                  • Safety equipment review
                         • General health & safety
                         • OHS Management & Simulation




 OHS PERFORMANCE


 The Group established a centralized system that tracks incidents involving both employees and contractors. Incidents are
 categorized by type, including vehicular accidents, falling objects, machinery-related injuries, burns, and cuts, enabling
 systematic identification of key risk areas. In 2025, vehicular incidents—particularly those related to brake malfunctions
 and road traffic collisions—were identified as a key source of potential high-consequence injuries. In response, we
 strengthened preventive controls by mandating regular vehicle inspections and maintenance protocols across operations.


 As part of our 2030 Sustainability Agenda, we aim for zero fatalities and high consequence injuries, as well as ≤ 1 lost
 time injury frequency rate (LTIFR). LTIFR focuses on serious injuries leading to lost work time, providing a more accurate
 and industry-comparable measure of safety performance. This approach helps prioritize high-impact safety actions and
 reinforces a culture focused on preventing severe injuries. In 2025, the Group achieved zero fatalities across all operations.
 One high-consequence injury was recorded involving a non-employee worker. A total of 16 injuries were recorded among
 employees and 26 injuries among non-employee workers. We reported an LTIFR of 0.30 for employees and 0.36 for non-
 employees, remaining within its established performance threshold.




85                                                                                                                                                                                PT Lippo Karawaci Tbk 2025 SUSTAINABILITY REPORT
Page 86
Introduction          Highlights     Our Sustainability Approach    Enhancing Quality of Life              Caring for Our Environment            Investing in Our People           Championing Best Practices            Appendix




 All OHS incidents are subject to formal investigation
                                                                                                  EMPLOYEE OHS                                                              N O N -EM PLOYEE WO R K ER
 processes, including root cause analysis to identify                                           PERFORMANCE (2025)                                                          O H S PER FO R M AN CE ( 202 5 )
 contributing factors and areas for improvement. Insights
 from these investigations are used to implement
 corrective     and    preventive   actions   across     relevant
 business units. Following incidents recorded during                      0              0                     16                 2                        0               1                 26                 14
 the    year,    the      Company     implemented         several         Fatalities     High Conse-           Recordable         Lost Time                Fatalities      High Conse-       Recordable         Lost Time
                                                                                         quence Injuries       Injuries           Injury                                   quence Injuries   Injuries           Injury
 enhancements, including:


 •     Establishment of a dedicated OHS task team
                                                                          0              0                     2.4                0.3                      0               0.16              0.67               0.36
                                                                          Fatality       High Conse-           Total Recordable   Lost Time                Fatality        High Conse-       Total Recordable   Lost Time
       to strengthen oversight of high-risk activities                    Rate           quence Injury         Injury Frequency   Injury                   Rate            quence Injury     Injury Frequency   Injury
                                                                                         Frequency Rate        Rate (TRIFR)       Frequency                                Frequency Rate    Rate (TRIFR)       Frequency
 •     Review       and     reinforcement     of     operational                                                                                                                                                Rate (LTIFR)
                                                                                                                                  Rate (LTIFR)
       procedures, including stricter pre-entry safety
       checklists
 •     Enhancement of emergency response protocols                                     6,656,000                   Working
                                                                                                                   Hours                                                38,520,758                 Working
                                                                                                                                                                                                   Hours

       to improve incident readiness and response time
 •     Roll-out of refresher training programs focused
       on hazard identification and risk awareness


 These measures are aimed at reducing recurrence,
 strengthening operational controls, and reinforcing
 a proactive safety culture.


 Please refer to “Appendix – Workforce Data” on page
 107 for a full breakdown of our OHS performance, and
 “Appendix – Reporting Methodology” on page 101 for
 the injury definitions and calculation formulas used
 in our disclosures.




86                                                                                                                                                                             PT Lippo Karawaci Tbk 2025 SUSTAINABILITY REPORT
Page 87
Introduction         Highlights         Our Sustainability Approach    Enhancing Quality of Life        Caring for Our Environment      Investing in Our People        Championing Best Practices          Appendix




Training & Development                                                     [F.22] [GRI 404]




 STRUCTURED LEARNING APPROACH                                             courses ranging from mandatory annual ethics and                              Strengthening Governance Through
                                                                          governance training to advanced functional leadership                              Responsible AI Adoption
 LPKR is committed to developing a high-performing                        programs. This ecosystem is further enriched by
                                                                                                                                                       Lippo Malls advanced its governance and operational
 workforce through structured learning, continuous                        specialized hybrid training sessions, such as the Finance
                                                                                                                                                       efficiency by adopting AI tools such as ChatGPT to
 performance management, and targeted capability-                         Forum, which were introduced this year to encourage
                                                                                                                                                       streamline    internal   administrative   and   legal   tasks.
 building initiatives. The Group’s training approach                      cross-functional knowledge sharing and deepen role-
                                                                                                                                                       These AI applications assist employees with meeting
 is designed to align employee development with                           specific expertise through a blend of virtual and in-                        summaries, analyzing texts and data, and rapidly
 organizational       priorities,    ensuring      that     learning      person engagement.                                                           retrieving information, which boosts productivity and
 interventions translate into measurable performance                                                                                                   supporting superior decision-making.

 outcomes. Our training and development initiatives                       Enhancing AI and Digital Capabilities
                                                                                                                                                       To promote responsible use, the Company organized
 have evolved from foundational skill-building to a                       A cornerstone of our 2025 strategy is the significant
                                                                                                                                                       a series of five webinars called "AI Transformation at
 future-ready framework designed to support long-                         expansion of learning content dedicated to Digital
                                                                                                                                                       Workspace" focused on AI and cybersecurity from June
 term business sustainability amidst a rapidly shifting                   Capabilities and Artificial Intelligence (AI). Recognizing                   to August 2025, targeting head-office employees and IT
 technological landscape.                                                 that AI is a transformative catalyst, we have integrated                     teams. Topics included AI fundamentals, generative AI,
                                                                          AI-readiness         across   all   business       segments    to            cybersecurity risks, data privacy, misinformation, and
                                                                                                                                                       strategies to mitigate over-reliance. These initiatives have
 This year, we transitioned to a structured “Integrated                   fundamentally change how we operate. This integration
                                                                                                                                                       established a foundation for a systematic approach to
 Learning Journey” model, a three-stage framework                         drives operational efficiency by training employees to
                                                                                                                                                       AI risk awareness, strengthening internal controls, data
 designed to ensure that every training intervention leads                leverage AI tools for the automation of routine tasks,
                                                                                                                                                       protection, and governance readiness.
 to a measurable organizational impact. The journey                       which in turn allows our workforce to focus on high-
 begins with the acquisition of foundational knowledge                    value strategic decision-making. Furthermore, this focus                     Moreover, to prepare employees for responsible digital
 through       our   expanded       digital   curriculum,      which      on AI has empowered our teams to utilize predictive                          adoption, Lippo Malls organized a series of seminars on
                                                                                                                                                       AI Productivity and Cybersecurity throughout 2025. These
 then moves into a transformation phase where that                        analytics for superior consumer insight across our retail
                                                                                                                                                       sessions were designed to improve understanding of
 knowledge is converted into practical, role-specific skills.             and real estate sectors, fostering data-driven innovation.
                                                                                                                                                       Generative AI, workplace productivity, and associated
 This cycle culminates in real-world application where                    By prioritizing these "Future Readiness" modules, we
                                                                                                                                                       cybersecurity risks, while emphasizing the significance
 employee performance is evaluated against defined                        ensure our workforce is not merely reacting to digital                       of secure and ethical AI utilization. The program included
 competency goals. To support this journey, the Lippo                     trends but is actively leading the integration of emerging                   modules such as 'Introduction to AI', 'Getting Started with
 Learning Hub now serves as our centralized Learning                      technologies into our core business processes to ensure                      GenAI', 'AI at Work: Understanding Cybersecurity Risks',
                                                                                                                                                       and 'Cybersecurity Best Practices', engaging all employees
 Management System (LMS), hosting thousands of                            long-term talent resilience.
                                                                                                                                                       at the Head Office as well as specialized sessions
                                                                                                                                                       tailored for IT teams.




87                                                                                                                                                                  PT Lippo Karawaci Tbk 2025 SUSTAINABILITY REPORT
Page 88
Introduction        Highlights     Our Sustainability Approach   Enhancing Quality of Life          Caring for Our Environment        Investing in Our People       Championing Best Practices                Appendix




 PERFORMANCE MANAGEMENT                                             future-ready workforce. We recognize that sustained
 AND DEVELOPMENT                                                    investment in employee capability is critical to driving
                                                                                                                                                                                           Average
                                                                    operational excellence, supporting innovation, and                                                                     Training Hours by
                                                                                                                                                                          33               Employment Position
 The Group maintains a comprehensive performance                    strengthening long-term business resilience.
 management system that emphasizes continuous                                                                                                              54                                    Non-Staff

 feedback, fair performance evaluations, and structured             In 2025, our employees participated in a total of 47,802                                                   1312              Staff

                                                                                                                                                                                                 Supervisor
 career development. 100% of our full-time employees                hours of training, equating to an average of 23.6 hours
 received regular performance and career development                per employee, far exceeding the annual target. In line                                         16     12                     Manager

                                                                                                                                                                                                 Executive

 reviews.      We   implement    Individual     Development         with the Company’s growing focus on sustainability
 Plans (IDPs) for identified talent across all levels,              integration, employees completed 1,394 hours of ESG-
 leveraging AI to uncover competency gaps. Through                  related training, delivered through a combination of
 this structured and data-driven approach, we continue              internal programs and external expert-led sessions.
 to foster a culture of continuous learning, strengthen             These      trainings      are   designed      to   build     technical
 employee       engagement,      and   support      long-term       knowledge,         strengthen       compliance       with    evolving                                                  Average Training
 organizational growth.                                             regulatory frameworks, and embed ESG considerations                                                    20              Hours by Gender

                                                                    into      day-to-day         decision-making.          Key      topics                  25                                   Female

 Our Management Development Program continues to                    covered include:                                                                                                             Male


 shape the next generation of resilient leaders by tailoring
 these programs to individual needs and organizational              •      Climate     risk    assessment      and     decarbonization
 challenges, thereby ensuring a robust executive talent                    planning workshops tailored for business units
 pipeline. We also foster a strong sense of connection and          •      Socialization of ISSB requirements to enhance the
 open communication through strategic engagement                           quality and consistency of sustainability disclosures


                                                                                                                                                                            1,394
 events, including the LippoLand Leader’s Workshop and              •      Refresher         training    on     carbon       accounting
 the Lippo Leadership Offsite Meeting, which serve to                      methodologies         and    ESG    data     collection    and
 align leadership vision with operational execution.                       reporting processes                                                                              Total ESG training hours


 Training Performance                                               Through these initiatives, we seek to equip our workforce


                                                                                                                                                                            3,900
 As part of our 2030 Sustainability Agenda, we aim                  with the knowledge and skills required to support
 for our employees to participate in an average of 15               its sustainability strategy, while fostering a culture
 training hours each year, reflecting our commitment                of     accountability        and    continuous        improvement                                       Total OHS training hours

 to continuous learning and the development of a                    across the organization.




88                                                                                                                                                               PT Lippo Karawaci Tbk 2025 SUSTAINABILITY REPORT
Page 89
Introduction          Highlights        Our Sustainability Approach          Enhancing Quality of Life        Caring for Our Environment         Investing in Our People         Championing Best Practices         Appendix




                                                                                                                         FROM BATCH 10
                                                                                                                         TO BUSINESS DEVELOPMENT LEADER
                                                                                                                         Brenda Charisma G
               Strengthening Future Leaders
                 Through the Management                                                                                  Brenda Charisma G., an alumna of MDP Batch 10 and a graduate of Institut Teknologi
                   Development Program                                                                                   Bandung, exemplifies the success of this developmental pathway. Over her four-year
                                                                                                                         tenure with the Lippo Karawaci Group, Brenda has transitioned from an aspiring trainee
     The Management Development Program (MDP) is a structured
                                                                                                                         to her current role as Business Development Section Head at LippoLand.




                                                                                            "
     acceleration program for young talent, particularly fresh graduates
     and professionals with less than two years of experience. Through
     cross-functional job rotations and direct mentorship from senior                             The MDP Program has significantly shaped my professional growth by providing cross-functional exposure and hands-
     management, the program builds a strong leadership pipeline                                  on experience early in my career. It strengthened my adaptability, strategic thinking, and solution-oriented mindset, all of
                                                                                                  which support business outcomes. The program has prepared me to take on greater responsibilities, and I am committed to
     while reducing reliance on external hiring for strategic roles. Since
                                                                                                  continuous growth while contributing to Lippo Karawaci Group’s long-term success.
     its inception, MDP has progressed through more than 13 batches,
     including business-level programs, and continues to serve as a key
     platform for developing future leaders within the Group.


                                                                                                                         A FOUNDATION IN INTEGRATED
     In 2025, eight MDP participants joined the program and are currently
     undergoing on-the-job training after completing foundational                                                        TALENT MANAGEMENT

     exposure across divisions. During the year, we also enhanced the                                                    Vanessa Rumindo
     MDP framework to elevate program quality, including targeted
     campus hiring from leading universities, structured cross-business                                                  Vanessa Rumindo, a graduate of Institut Teknologi Bandung and alumna of MDP Batch
     rotations, and two years of intensive coaching and mentoring tied                                                   12, has utilized the program to accelerate her trajectory within the Group. In just 1.5 years
     to high-impact projects. Supported by clear evaluation milestones                                                   of service, Vanessa has moved into a key role as a Talent Management Specialist at Lippo
     and performance reviews, the program ensures participants are                                                       Indonesia, where she applies a high-level strategic lens to the Group’s human capital.




                                                                                            "
     well prepared to assume greater responsibilities. MDP alumni have
     consistently made strong contributions across business functions
     and regional operations, reflecting the program’s effectiveness in                           The MDP Program provided me with a holistic understanding of HR and how each function collaborates seamlessly to
                                                                                                  support the business. This foundation enables me to design more integrated, data-driven talent initiatives while remaining
     developing future-ready leaders.
                                                                                                  agile in responding to evolving business needs. The program strengthened my leadership mindset and communication skills,
                                                                                                  building my confidence to contribute meaningfully to both people development and business growth within the Group.




89                                                                                                                                                                           PT Lippo Karawaci Tbk 2025 SUSTAINABILITY REPORT
Page 90
 Introduction    Highlights    Our Sustainability Approach   Enhancing Quality of Life   Caring for Our Environment   Investing in Our People     Championing Best Practices       Appendix




CHAMPIONING                                                                                                                                               Governance & Accountability



BEST PRACTICES                                                                                                                                            Ethics & Compliance

                                                                                                                                                          Data Privacy & Security
We constantly strive to uphold the highest standards of corporate governance and
accountability, ensure strict compliance with regulations and company policies, as well
as promote sustainable practices across our value chain.




90                                                                                                                                              PT Lippo Karawaci Tbk 2025 SUSTAINABILITY REPORT
Page 91
Introduction          Highlights     Our Sustainability Approach          Enhancing Quality of Life        Caring for Our Environment        Investing in Our People      Championing Best Practices      Appendix




Governance & Accountability
 CORPORATE GOVERNANCE [OJK E.1 – E.5] [GRI 2-9 to 2-21]


 We believe that Good Corporate Governance (GCG) is
 the convergence of three essential elements: Corporate                                                                                  General Meeting
                                                                                                                                         of Shareholders
 Governance, Risk Governance, and Sustainability Governance.
 Effective oversight and management of these three
 aspects of governance are critical to achieving stable and
 sustainable growth. A crucial element of effective corporate
 governance involves the integration of sustainability into our
 business strategy and operations. Accomplishing this goal                                                      Board of Commissioners                        Board of Directors

 necessitates the establishment of a strong sustainability
 governance framework that engages key decision-makers at
 all levels of the organization. This engagement should span
 vertically, from the Board level down to the operational level,
 and horizontally across various business units and corporate
                                                                                         Nomination & Remuneration                                                                 Whistleblowing
                                                                                                                                         Audit Committee
 functions responsible for driving different aspects of                                         Committee                                                                           Committee

 Environmental, Social, and Governance (ESG) considerations.


 Our corporate governance structure consists of the General
 Meeting of Shareholders (GMS), the Board of Commissioners
 (BoC), the Board of Directors (BoD), and their respective
                                                                                                                                          Internal Audit                           ESG Committee
 standing committees, namely the Audit Committee and
 the Nomination & Remuneration Committee. This structure
 serves to promote responsible business practices and
 accountability in decision-making while safeguarding the
 interests of shareholders and other stakeholders.
                                                                                                                                                                                   Business Units/
                                                                                                Investor Relations                      Corporate Secretary
                                                                                                                                                                                    Subsidiaries
 This section complemented the Corporate Governance
 Report.       More    information   can     be    found       in   the
 2025 Annual Report.




91                                                                                                                                                                     PT Lippo Karawaci Tbk 2025 SUSTAINABILITY REPORT
Page 92
Introduction           Highlights    Our Sustainability Approach       Enhancing Quality of Life      Caring for Our Environment        Investing in Our People      Championing Best Practices         Appendix




                  COMMITTEE                                                                                      ROLES & RESPONSIBILITIES



     Board of Directors & Board of              The Board of Directors (BoD) and the Board of Commissioners (BoC) are the highest governing roles in Lippo Karawaci, guiding the Group's strategic
     Commissioners                              direction to ensure alignment material Environmental, Social, and Governance (ESG) issues and the interests of both the business and stakeholders. The BoD
                                                holds ultimate responsibility for the Group's performance, while the BoC serves as a supervisory and advisory body to the BoD. Together, these boards assess
                                                the Group's targets and performance, approving public disclosures, including the Annual Report and the Sustainability Report. The BoD and BoC also review
                                                the effectiveness of the risk management process through approval of our ERM framework.


     Audit Committee                            The Audit Committee (AC) assists the BoC to oversee our financial reporting, monitor and evaluate audit plans and implementation, assess the effectiveness
                                                of our risk management and internal control systems, and supervise our compliance with prevailing regulations and accounting standards, among other
                                                duties. The AC carries out their duties and responsibilities according to their charters. As an additional measure to incorporate sustainability into our
                                                framework, the audit focus includes business interruption and ESG considerations. See our annual report for changes to the audit committee.


     Internal Audit Unit                        The Internal Audit Unit (IAU) supports the AC by monitoring, evaluating, and improving the implementation of internal control, risk management, and
                                                corporate governance processes in line with company policies. The IAU provides objective assurance and independent advice that aims to improve the
                                                operational activities of Lippo Karawaci. The IAU reports directly to the President Director, as well as to the BoC, through the AC. The IAU carries out their
                                                duties and responsibilities according to their charters. Starting from 2023, an ESG Audit has been incorporated into the annual internal audit plan and will be
                                                conducted each year.


     Whistleblowing Committee
                                                The Whistleblowing Committee is a dedicated body within the Group that serves as a crucial component of the Group's ethics and compliance framework.
                                                Its primary role is to facilitate and oversee the reporting and investigation of concerns or complaints raised by employees or other stakeholders regarding
                                                potential misconduct, unethical behavior, or violations of company policies.




     Nomination & Remuneration Committee        The Nomination & Remuneration Committee (NRC) develops and maintains a transparent and formal process for the appointment of new Directors to
                                                the Board and makes recommendations to the Board on a general framework of remuneration. The nomination and selection process for the highest
                                                governance body is based on several parameters. The appointment of the Board of Directors and the Board of Commissioners is carried out through
                                                the mechanism of the General Meeting of Shareholders (GMS), where the nomination process takes into account recommendations from the NRC and
                                                requirements based on the provisions of applicable regulations, such as:
                                                • The Group’s Articles of Association and applicable laws and regulations.
                                                • Personal qualifications of candidates; and
                                                • Knowledge and/or expertise in the sectors needed by the Group.


     ESG Committee
                                                The ESG Committee, comprising 3 BoD directors including the Group CEO, is appointed by the BoD to assist in setting the direction for the Group’s ESG
                                                strategy, policies and initiatives. The ESG Committee’s main role is to have oversight on all ESG matters, this includes setting and monitoring ESG targets,
                                                spearheading new ESG initiatives, reviewing ESG disclosures and undertaking any other ESG-related tasks set out by the BoD. The ESG Committee meets at
                                                least four times a year and reports periodically to the BoD and BoC on its activities and recommendations




92                                                                                                                                                                PT Lippo Karawaci Tbk 2025 SUSTAINABILITY REPORT
Page 93
Introduction      Highlights       Our Sustainability Approach   Enhancing Quality of Life          Caring for Our Environment        Investing in Our People       Championing Best Practices         Appendix




 SUSTAINABILITY GOVERNANCE                                          In addition, as a follow-up to last year's audit, we standardized data collection through updated ESG Reporting SOPs,
                                                                    established a formal ESG Data Review Workflow to clarify roles and enhance data governance, and strengthened
 We      have   established    a    robust      sustainability      ESG Data Quality Control by mandating source documentation for all data submissions. In addition, we launched
 governance structure that provides oversight and                   continuous ESG training for BU management teams and ESG representatives. We also formalized ESG Steering Group
 drives the implementation of environmental, social,                Oversight, ensuring regular performance reviews and alignment with the Group’s sustainability strategy.
 and governance (ESG) initiatives at all levels of the
 organization. Our sustainability governance is led by the          ESG Committee Agenda
 ESG Committee, overseen by the ESG Steering Group,                 Aside from reviewing ESG performance and risk management, the ESG Committee also discussed the following
 and supported by the Group Sustainability Function.                matters in 2025:
 Please refer to "Sustainability Governance” on page 23
 for an overview of the roles and responsibilities within                     TOPIC RAISED (SELECT)                                               DISCUSSION & RESOLUTION POINTS
 our sustainability governance structure.
                                                                      ESG Charter & SOPs                                Updated the ESG Committee Charter to align with LPKR governance. Standardized
                                                                                                                        data collection via new ESG Reporting SOPs and established a formal Data Review
 The ESG Steering Group serves as the primary platform                                                                  Workflow to improve data quality control.
 for translating the Group’s ESG strategy into actionable
 initiatives at the BU level. To enhance governance and               ISSB Transition (IFRS S1 & S2)                    Approved a three-year phased roadmap for adopting ISSB standards. This includes
                                                                                                                        adjusting internal controls and reporting frameworks to meet international
 effectiveness, each BU will be appointed a dedicated ESG                                                               requirements.
 PIC. This aims to improve coordination & accountability
 as each PIC takes ownership of their BU’s initiatives and            2030 Sustainability Agenda                        Revised the 2030 targets following the deconsolidation of Siloam Hospitals in financial
                                                                                                                        reporting. Resolved to enhance and reset targets for areas where previous goals have
 reporting, create a regular feedback loop by formalizing
                                                                                                                        already been achieved.
 a structure and strengthen ESG performance at BU level
 by regular monitoring.                                               Energy & Solar PV Regulations                     Reviewed new Indonesian regulations on energy management and solar PV. Resolved
                                                                                                                        to accelerate solar adoption and improve energy-saving initiatives across all properties.
 In 2025, we focused on strengthening our sustainability
 governance by updating our ESG Committee Charter                     Decarbonization Initiatives                       Reviewed the ongoing and pipeline decarbonization projects, including discussions
                                                                                                                        on alternative business models such as pay-per-use and profit-sharing from energy
 to reflect the evolving roles and responsibilities of the
                                                                                                                        savings.
 committee, aligning with LK governance, policies, and
 ESG priorities. The Charter is periodically reviewed and             PROPER Assessment                                 Developed strategies to standardize environmental compliance across all business
 evaluated to ensure its relevance. The frequency of                                                                    units to achieve higher official ratings in Indonesia’s PROPER system.
 mandatory committee meetings has been formalized at
 twice per year, with the Chairman retaining the authority
                                                                      Training & Oversight                              Launched continuous ESG training for management teams and formalized ESG
 to convene additional sessions as required. The complete                                                               Steering Group Oversight to ensure alignment with the Group's broader strategy.
 ESG Charter update is available on our website.




93                                                                                                                                                              PT Lippo Karawaci Tbk 2025 SUSTAINABILITY REPORT
Page 94
Introduction          Highlights         Our Sustainability Approach       Enhancing Quality of Life    Caring for Our Environment          Investing in Our People      Championing Best Practices      Appendix




                                               HOLDING                                                                                                         REAL ESTATE



               Integrating Sustainability into Corporate Strategy                                                                Enhancing ESG Data Governance and Control

                                                                                                                     Building on our ongoing efforts to strengthen sustainability reporting processes, LPKR has
     In 2025, LPKR was honored with the TOP SDGs Award, recognizing our systematic efforts to
                                                                                                                     developed an internal ESG data management system to support more structured, consistent,
     integrate sustainability principles into our business strategies and operations. This signifies
                                                                                                                     and reliable ESG data collection across the holding company and our subsidiaries. The
     progress in aligning priority initiatives with the United Nations Sustainable Development
                                                                                                                     application consolidates essential ESG indicators, standardizes reporting parameters, and
     Goals (SDGs), particularly in the areas of sustainable urban development, energy efficiency,
                                                                                                                     facilitates internal review and validation, reducing manual handling and improving data
     and climate action.
                                                                                                                     traceability. This development continues the Group’s multi-year strategy to improve ESG
                                                                                                                     data governance, support management oversight, and strengthen internal controls over
     For LPKR, this award serves not merely as an endpoint but as a catalyst for transitioning
                                                                                                                     sustainability information.
     from an initiative-based approach to an outcome-driven sustainability focus, with clearer
     targets, improved oversight, and standardized metrics. Moving forward, Lippo will
                                                                                                                     To further enhance assurance readiness, the Group will progressively integrate the data
     strengthen SDG alignment through comprehensive, group-wide frameworks that include
                                                                                                                     workflows into risk management and internal audit processes, including clearer data
     clearer environmental targets tied to climate change and resource efficiency, as well as the
                                                                                                                     ownership, defined review protocols, and periodic validation of ESG data at the subsidiary
     integration of sustainability considerations into investment and development strategies.
                                                                                                                     and group levels. Going forward, we plan to expand system coverage to additional ESG
     In addition, efforts will be made to enhance monitoring and disclosure practices to ensure
                                                                                                                     indicators, strengthen data quality controls, and align the platform with evolving regulatory
     greater consistency and accountability.
                                                                                                                     and reporting requirements. This platform positions the Group for future external
                                                                                                                     assurance readiness.




                                           H E A LT H C A R E



                        Embedding ESG Awareness
               f rom Onboarding through Continuous Learning

     Siloam Hospitals integrates ESG awareness training into its employee lifecycle, beginning with
     ESG orientation for new employees and continuously reinforced through annual refresher
     programs for existing employees. The training introduces core sustainability principles, ethical
     conduct, patient-centric care, and the Group’s commitments to environmental stewardship,
     human rights, and corporate governance. By embedding ESG awareness early and
     consistently reinforcing it, Siloam strengthens employee understanding and accountability
     in supporting sustainable healthcare services.




94                                                                                                                                                                    PT Lippo Karawaci Tbk 2025 SUSTAINABILITY REPORT
Page 95
Introduction      Highlights       Our Sustainability Approach            Enhancing Quality of Life   Caring for Our Environment             Investing in Our People      Championing Best Practices      Appendix




Ethics & Compliance                                              [GRI 2-23, 2-24, 2-27]




 CODE OF CONDUCT [GRI 206, 2-23 to 2-24, 2-26 to 2-27]
                                                                                   TYPE OF COMPLIANCE                                                  DISCLOSURE                                          CASES

 We prioritize sustainability and ethical business practices,
                                                                               General                           Non-compliance with laws and regulations resulting in monetary fines                        0
 ensuring the Group's Code of Conduct remains aligned
 with best practices and the latest business conditions.
                                                                                                                 Non-compliance with laws and regulations resulting in non-monetary sanctions                0
 To instil these values, we conduct mandatory annual
 training on the code of conduct, company rules, and
                                                                               Corruption                        Legal cases regarding corruption and bribery brought against the organization
 good corporate governance, requiring all employees                                                              or its employees (This does not include any employee/vendor corruption cases that           0
 to formally acknowledge their comprehension of                                                                  were resolved internally)

 these provisions. Beyond internal training, we extend
                                                                               Competition                       Legal action (pending or completed) regarding anti-competitive behavior and
 our ethical standards to our supply chain. In our                                                               violations of anti-trust and monopoly legislation in which the Group has been               0
 lifestyle segment, specifically within Aryaduta, we                                                             identified as a participant

 have implemented a vendor registration process that
                                                                               Social/Economic                   Non-compliance with any relevant social and economic laws and regulations,
 includes collecting work references from other hotels                                                                                                                                                       0
                                                                                                                 including human rights and labor laws
 or entities to conduct thorough reference checks. We
 also ensure that health and safety considerations are
                                                                               Environmental                     Non-compliance with any relevant environmental laws and regulations                         0
 emphasized as a fundamental part of preliminary work
 during tender clarifications. Within the Lippo Malls unit,
                                                                               Health & Safety                   Non-compliance with regulations and/or voluntary codes concerning the health and
                                                                                                                                                                                                             0
 standard contract clauses have been strengthened to                                                             safety impacts of products and services

 explicitly require all selected vendors to comply with
 local laws and regulations.                                                   Data Privacy                      Cases or substantiated complaints concerning breaches of customer privacy and
                                                                                                                                                                                                             0
                                                                                                                 losses of customer data

 As part of our HR policy, we maintain a robust grievance
                                                                                                                 Legal proceedings associated with data security and privacy                                 0
 mechanism and a publicly accessible whistleblowing
 channel to enable employees to report concerns related
                                                                               Product Info                      Non-compliance with regulations and/or voluntary codes concerning product and
 to human rights or labor rights. This system is managed                                                                                                                                                     0
                                                                                                                 service information and labelling
 through a controlled internal process where reports are
 escalated to an authorized function for thorough and                                                            Non-compliance with regulations and/or voluntary codes concerning marketing
                                                                                                                                                                                                             0
 objective investigation.                                                                                        communications, including advertising, promotion, and sponsorship




95                                                                                                                                                                     PT Lippo Karawaci Tbk 2025 SUSTAINABILITY REPORT
Page 96
Introduction     Highlights      Our Sustainability Approach   Enhancing Quality of Life      Caring for Our Environment   Investing in Our People      Championing Best Practices       Appendix




 To promote a safe environment for voicing concerns,              Our commitment to integrity extends to our business                   our Aryaduta hotels. Within our Lippo Malls business
 the Group provides a formal guarantee that all                   partners, who are required to sign a Vendor Integrity                 unit, standard contract clauses have been strengthened
 reports are handled with strict confidentiality and              Pledge and adhere to a zero-tolerance policy toward                   to explicitly require all selected vendors to comply with
 that whistleblowers are protected from any form of               corruption. In 2025, units such as Aryaduta and Lippo                 local laws and regulations.
 retaliation. We are pleased to report that in 2025, there        Malls communicated anti-corruption policies to 100% of
 were no reported incidents of non-compliance with laws           their business partners. Lippo Malls further reinforced               In an era of heightening geopolitical volatility, we
 and regulations regarding human rights or labor rights,          these principles by incorporating explicit anti-bribery               view Business Continuity Planning (BCP) as a critical
 and no cases were received through our whistleblowing            clauses and local law compliance requirements into all                component      of   climate-related      risk   management
 channels. Furthermore, no administrative sanctions               standard vendor contracts.                                            under the IFRS S2 framework. By prioritizing local
 were imposed on the Group or its Boards by any                                                                                         procurement, we stimulate domestic economic growth
 relevant authorities, as we remain committed to                  We maintain a secure Whistleblowing System for                        while simultaneously reducing Scope 3 upstream
 operating without any violations of anti-competitive or          reporting concerns related to unethical conduct, human                transportation emissions and mitigating project delays
 monopoly regulations.                                            rights, or corruption. This system operates under a                   caused by international bottlenecks. For our Real
                                                                  controlled process that guarantees confidentiality and                Estate segment, we proactively map Tier-1 suppliers
 ANTI CORRUPTION [GRI 205]                                        provides an explicit assurance that whistleblowers are                for energy-intensive materials like steel and cement
                                                                  protected from any form of retaliation. We are pleased to             to identify vulnerabilities, while our Lifestyle portfolio
 Anti-corruption policies have been fundamental to our            report that in 2025, there were zero confirmed incidents              focuses on building robust local partnerships for facility
 Code of Conduct since 2022, ensuring that our operations         of corruption involving employees or business partners,               management and operational consumables.
 remain aligned with the highest ethical standards.               and no contracts were terminated or non-renewed due
 We perform annual socializations and reviews of these            to corruption violations.                                             To increase transparency and accountability, we have
 policies, supported by rigorous Maker-Checker-Approver                                                                                 transitioned many of our procurement processes to
 procedures to maintain transparency in financial                 SUSTAINABLE PROCUREMENT POLICY                                        digital SaaS solutions and integrated Google Forms to
 expenditures. At Lippo Karawaci, 100% of our operations                                                                                facilitate efficient communication with vendors. Our
 are assessed for corruption-related risks by our Risk and        Our policy seeks to enhance governance across the                     organization is currently strengthening operational
 Internal Control Team as part of a comprehensive annual          value chain by requiring every supplier to endorse the                efficiency through the planned implementation of
 risk assessment cycle covering business processes from           Supplier Code of Conduct through a signed Statement                   an end-to-end ERP system and an E-catalog module
 Plan to Construct and Procurement to Pay, through                of Commitment, which mitigates legal and reputational                 to streamline capital and operational expenditure
 to Information Technology. In 2025, we advanced our              risks. To further ensure the credibility of our partners, we          management. Furthermore, our healthcare segment
 educational reach through our internal training portal,          utilize a formal Vendor Visit Form to assess contractors              has introduced an online procurement platform that
 which delivers mandatory modules on Good Corporate               and conduct thorough reference checks, such as                        improves transparency and accessibility by streamlining
 Governance (GCG), whistleblowing, and anti-corruption.           verifying previous work history with other entities for               the vendor registration process.




96                                                                                                                                                   PT Lippo Karawaci Tbk 2025 SUSTAINABILITY REPORT
Page 97
Introduction      Highlights          Our Sustainability Approach    Enhancing Quality of Life           Caring for Our Environment             Investing in Our People          Championing Best Practices           Appendix




Data Privacy & Security
 We prioritize data privacy and security as we expand                   UU PDP (Indonesian Personal Data Protection Law),                                                                  PE R SO NAL LY         PR OTECTE D
                                                                                                                                                                                          IDE NTIFIABL E            HE ALTH
 our digital ecosystem and manage increasing volumes                    ensuring that data collection through platforms like                                       DESCRIPTION
                                                                                                                                                                                          INFO R MATIO N         INFO R MATIO N
                                                                                                                                                                                            (PII) O NLY              (PHI)
 of customer data. Our dedication to safeguarding                       our LEAP mobile application is governed by approved
 privacy is anchored in our Code of Conduct and a data                  Terms & Conditions and Privacy Policies. As a result of                             Number of data breaches              0                     0

 governance framework that encompasses standardized                     these stringent measures, we are pleased to report                                  Number of customers
                                                                                                                                                                                                 0                     0
                                                                                                                                                            affected
 database policies, clear data ownership, and thorough                  that in 2025, there were zero confirmed data security or
 processes for granting and revoking access. We have                    privacy breaches, with no customers affected by leaks
 established a robust security architecture compliant                   of personally identifiable information (PII) or protected
 with    both   National       Institute   of   Standards      and      health information (PHI).
 Technology (NIST) and Center for Internet Security (CIS)
                                                                                                                                                                  Strengthening Integrity Through
 standards to ensure effective oversight. Our technical                 Beyond technical controls, we foster a culture of
                                                                                                                                                                 Fraud Awareness Capacity Building
 defenses include Next Generation Firewalls for network                 IT     security      awareness          through        comprehensive
 segmentation, Web Application Firewalls (WAF) to filter                socialization        focused       on      phishing,      Multi-Factor                  In 2025, LippoLand conducted structured fraud awareness
 malicious traffic, and Endpoint Detection and Response                 Authentication (MFA), and software piracy. In our                                       socialization sessions for employees across multiple
 (EDR) for real-time monitoring. Furthermore, we utilize                Lifestyle      segment,         training     is      reinforced       daily             subsidiaries and locations, including LPKR, LPCK and

 Security Information and Event Management (SIEM) to                    via the Lippo Malls Academy platform, covering                                          GMTD, as part of its preventive strategy to reinforce ethical
                                                                                                                                                                conduct. The sessions were delivered through a series of in-
 provide a unified view of our security posture, allowing               social      engineering          and     safe     browsing,          while
                                                                                                                                                                person engagements held between May and September
 us to detect and investigate threats across our entire IT              Aryaduta       conducts         unit-wide    training        to    prevent
                                                                                                                                                                2025 at respective office locations, engaging employees
 infrastructure in real-time.                                           unauthorized             data    access.        These        educational                from key operational functions. The program emphasized
                                                                        efforts      complement           our      digital      transformation                  the identification of fraud risk indicators, understanding
 In response to the evolving digital threat landscape,                  initiatives—such          as    the     Integrated      Sales       Portal,             internal   control    mechanisms,    and      reinforcing   the

 we proactively perform regular vulnerability scans,                    the LIA AI-Powered Chatbot, and our online customer                                     utilization of established reporting channels, enabling
                                                                                                                                                                employees to recognize and appropriately respond to
 penetration testing, and server hardening to remediate                 self-service      portals—which          digitize      the        customer
                                                                                                                                                                potential unethical behaviors. Through consistent and
 risks before they can be exploited. These efforts                      lifecycle while maintaining rigorous monitoring and
                                                                                                                                                                repeated engagement across entities, LippoLand aims to
 are supported by 24/7 Security Managed Services                        quality control. By embedding privacy into both our                                     strengthen a culture of integrity and contribute to a more
 that monitor, detect, and respond to cyber threats                     technology and our culture, we uphold the highest                                       resilient internal control environment in support of the
 continuously. Our commitment to legal compliance                       standards of security while maintaining the trust and                                   Group’s governance and compliance framework.

 is demonstrated by our alignment with the latest                       confidence of our customers.




97                                                                                                                                                                          PT Lippo Karawaci Tbk 2025 SUSTAINABILITY REPORT
Page 98
Introduction   Highlights   Our Sustainability Approach   Enhancing Quality of Life   Caring for Our Environment    Investing in Our People      Championing Best Practices      Appendix




APPENDIX                                                                                                           Reporting Methodology

                                                                                                                   Environmental Data
                                                                                                                                                         Climate Scenario Analysis

                                                                                                                                                         Content Index


                                                                                                                   Workforce Data




98                                                                                                                                            PT Lippo Karawaci Tbk 2025 SUSTAINABILITY REPORT
Page 99
Introduction      Highlights      Our Sustainability Approach   Enhancing Quality of Life       Caring for Our Environment         Investing in Our People         Championing Best Practices       Appendix




Reporting Methodology
 GHG EMISSIONS                                                     The      deconsolidation     of    Siloam        Hospitals    from           •     GHG emissions intensity is calculated by dividing
                                                                   our operational boundaries in 2025 has triggered                                   the total Scope 1 and 2 emissions by the operational
 Lippo Karawaci’s GHG inventory adheres to the World               a    comprehensive       recalibration      of    our     reporting                GFA for each building type.
 Resources Institute (WRI) and World Business Council              boundaries, ensuring our Environmental, Social, and                          •     Operational GFA may change from year to year
 for Sustainable Development’s (WBCSD) Greenhouse                  Economic (ESG) assessments accurately reflect Lippo’s                              due to the development of new properties,
 Gas Protocol Initiative (GHG Protocol) for corporate GHG          core portfolio. This systemic change is disclosed across                           expansion of operations within a built area, and
 accounting and reporting. Our reporting boundaries                our Annual and Sustainability Reports as a formal shift                            transfer of ownership and/or operational control.
 are based on the operational control approach, which              in operational control, with associated emissions now                              Notable exclusions:
 includes assets that are wholly owned or leased by Lippo          recategorized in accordance with the GHG Protocol’s                                »      The tenanted areas in our high-rise residential
 Karawaci and our subsidiaries, as well as operations              divestment guidelines. By adjusting our baseline                                          buildings and malls are excluded from our
 for which we have the full authority to introduce and             performance to account for this structural transition, we                                 operational GFA, as the emissions from these
 implement our operating policies.                                 provide stakeholders with a transparent and comparable                                    areas are classified under Scope 3.
                                                                   view of our long-term sustainability trajectory and o                              »      There are boundary changes for high-rise
 Given that we have set emissions reduction targets,               perational efficiency.                                                                    residential, as we transfer ownership of strata-
 we have established accounting rules to account for                                                                                                         titled assets such as Kemang Village
 changes in emissions to ensure that our emissions                 Additional Notes                                                                   »      The operational GFA of our hotel portfolio
 disclosures remain consistent even as our portfolio               •     Our reporting scope comprises high-rise residences,                                 excludes leisure properties such as Aryaduta
 changes over time. In line with the GHG Protocol, a                     malls, hotels, and other real estate operations,                                    Country Club and Imperial Klub Golf, which
 recalculation shall be performed if any significant                     including water treatment plants and managed                                        have significantly different profiles in terms
 qualitative or quantitative change is made to the data,                 residential/ commercial/industrial areas within our                                 of energy consumption and operational GFA
 inventory boundary and/or methods. We have adopted                      townships. We have excluded tenanted areas and                                      compared to hotels.
 the definition of “significant” as a structural change                  managed properties for which we do not have                                  »      With the exception of high-rise residential
 such as a merger, acquisition, or data restatements                     operational control, such as franchise operations                                   buildings, we do not calculate the operational
 exceeding 5% of base year Scope 1 and 2, in alignment                   and strata-titled assets for which we do not have                                   GFA for our other real estate operations
 with common references (WRI/WBCSD 2004). 2019 was                       a controlling stake.                                                                because these operations are not confined
 chosen as our baseline year as it most accurately reflects        •     Energy intensity is calculated by dividing the                                      within   built   up   areas    and   the   intensity
 our business as-usual emissions prior to the business                   total consumption of fuel and electricity by the                                    data cannot be accurately derived based
 disruption caused by the COVID-19 pandemic.                             operational GFA for the following building types:                                   on land area.
                                                                         high-rise residences, malls, and hotels.




99                                                                                                                                                             PT Lippo Karawaci Tbk 2025 SUSTAINABILITY REPORT
Page 100
     Introduction             Highlights            Our Sustainability Approach               Enhancing Quality of Life              Caring for Our Environment               Investing in Our People       Championing Best Practices     Appendix




      •     Base year emissions and any historic data are not                                                  ozone-depleting properties, is considered in                                  Water Withdrawal
            recalculated for organic growth or decline. Organic                                                our comprehensive emissions assessment.                                       In addition to the water consumption by our business
            growth/decline refers to increases or decreases in                                          »      Building on our established reporting rigor,                                  units, we report on water withdrawal by our WTD,
            production output, changes in product mix, and                                                     we continue to maintain a comprehensive                                       which supports some of our township management
            closures and openings of assets that are owned or                                                  Scope 1 inventory by tracking R-11, R-22, and                                 operations. As water withdrawal is tied to the demand
            controlled by the Group.                                                                           R-123 refrigerants, ensuring our environmental                                for treated water, which includes residents, tenants and
      •     2025 conversion factors for calculating emissions                                                  disclosures remain fully aligned with global                                  other businesses located in our townships (i.e. not only
            and energy are from DEFRA (The UK Department                                                       climate regulations and the Montreal Protocol.                                the water consumption for our own business operations),
            for     Environment              Food      and       Rural       Affairs)                          Although we are progressively phasing out R-22                                but we have also clearly separated this water withdrawal
            environmental reporting guidelines; GWP (global                                                    in accordance with local government policies,                                 data from our water consumption data on page 103.
            warming potential)          16
                                             used for calculating emissions                                    we remain committed to the transparent                                        Data collected consists of recorded water withdrawal
            from refrigerants are from GHG Protocol and IPCC                                                   disclosure of its usage to accurately monitor                                 and production data at the water treatment plant level.
            Assessment Report, 2014 (AR5); and province-                                                       our transition away from high-Global Warming
            specific grid emission factors as published by                                                     Potential (GWP) substances. This ongoing                                      Wastewater Discharge
            the Ministry of Energy and Mineral Resources of                                                    practice allows us to effectively manage our                                  Our wastewater discharge data is inclusive of both our
            Indonesia (MEMR). For Scope 2 emissions, a market-                                                 decarbonization strategy by data-mapping                                      internal and tenants’ discharge, as we do not currently
            based method is adopted to highlight supply                                                        equipment           upgrades          and      replacements                   sub-meter our tenants’ wastewater discharge. This
            choices and future renewable energy procurement.                                                   across our portfolio.                                                         method of reporting is aligned with reporting standards
            In addition, we utilize the Inventory of Carbon and                                                                                                                              and peers. Some assets report data on actual wastewater
            Energy (ICE) database to account for embodied                                         WATER & WASTEWATER                                                                         discharge as recorded by their meters. For those which
            carbon in building materials and US EPA (United                                                                                                                                  are unable to disclose metered data, we take the
            States Environmental Protection Agency)17 Industry                                    Water Consumption                                                                          approach of estimating wastewater discharge as 80%
            Emission Factors within our Scope 3 emissions.                                        Our water consumption corresponds to the volume                                            of water consumption.
      •     Refrigerants:                                                                         of water drawn into our assets or buildings. Our water
             »      Specifically classified under GRI as Ozone                                    consumption data is consistent with the way our
                    Depleting Substances (ODS) - are included                                     inventory for energy and GHG emissions is compiled:
                    within our Scope 1 emissions calculations.                                    the operational control approach. Given the same
                    This means that the impact of refrigerants on                                 boundaries, we have excluded water consumption
                    our overall emissions, particularly those with                                by residents/tenants.




16
     GWP (Global-warming potential) is a term used to describe the relative potency, molecule for molecule, of a greenhouse gas, taking account of how long it remains active in the atmosphere.
17
     US EPA (United States Environmental Protection Agency) is an independent agency of the United States government tasked to protect human health and the environment.




100                                                                                                                                                                                                     PT Lippo Karawaci Tbk 2025 SUSTAINABILITY REPORT
Page 101
Introduction          Highlights       Our Sustainability Approach     Enhancing Quality of Life          Caring for Our Environment         Investing in Our People      Championing Best Practices      Appendix




 WASTE                                                                    High Consequence Injury
                                                                          Work-related injury that results in an injury from which
 Non-Hazardous Waste                                                      the worker cannot, does not, or is not expected to
 Our non-hazardous waste data reflects waste collected                    recover fully to pre-injury health status within six months
 from both our business operations and residents/                         (exclude fatality).
 tenants. We collect data from the third-party vendors
 whom we engage to collect and manage non-hazardous                       Recordable Injury
 waste at our assets and townships.                                       Medical Treatment Case (MTC) and Lost Time Injury (LTI)
                                                                          are jointly classified as Recordable Injury.
 Hazardous Waste
 Our hazardous waste data only reflects waste collected                   Total Recordable Injury Frequency Rate
 from our business operations. We collect data from the                   TRIFR = [No. of MTC + LTI] x 1,000,000 / [No. of Manhours].
 third-party vendors whom we engage to collect and
 manage hazardous waste at our assets and townships.                      Lost Time Injury Frequency Rate
 Tenants that produce hazardous waste (e.g. industrial                    LTIFR = [No. of LTI] x 1,000,000 / [No. of Manhours].
 tenants at Delta Silicon Industrial Park) separately
 arrange       for   hazardous     waste   collection     by   their      High Consequence Injury Frequency Rate
 own vendors.                                                             High Consequence Injury Frequency Rate = [No. of High
                                                                          Consequence Injury] x 1,000,000 / [No. of Manhours].
 OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH & SAFETY
                                                                          Fatality Rate
 Medical Treatment Case (MTC)                                             Fatality      Rate       =   [No.   of   Fatality]     x     1,000,000
 Work-related injury which requires the treatment                         / [No. of Manhours].
 beyond first aid by, or under the specific order of, a
 medical practitioner, but can return to work within 1x24
 hours after the incident.


 Lost Time Injury (LTI)
 Work-related injury which results in an employee being
 away from work for more than 1x24 hours after the day
 on which the injury occurred.




101                                                                                                                                                                    PT Lippo Karawaci Tbk 2025 SUSTAINABILITY REPORT
Page 102
Introduction           Highlights          Our Sustainability Approach      Enhancing Quality of Life   Caring for Our Environment                 Investing in Our People              Championing Best Practices          Appendix




Environmental Data
 ENERGY CONSUMPTION                                                                                          GHG EMISSIONS


      E NE R GY CO NSUM PTI ON (10 3 GJ)               202 3             2024                  2025                      G HG E MI S S I ON S ( k t CO ₂e )                  202 3                2024               202 5

 Electricity                                           835               874                    881          Scope 1

 Real Estate                                           148               141                    163          Mobile Combustion                                               0.70                  0.71              0.65


 Lifestyle                                             687               733                    718          Real Estate                                                     0.57                  0.51              0.49

                                                                                                             Lifestyle                                                       0.13                  0.21              0.16
 Petrol                                                 8.5               8.1                   7.3
                                                                                                             Stationary Combustion                                            1.12                 1.10              0.95
 Real Estate                                            6.3               6                      5.1
                                                                                                             Real Estate                                                     0.09                  0.06              0.13
 Lifestyle                                              2.2               2.1                   2.2
                                                                                                             Lifestyle                                                       1.03                  1.04              0.82
 Biodiesel                                             10.7              8.4                     1.9
                                                                                                             Fugitive                                                        10.45                 5.67              6.98
 Real Estate                                            3.2               2.1                    1.2
                                                                                                             Real Estate                                                     0.22                  0.03              0.41
 Lifestyle                                              7.5              6.3                    0.7
                                                                                                             Lifestyle                                                       10.23                 5.63              6.57
 Diesel                                                  0               0.9                    2.5
                                                                                                             Scope 2
 Real Estate                                             0                0                      1.1
                                                                                                             Electricity                                                     188                   190               195

 Lifestyle                                               0               0.9                    1.4
                                                                                                             Real Estate                                                      33                    31                37

 CNG                                                    1.4               1.5                   0.7          Lifestyle                                                       150                   159               159

 Real Estate                                             0                0                      0           Scope 3

 Lifestyle                                              1.4               1.5                   0.7          Purchased Goods & Services                                       49                    62                90

 LPG                                                    5.0              4.2                    4.3          Fuel & Energy Related Activity - T&D
                                                                                                                                                                              64                    113               77
                                                                                                             Electricity Losses
 Real Estate                                            0.4              0.4                    0.7
                                                                                                             Waste Generated in Operations                                    23                    29                40
 Lifestyle                                              4.6              3.8                    3.6
                                                                                                             Business Travel - Airplane                                      0.8                   0.7                0.4

 Natural Gas                                            3.9              6.9                     6.1         Downstream Leased Asset - Tenanted Area                          110                  139               140

 Real Estate                                             0                0                      0           Use of Sold Product -Managed Fee Building                        69                   109                137

 Lifestyle                                              3.9              6.9                     6.1         Investment                                                        0                    0                29.56




102                                                                                                                                                                                  PT Lippo Karawaci Tbk 2025 SUSTAINABILITY REPORT
Page 103
Introduction             Highlights   Our Sustainability Approach   Enhancing Quality of Life   Caring for Our Environment         Investing in Our People            Championing Best Practices       Appendix




 ENERGY INTENSITY BY BUILDING TYPE                                                                    WATER CONSUMPTION BY BUSINESS SEGMENT


      BUILDING ENERGY INTENSITY (GJ/m2)              202 3          2024                2025                 WATER CONSUMPTION (103 m³)                      202 3                2024             202 5

 High-rise Residential                               0.16           0.165                0.2         Purchased Water                                         2,129                2,169            2,444

 Malls                                               0.573          0.615               0.60         Real Estate                                             465                  673              739

 Hotels                                              0.439          0.468                0.41        Lifestyle                                               1,664                1,496            1,705

 Average                                             0.39           0.42                 0.41        Rainwater                                               708                  506              690

                                                                                                     Real Estate                                             588                   417             326

 GHG EMISSIONS INTENSITY BY BUILDING TYPE                                                            Lifestyle                                                120                  89              364

                                                                                                     Recycled Wastewater                                     398                  607              574
      BUILDING GHG INTENSITY (tCO₂e/m²)              202 3          2024                2025
                                                                                                     Real Estate                                              101                  175              186
 High-rise Residential                              0.036           0.037               0.046
                                                                                                     Lifestyle                                               297                  432              388
 Malls                                               0.128          0.138               0.137

 Hotels                                               0.1           0.094               0.095
                                                                                                      WATER WITHDRAWAL BY SOURCE
 Average                                            0.088           0.09                 0.09

                                                                                                                 WATER WITHDRAWAL (103 m³)                   202 3                2024              202 5

 WATER CONSUMPTION INTENSITY BY BUILDING TYPE                                                        Recycled Wastewater                                      716                  693              1,080

                                                                                                     Rainwater                                                530                  574              509
  BUILDING WATER CONSUMPTION INTENSITY
                                                     202 3          2024                2025
                 (m³/m²)                                                                             Purchased Water                                         19,327               19,410           18,523

 High-rise Residential                               0.56           0.97                 0.91        Average                                                 0.088                 0.09             0.09

 Malls                                               1.44            1.46                1.86

 Hotels                                              2.25            1.92                2.06         WASTEWATER TREATED BY WATER TREATMENT DIVISION

 Average                                             1.417           1.45                1.61
                                                                                                             TREATED WASTEWATER (103 m³)                     202 3                2024              202 5

                                                                                                     Diverted                                                2,044                 2,231           2,780

                                                                                                     Discharged                                              2,167                 1,792            1,582

                                                                                                     Total                                                   4,211                4,023            4,362




103                                                                                                                                                             PT Lippo Karawaci Tbk 2025 SUSTAINABILITY REPORT
Page 104
 Introduction             Highlights       Our Sustainability Approach      Enhancing Quality of Life               Caring for Our Environment        Investing in Our People              Championing Best Practices          Appendix




  WASTEWATER GENERATED BY BUSINESS SEGMENT


                                                                  2023                                                             2024                                                               2025
       BUSINESS SEGMENT
            (103 m³)
                                       DISCHARGED             DIVERTED           TOTAL                  DISCHARGED              DIVERTED              TOTAL              DISCHARGED                DIVERTED                 TOTAL

  Real Estate                             419                     691              1,110                     563                    643               1,207                     470                   396                    866

  Lifestyle                               1,175                   640             1,815                     1,174                   776               1,950                     1,057                  601                  1,658

  Total                                   1,594                   1,331           2,925                     1,737                  1,419              3,157                     1,527                 997                   2,524




  WASTE MANAGEMENT BY BUSINESS SEGMENT


                                                                                                                  NON-HAZARDOUS (TONS)                                                       HAZARDOUS (TONS)
                           YEAR                               BUSINESS SEGMENT
                                                                                                   DISPOSED                                DIVERTED                         DISPOSED                              DIVERTED

                                                      Real Estate                                   106,153                                  786                                  274                                   1

                           2025                       Lifestyle                                         6,328                                1,756                                 7                                    4

                                                      Total                                             112,481                              2,542                                281                                   5

                                                      Real Estate                                       41,491                               1,714                                592                                   0

                           2024                       Lifestyle                                         9,995                                1,339                                17                                    5

                                                      Total                                             54,397                               3,053                                616                                   5

                                                      Real Estate                                       33,662                               1,775                                616                                   0

                           2023                       Lifestyle                                         7,987                                1,202                                17                                    2

                                                      Total                                             41,649                               2,977                                633                                   2

Disposed = Incinerated or Landfill
Diverted = Recycled or Composted




104                                                                                                                                                                                     PT Lippo Karawaci Tbk 2025 SUSTAINABILITY REPORT
Page 105
Introduction          Highlights     Our Sustainability Approach                Enhancing Quality of Life       Caring for Our Environment                   Investing in Our People                Championing Best Practices                Appendix




Workforce Data
 EMPLOYMENT BY BUSINESS SEGMENT                                                                                      NON-EMPLOYEE WORKER BY BUSINESS SEGMENT

               YEAR                REAL ESTATE                     L I F E STYL E                   TOTA L                          YEAR                             R E A L E STAT E                LI F E STYLE                TOTAL

 2025                                    1,055                        2,273                         3,328           2025                                                    5,409                        8,775                   14,184

 2024                                      986                        2,076                         3,062           2024                                                    6,685                       5,544                    12,229

 2023                                      981                        2,007                         2,988           2023                                                    7,076                       6,369                    13,445


 EMPLOYMENT BY EMPLOYEE STATUS                                                                                       EMPLOYMENT BY REGION

               YEAR                PERM AN ENT EM PLOYE E S                     CONTRACT E MPLOYE E S                                                                                                                           B A LI , N US A
                                                                                                                        BUSINESS
                                                                                                                                                 JAVA            KA LI M A N TA N       S UM AT R A         S UL AWE S I        TENGGARA ,
                                                                                                                        SEGMENT
 2025                                            1,764                                      1,564                                                                                                                            M A LUKU, PA PUA

                                                                                                                     Real Estate                 936                    0                    0                   119                   0
 Real Estate                                     826                                        229
                                                                                                                     Lifestyle                   1,602                 43                   363                  104                   161
 Lifestyle                                       938                                        1,335
                                                                                                                     Total                       2,538                 43                   363                  223                   161

 2024                                            1,708                                      1,354
                                                                                                                     EMPLOYMENT BY EDUCATIONAL QUALIFICATIONS
 Real Estate                                     800                                        186
                                                                                                                                               HIGH
                                                                                                                                                                                          UN D E R -          P O ST-
                                                                                                                                             S CH O O L
 Lifestyle                                       908                                        1,168                            YEAR                                  D I PLO M A          G R A D UAT E      G R A D UAT E          TOTAL
                                                                                                                                             CE RT I F I -
                                                                                                                                                                                          D EG R E E         D EG R E E
                                                                                                                                             CAT I O N
 2023                                            1,698                                      1,290
                                                                                                                     2025                        777                   415                  1968                 168                  3328
 Real Estate                                     823                                        158
                                                                                                                     2024                        750                   420                 1,820                 72                   3,062

 Lifestyle                                       875                                        1,132                    2023                        689                   389                  1,765                145               2,988


 LOCAL & FOREIGN EMPLOYMENT

                                           EXECUTIVE                                      MANAGER                            SUPERVISOR                                        STAFF                                      NON-STAFF
         BUSINESS SEGMENT
                                   LOCAL                 FOREIGN                LOCAL                 FOREIGN       LOCAL             FOREIGN                       LOCAL                FOREIGN                 LOCAL            FOREIGN

 Real Estate                         7                                              158                     5         353                    0                       524                     0                      8                    0

 Lifestyle                           3                      1                       268                     7         459                    0                      1,396                    0                      139                  0

 Total                              10                      1                       426                  12           812                    0                      1,920                    0                      147                  0




105                                                                                                                                                                                         PT Lippo Karawaci Tbk 2025 SUSTAINABILITY REPORT
Page 106
Introduction          Highlights            Our Sustainability Approach             Enhancing Quality of Life       Caring for Our Environment        Investing in Our People               Championing Best Practices              Appendix




 NEW HIRE BY GENDER                                                                                                      EMPLOYEE TURNOVER BY GENDER

               YEAR                             FEM ALE                   MA L E                    TOTA L                               YEAR                     F E M A LE                      M A LE                   TOTAL

 2025                                             298                       615                       905                2025                                        178                            392                     570

 2024                                             242                      409                        687                2024                                        256                           469                       725

 2023                                             275                       412                       651                2023                                        211                            241                     452



 NEW HIRE BY AGE GROUP                                                                                                   EMPLOYEE TURNOVER BY AGE GROUP

         YEAR                      <3 0                   3 0-50                   >50                TOTAL                           YEAR              <30                    30-50                       >50               TOTAL


 2025                              402                     487                     16                   905              2025                           165                       365                      40                 570

 2024                              334                     302                     15                   651              2024                           247                       411                       67                725

 2023                              356                     320                     11                   687              2023                           197                     249                         6                 452



 NEW HIRE BY BUSINESS SEGMENT                                                                                            EMPLOYEE TURNOVER BY BUSINESS SEGMENT

               YEAR                        REAL ESTATE               L I F E STYL E                 TOTA L                               YEAR                  R E A L E STAT E                 LI F E STYLE               TOTAL

 2025                                             242                      663                        905                2025                                        121                           449                       570

 2024                                             246                      405                        651                2024                                        249                            476                      725

 2023                                             224                      463                        687                2023                                        135                            317                      452


 EMPLOYEE BY GENDER                                                                                                      EMPLOYEE BY AGE GROUP

               YEAR                             FEM ALE                   MA L E                    TOTA L                            YEAR              <30                    30-50                       >50               TOTAL

 2025                                            1,258                    2,070                      3,328               2025                           996                     2146                       186               3,328

 2024                                            1,201                    1,861                      3,062               2024                           942                     1,912                      208               3,062

 2023                                            1,172                    1,816                      2,988               2023                           948                     1849                       191               2,988



 EMPLOYEE POSITION BY GENDER

                                    EXECUTIVE                                       MANAGER                              SUPERVISOR                                  STAFF                                       NON-STAFF
        YEAR
                       FEMALE             MALE           TOTAL     FEMALE                MALE       TOTAL       FEMALE       MALE            TOTAL    FEMALE         MALE               TOTAL         FEMALE       MALE            TOTAL

        2025              0                11             11          145                293         438         280            532             812    803            1117              1920               30        117             147

        2024               1               14             15          145                284         429         264            453             717    772            1,019             1,791              19        91              110

        2023              0                18             18          147                281         428         233            454           687      771            974               1,745              21        89              110




106                                                                                                                                                                                     PT Lippo Karawaci Tbk 2025 SUSTAINABILITY REPORT
Page 107
Introduction           Highlights              Our Sustainability Approach             Enhancing Quality of Life              Caring for Our Environment                 Investing in Our People              Championing Best Practices                  Appendix




 EMPLOYEE POSITION BY AGE GROUP

                                           EXECUTIVE                                   MANAGER                                      SUPERVISOR                                               STAFF                                   NON-STAFF
         YEAR
                            <30       30-50       >50      TOTAL       <30        30-50            >50    TOTAL         <30       30-50       >50      TOTAL             <30      30-50              >50    TOTAL           <30    30-50         >50       TOTAL

         2025               0              5       6          11         9           362           67      438          109        644        59            812          811       1,062             47      1,920          67       73          7           147

         2024                -             6       9          15         8           343           78      429          103        549        65            717          780           961           50      1,791          51       53          6           110

         2023               0              6       12         18         7           342           79      428          105        530        52           687           786           916           43      1,745          50       55           5          110


 PARENTAL LEAVE

                                                                                                                                              STAFF WHO RETURNED TO WORK AFTER                                STAFF WHO RETURNED TO WORK AFTER
                                  STAFF ENTITLED TO PARENTAL LEAVE                         STAFF WHO TOOK PARENTAL LEAVE
       BUSINESS                                                                                                                                        PARENTAL LEAVE                                         PARENTAL LEAVE (12 MONTH RETENTION)
       SEGMENT
                                   FEMALE                     MALE                         FEMALE                       MALE                         FEMALE                           MALE                      FEMALE                           MALE

      Real Estate                    188                       462                            22                          16                           20                               16                            19                          15

       Lifestyle                     391                       946                            28                          28                           26                               28                            29                          21

         Total                       579                       1,408                          50                          44                           46                               44                            48                          36


 RETURN TO WORK & RETENTION RATES                                                                                                    NUMBER OF HOURS WORKED

                                    RETURN TO WORK RATES                               RETENTION RATES                                     YEAR                                EMPLOYEES                                     NON-EMPLOYEE WORKERS
       BUSINESS
       SEGMENT
                                  FEMALE                MALE                   FEMALE                     MALE                             2025                                 6,656,000                                           38,520,758

      Real Estate                  91%                  100%                    86%                        94%                             2024                                 4,408,463                                           29,850,522

       Lifestyle                   93%                  100%                    100%                       75%                             2023                                 35,130,984                                          34,374,426


 OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH & SAFETY

                                                                                                   2023                                                           2024                                                            2025
                        OHS METRICS
                                                                                                          NON-EMPLOYEE                                                    NON-EMPLOYEE                                                     NON-EMPLOYEE
                                                                             EMPLOYEES                                                    EMPLOYEES                                                           EMPLOYEES
                                                                                                            WORKERS                                                         WORKERS                                                          WORKERS

 Fatality                                                                        1                                 1                           0                                  2                                   0                           0

 High Consequence Injuries                                                       0                                 0                           0                                  0                                   0                               1

 Number of Recordable Injuries                                                   6                                 45                          5                                  31                                  16                          26

 Lost Time Injuries (LTI)                                                        2                                 13                          4                                  17                                  2                           14

 Medical Treatment Cases (MTC)                                                   4                                 32                           1                                 14                                  14                          12

 Total Recordable Injury Frequency Rate (TRIFR)                                 1.14                             1.51                         0.93                               1.11                                2.4                         0.67

 Lost Time Injury Frequency Rate (LTIFR)                                       0.38                            0.44                           0.74                               0.61                                0.3                         0.36

 Fatality Rate                                                                 0.03                            0.03                            0                                0.07                                 0.00                        0.00




107                                                                                                                                                                                                        PT Lippo Karawaci Tbk 2025 SUSTAINABILITY REPORT
Page 108
     Introduction            Highlights            Our Sustainability Approach      Enhancing Quality of Life             Caring for Our Environment                                                                       Investing in Our People       Championing Best Practices           Appendix




Climate Scenario Analysis
      As part of our high-level scenario analysis, we examined                                                                                                                                                                          Landslides




                                                                                                                     HAZARD & EXPOSURE




                                                                                                                                                                                        TROPICAL CYCLONE
      the potential impact of each physical and transition risk                                                                                                                                                                         Historically, landslides are the third most frequent




                                                                                                                                                                                                           COASTAL FLOOD
                                                                                                                                                   EARTHQUAKE


                                                                                                                                                                RIVER FLOOD
      in Indonesia under RCP 2.6 and RCP 8.5 scenarios, based                                                                                                                                                                           natural hazard in Indonesia18. Heavy torrential rain




                                                                                                                                         NATURAL




                                                                                                                                                                              TSUNAMI
      on 2030 and 2100 time horizons. Our detailed findings                                                                                                                                                                             or earthquakes may lead to decreased asset values
      are below, which we will continue to review and refine.                            COUNTRY        RISK CLASS                                                                                                                      and result in costly repairs from damage to property,
                                                                                                        Very Low-                                                                                                                       infrastructure    and     landbank.      Climate      change      is
                                                                                                                                                                  0-10
                                                                                      Indonesia         Very High
      PHYSICAL RISK IMPACT                                                                               Medium      6.7                 7.3       8.9          8.3           9.3       1.5                8.1                          expected to impact the stability of slopes and bedrock by
                                                                                      Global Average                 3.3                 3.9       3.7          4.5           2.7       1.6                3.5                          influencing precipitation patterns and/or temperature
      Extreme variability in weather patterns                                                                                                                                                                                           variations. While landslides have been infrequent
      and precipitation patterns                                                       Flooding                                                                                                                                         in the past, we anticipate an increase under an
      Indonesia ranks higher than the global average in                                It is predicted that in Indonesia, under a high emissions                                                                                        RCP 8.5 scenario.
      terms of natural hazards and exposure on the INFORM                              scenario, on average 4,215,700 individuals per year may be
      Risk Scale. This is primarily attributed to the distinctive                      impacted by flooding caused by sea level rise by 2100. Our                                                                                       Droughts
      characteristics of its landscape and geographical                                properties may face increased occurrences of flooding                                                                                            Indonesia faces significant water stress and a notable
      location which exposes it to various environmental                               due to high rainfall events experienced in Indonesia.                                                                                            risk of drought, as illustrated in the diagram provided.
      challenges. These make it susceptible to extreme                                 As a result, this could cause business interruptions and                                                                                         Prolonged periods of abnormally low rainfall may lead to
      weather events, including floods, landslides, and coastal                        infrastructure damage, leading to higher financial costs.                                                                                        droughts and a shortage of water. This affects our water
      flooding. The complex interplay of these geographical                            Flooding could also potentially endanger the safety of                                                                                           treatment businesses, and also poses significant social
      factors enhances the country's vulnerability to natural                          our stakeholders at our properties.                                                                                                              impacts on our stakeholders as disruptions in water
      hazards, leading to a higher risk profile compared to                                                                                                                                                                             supplies can impact their health and safety.
      the global average on the INFORM Risk Scale. Changes                             Extreme waves & coastal abrasion (rising sea levels)
      in precipitation patterns, including prolonged rainy                             Rising sea levels can lead to the erosion of our land bank                                                                                       Heat stress
      seasons and the presence of tornadoes or typhoons,                               and damage/devaluation of properties near coastal                                                                                                We     expect    an   increase   in   operating       costs      due
      can lead to damage to property and infrastructure,                               areas, and increased costs from investment in coastal                                                                                            to the heightened demand for cooling systems.
      disruption of supply chains, and business interruption.                          infrastructure adaptation measures. As shown in the                                                                                              As temperatures increase, the need for effective
      This results in higher costs incurred, as well as posing                         figures below, Indonesia is at risk for sea level rise, even in                                                                                  climate control within our facilities becomes more
      health and safety risks to our stakeholders.                                     a 2.0°C scenario where light blue areas will be under sea                                                                                        pronounced, resulting in increased energy consumption
                                                                                       level. The location of our properties suggests that only                                                                                         and operational expenses. Moreover, the surge in
                                                                                       a limited number of our developments will experience                                                                                             temperatures      could    potentially        lead   to   reduced
18
     https://climateknowledgeportal.worldbank.org/country/indonesia/vulnerability      significant impacts from sea level rise.                                                                                                         revenue and productivity within our workforce. The link




108                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                   PT Lippo Karawaci Tbk 2025 SUSTAINABILITY REPORT
Page 109
Introduction       Highlights     Our Sustainability Approach   Enhancing Quality of Life          Caring for Our Environment          Investing in Our People           Championing Best Practices              Appendix




                                       Long-Term Sea Level Outcomes +2.0°C vs. +4.0°C                                                                               Indonesia Water Risk Indicator19




                                                                                                                                                                                  Drought risk


                                                                                                                                                          Low       Low-medium       Medium       Medium-high        High
Below tideline after                                                                4.0oC of global warming        2.0oC of global warming              (0.0-0.2)     (0.2-0.4)      (0.4-0.6)      (0.6-0.8)       (0.8-1.0)




 between elevated temperatures and health concerns                 Greater expectations and demand                                                    certification and EDGE certification. It is observed
 may contribute to a higher rate of absenteeism among              from customers and investors for more                                              that the majority of green building certifications are in
 employees. Heat-related illnesses and discomfort may              sustainable products and services                                                  commercial properties rather than residential properties.
 prompt more frequent sick leaves, thereby impacting               There is an increasing market trend that reveals                                   Therefore, the present effect of this risk on our real estate
 the overall productivity levels of our workforce.                 customers are increasingly aware of ethical and                                    business is less pronounced, given our emphasis on
                                                                   sustainable purchasing practices. This shift is driven                             residential products.
 TRANSITION RISK IMPACT                                            by a heightened awareness of environmental and
                                                                   social concerns, coupled with a preference for making                              Property-Level Analysis – Physical Risks (2025 Update)
 Disruption of new (low emission) technology                       purchasing decisions that align with values such                                   At the portfolio level, we continue to assess exposure to
 Technological advancements can accelerate the shift to            as    sustainability,     social    responsibility,    and    ethical              physical climate risks across 113 managed properties,
 a low-carbon economy, posing a challenge to businesses            production. Failure to meet industry standards and                                 including hotels, offices, townships, malls and hospitals,
 relying on outdated fossil-fuel technologies. This may            the expectations of stakeholders could result in                                   primarily under the RCP 8.5 scenario to reflect a
 lead to additional costs from switching to more energy-           weaker demand as well as loss of reputation and                                    conservative stress-testing approach. Each asset is
 efficient equipment as well as low-carbon processes               investor confidence.                                                               evaluated on a location-specific basis, and individual
 and materials. With the increasing awareness of green                                                                                                physical risk scores are aggregated into an overall risk
 and energy efficient buildings, we need to monitor                Since the establishment of the Green Building Council                              index to support portfolio-level risk visibility.
 the emergence of low-emission technologies that may               Indonesia (GBCI) in 2009, more properties are pursuing
                                                                                                                                                 19
                                                                                                                                                   https://www.wri.org/applications/aqueduct/country-rankings/?country=IDN&indica
 present decarbonization opportunities for us.                     voluntary green building certifications such as Greenship                     tor=drr




109                                                                                                                                                                 PT Lippo Karawaci Tbk 2025 SUSTAINABILITY REPORT
Page 110
Introduction       Highlights       Our Sustainability Approach     Enhancing Quality of Life        Caring for Our Environment       Investing in Our People            Championing Best Practices             Appendix




 To   validate    forward-looking    projections,      historical      Aqueduct Global Flood Analyzer and the JRC Global                           Risk Classification
 physical risk events and their operational and financial              Flood Map. These models specifically evaluate a 1-in-                       Extracted flood depths were classified into three tiers:
 impacts are periodically reviewed. Recent experience                  100-year event (RP100) under the RCP 8.5 high-emission
                                                                                                                                                     RISK         DEPTH                      ENGINEERING /
 indicates that extreme weather events and flooding                    scenario, projecting risks out to the year 2080. This dual-                  LEVEL       THRESHOLD                OPERATIONAL RATIONALE

 remain the most frequent physical risks affecting                     model approach captures the combined impact of                                                              Below standard pavement or curb height
 operations. Although landslides and sea level rise                    riverine flooding, coastal surges, and land subsidence,                         Low      < 0.3 meters      (~30cm). Minimal risk of water ingress and
                                                                                                                                                                                       limited infrastructure damage.
 events occur less frequently, associated repair and                   providing a rigorous stress test of the site’s long-term
                                                                                                                                                                                   Water exceeds pavement height. Risk of
 remediation costs can be significant when they                        resilience against extreme weather events.                                                  0.3 – 1.0
                                                                                                                                                   Medium                         ground-floor flooding, vehicle damage and
                                                                                                                                                                   meters
 occur. These findings reinforce the importance of                                                                                                                                            utility disruption.

 proactive     adaptation   measures     to   enhance       asset      Spatial Analysis Workflow                                                                 > 1.0 meters     Severe inundation with potential structural
                                                                                                                                                       High     or historically    damage, loss of ground-floor assets and
 resilience, manage financial exposure and minimize                    The analysis was conducted using QGIS and Python-
                                                                                                                                                                    flooded                 significant safety risks.
 operational disruption.                                               based geospatial libraries following a structured three-
                                                                       step protocol. To account for potential GPS inaccuracies                    Limitations and Assumptions
 Enhanced Flood Risk                                                   and hydrological surroundings, a 100-meter circular                         •      Resolution limitations: Global satellite data may not
 Assessment Methodology (2025)                                         buffer was generated around each asset coordinate.                                 fully capture local micro-drainage systems or flood
 In 2025, we extended our flood risk analysis by                       This ensures the assessment captures near-miss flood                               protection structures.
 incorporating additional geospatial parameters and                    exposure that may impact access roads, utilities, or                        •      Subsidence           assumptions:        Coastal      projections
 probabilistic modeling to enhance the robustness of                   perimeter infrastructure. Buffered asset zones were                                assume current subsidence trends continue linearly
 our asset-level flood exposure assessment. The objective              overlaid with multi-source flood raster datasets. Using                            through 2080.
 of this enhanced assessment is to evaluate historical                 zonal statistics, the maximum flood depth within                            •      Threshold interpretation: “Low” risk does not imply
 and projected flood risk exposure for selected high-                  each buffer was extracted. The maximum depth                                       absence of risk, as localized drainage failures or flash
 value assets across Indonesia by integrating satellite                within the 100-meter radius represents a “reasonable                               floods may still occur below the 0.3m threshold.
 observations with advanced predictive modeling’s                      worst-case”        scenario   for   structural     integrity   and
 assessment of flood risk for this area incorporates both              operational continuity.                                                     Conclusion
 historical observations and forward-looking predictive                                                                                            Enhanced flood modelling provides greater precision
 modeling to ensure a comprehensive overview of hazard                                                                                             in identifying vulnerable assets and strengthens our
 exposure. Historical satellite data provides a factual                                                                                            forward-looking risk assessment capabilities. Combined
 baseline, utilizing high-resolution footprints from the                                                                                           with our broader scenario analysis framework, this
 Dartmouth Flood Observatory (2003–2004) alongside                                                                                                 supports more informed adaptation planning, capital
 the Global Flood Database (2004–2020), which tracks                                                                                               allocation decisions and long-term resilience strategy.
 maximum inundation extents captured via MODIS                                                                                                     The Group will continue refining its climate risk modelling
 imagery. To account for future climate variability, the                                                                                           approach to reflect evolving data availability, regulatory
 analysis integrates probabilistic modeling from the WRI                                                                                           expectations and climate science developments.




110                                                                                                                                                                 PT Lippo Karawaci Tbk 2025 SUSTAINABILITY REPORT
Page 111
Introduction          Highlights      Our Sustainability Approach          Enhancing Quality of Life         Caring for Our Environment   Investing in Our People             Championing Best Practices            Appendix




Content Index
Statement of use               Lippo Karawaci has reported in accordance with the GRI Standards for the period 1 Jan 2025 to 31 Dec 2025
GRI 1 used                     GRI 1: Foundation 2021
Reason for omission            Not Applicable, Legal Prohibitions, Confidentiality Constraints, Information Unavailable/Incomplete


                                                                                                                                          REASONS FOR                PAGE NUMBER(S)
            GRI STANDARD                                                          DISCLOSURE                                                                                                        SGX REQUIREMENT
                                                                                                                                            OMISSION                  AND/OR URL(S)

 GENERAL DISCLOSURES

 GRI 2: General Disclosures 2021      2-1 Organizational details                                                                                                    7

                                      2-2 Entities included in the organization’s sustainability reporting                                                          4                             PN 7.6 – 711A

                                      2-3 Reporting period, frequency and contact point                                                                             4, 6                          PN 7.6 – 711A
                                                                                                                                                                                                  PN7.6 – 711B.2

                                      2-4 Restatements of information                                                                                               6

                                      2-5 External assurance                                                                                                        6                             PN7.6 – 711B.3

                                      2-6 Activities, value chain and other business relationships                                                                  7 - 10                        PN7.6 – 4.2

                                      2-7 Employees                                                                                                                 79 - 81

                                      2-8 Workers who are not employees                                                                                             79

                                      2-9 Governance structure and composition                                                                                      91, 92                        PN 7.6 – 3.1

                                      2-10 Nomination and selection of the highest governance body                                                                  92

                                      2-11 Chair of the highest governance body                                                                                     23                            PN7.6 – 711B.1a
                                                                                                                                                                                                  PN7.6 – 711B.1d
                                                                                                                                                                                                  PN7.6 – 3.1

                                      2-12 Role of the highest governance body in overseeing the management of impacts                                              92

                                      2-13 Delegation of responsibility for managing impacts                                                                        23                            PN7.6 – 711B.1a
                                                                                                                                                                                                  PN7.6 – 711B.1d
                                                                                                                                                                                                  PN7.6 – 3.

                                      2-14 Role of the highest governance body in sustainability reporting                                                          23                            PN7.6 – 711B.1a
                                                                                                                                                                                                  PN7.6 – 711B.1d
                                                                                                                                                                                                  PN7.6 – 3.1

                                      2-15 Conflicts of interest                                                                                                    95

                                      2-16 Communication of critical concerns                                                                                       87

                                      2-17 Collective knowledge of the highest governance body                                                                      Refer to AR

                                      2-18 Evaluation of the performance of the highest governance body                                                             Refer to AR




111                                                                                                                                                                     PT Lippo Karawaci Tbk 2025 SUSTAINABILITY REPORT
Page 112
Introduction          Highlights   Our Sustainability Approach         Enhancing Quality of Life   Caring for Our Environment   Investing in Our People          Championing Best Practices              Appendix




                                                                                                                                    REASONS FOR                PAGE NUMBER(S)
            GRI STANDARD                                                        DISCLOSURE                                                                                               SGX REQUIREMENT
                                                                                                                                      OMISSION                  AND/OR URL(S)

                                   2-19 Remuneration policies                                                                                             Refer to AR

                                   2-20 Process to determine remuneration                                                                                 Refer to AR

                                   2-21 Annual total compensation ratio                                                         Confidentiality           Confidentiality
                                                                                                                                constraints               constraints
                                   2-22 Statement on sustainable development strategy                                                                     7, 12,13, 22 - 24, 31 – 41   PN7.6 – 711B.1a
                                                                                                                                                                                       PN7.6 – 711B.1aa
                                                                                                                                                                                       PN7.6 – 711B.1d
                                                                                                                                                                                       PN7.6 – 711B.1e
                                                                                                                                                                                       PN7.6 – 3.1
                                                                                                                                                                                       PN7.6 – 3.2
                                                                                                                                                                                       PN7.6 – 3.3
                                                                                                                                                                                       PN7.6 – 3.5
                                                                                                                                                                                       PN7.6 – 4.1b
                                                                                                                                                                                       PN7.6 – 4.1e
                                                                                                                                                                                       PN7.6 – 4.1f
                                   2-23 Policy commitments                                                                                                95 – 96                      PN7.6 – 4.1a

                                   2-24 Embedding policy commitments                                                                                      27 – 30, 95, 96              PN7.6 – 711B.1a
                                                                                                                                                                                       PN7.6 – 4.1c
                                   2-25 Processes to remediate negative impacts                                                                           13, 34, 39 – 41              PN7.6 – 711B.1AA
                                                                                                                                                                                       PN7.6 – 3.3

                                   2-26 Mechanisms for seeking advice and raising concerns                                                                6, 95, 96

                                   2-27 Compliance with laws and regulations                                                                              95, 96
                                   2-28 Membership associations                                                                                           11
                                   2-29 Approach to stakeholder engagement                                                                                25                           PN7.6 – 711B.1a
                                   2-30 Collective bargaining agreements                                                                                  83
 MATERIAL TOPICS

 GRI 3: Material Topics 2021       3-1 Process to determine material topics                                                                               24                           PN7.6 – 711B.1a
                                                                                                                                                                                       PN7.6 – 3.1
                                                                                                                                                                                       PN7.6 – 4.1a
                                                                                                                                                                                       PN7.6 – 4.2
                                   3-2 List of material topics                                                                                            26                           PN7.6 – 4.1a

 ENHANCING QUALITY OF LIFE

 ECONOMIC PERFORMANCE

 GRI 3: Material Topics 2021       3-3 Management of material topics                                                                                      45                           PN7.6 – 711B.1a
                                                                                                                                                                                       PN7.6 – 3.1
                                                                                                                                                                                       PN7.6 – 4.1a
                                                                                                                                                                                       PN7.6 – 4.2




112                                                                                                                                                        PT Lippo Karawaci Tbk 2025 SUSTAINABILITY REPORT
Page 113
Introduction            Highlights   Our Sustainability Approach         Enhancing Quality of Life          Caring for Our Environment   Investing in Our People            Championing Best Practices            Appendix




                                                                                                                                             REASONS FOR                PAGE NUMBER(S)
             GRI STANDARD                                                          DISCLOSURE                                                                                                     SGX REQUIREMENT
                                                                                                                                               OMISSION                  AND/OR URL(S)

 GRI 302: Energy 2016                201-1 Direct economic value generated and distributed                                                                         45
                                     201-2 Financial implications and other risks and opportunities due to climate change                                          33 – 37                      PN7.6 – 711B.1aa
                                                                                                                                                                                                PN7.6 – 3.3

                                     201-3 Defined benefit plan obligations and other retirement plans                                                             80
                                     201-4 Financial assistance received from government                                                                           Not Applicable
 CARING FOR OUR ENVIRONMENT

 ENERGY

 GRI 3: Material Topics 2021         3-3 Management of material topics                                                                                             26, 60                       PN7.6 – 711B.1b
                                                                                                                                                                                                PN7.6 – 711B.1c
                                                                                                                                                                                                PN7.6 – 4.1a
                                                                                                                                                                                                PN7.6 – 4.1c
                                                                                                                                                                                                PN7.6 – 4.1d
                                                                                                                                                                                                PN7.6 – 4.2
 GRI 302: Energy 2016                302-1 Energy consumption within the organization                                                                              60, 102, 103
                                     302-2 Energy consumption outside of the organization                                                                          60, 102, 103

                                     302-3 Energy intensity                                                                                                        60, 102, 103
                                     303-4 Reduction of energy consumption                                                                                         65 – 67
                                     303-5 Reductions in energy requirements of products and services                                                              65 – 67
 EMISSIONS

 GRI 3: Material Topics 2021         3-3 Management of material topics                                                                                             26, 61                       PN7.6 – 711B.1b
                                                                                                                                                                                                PN7.6 – 711B.1c
                                                                                                                                                                                                PN7.6 – 4.1a
                                                                                                                                                                                                PN7.6 – 4.1c
                                                                                                                                                                                                PN7.6 – 4.1d
                                                                                                                                                                                                PN7.6 – 4.2
 GRI 305: Emissions 2016             305-1 Direct (Scope 1) GHG emissions                                                                                          61 – 63, 102
                                     305-2 Energy indirect (Scope 2) GHG emissions                                                                                 61 – 63, 102
                                     305-3 Other indirect (Scope 3) GHG emissions                                                                                  61 – 63, 102
                                     305-4 GHG emissions intensity                                                                                                 61 – 63, 102
                                     305-5 Reduction of GHG emissions                                                                                              102, 103
                                     305-6 Emissions of ozone-depleting substances (ODS)                                                                           62
                                     305-7 Nitrogen oxides (NOx), sulfur oxides (SOx), and other significant air emissions                                         Not Applicable




113                                                                                                                                                                 PT Lippo Karawaci Tbk 2025 SUSTAINABILITY REPORT
Page 114
Introduction           Highlights    Our Sustainability Approach          Enhancing Quality of Life   Caring for Our Environment   Investing in Our People          Championing Best Practices            Appendix




                                                                                                                                       REASONS FOR                PAGE NUMBER(S)
            GRI STANDARD                                                           DISCLOSURE                                                                                             SGX REQUIREMENT
                                                                                                                                         OMISSION                  AND/OR URL(S)

 WATER AND EFFLUENTS

 GRI 3: Material Topics 2021         3-3 Management of material topics                                                                                       26, 68                     PN7.6 – 711B.1b
                                                                                                                                                                                        PN7.6 – 711B.1c
                                                                                                                                                                                        PN7.6 – 4.1a
                                                                                                                                                                                        PN7.6 – 4.1c
                                                                                                                                                                                        PN7.6 – 4.1d
                                                                                                                                                                                        PN7.6 – 4.2


 GRI 303: Water and Effluents 2018   303-1 Interactions with water as a shared resource                                                                      68
                                     303-2 Management of water discharge-related impacts                                                                     70, 71, 103
                                     303-3 Water withdrawal                                                                                                  72, 103

                                     303-4 Water discharge                                                                                                   73, 103
                                     303-5 Water consumption                                                                                                 68, 69, 103
 WASTE

 GRI 3: Material Topics 2021         3-3 Management of material topics                                                                                       26, 74                     PN7.6 – 711B.1b
                                                                                                                                                                                        PN7.6 – 711B.1c
                                                                                                                                                                                        PN7.6 – 4.1a
                                                                                                                                                                                        PN7.6 – 4.1c
                                                                                                                                                                                        PN7.6 – 4.1d
                                                                                                                                                                                        PN7.6 – 4.2


 GRI 306: Waste 2020                 306-1 Waste generation and significant waste-related impacts                                                            74
                                     306-2 Management of significant waste-related impacts                                                                   74 – 76
                                     306-3 Waste generated                                                                                                   75, 103
                                     306-4 Waste diverted from disposal                                                                                      74
                                     306-5 Waste diverted to disposal                                                                                        74
 INVESTING IN OUR PEOPLE

 EMPLOYMENT & RIGHTS

 GRI 3: Material Topics 2021         3-3 Management of material topics                                                                                       26, 80                     PN7.6 – 711B.1b
                                                                                                                                                                                        PN7.6 – 711B.1c
                                                                                                                                                                                        PN7.6 – 4.1a
                                                                                                                                                                                        PN7.6 – 4.1c
                                                                                                                                                                                        PN7.6 – 4.1d
                                                                                                                                                                                        PN7.6 – 4.2
                                                                                                                                                                                        PN7.6 – 4.3
                                                                                                                                                                                        PN7.6 – 4.5




114                                                                                                                                                           PT Lippo Karawaci Tbk 2025 SUSTAINABILITY REPORT
Page 115
Introduction           Highlights      Our Sustainability Approach          Enhancing Quality of Life          Caring for Our Environment         Investing in Our People          Championing Best Practices            Appendix




                                                                                                                                                      REASONS FOR                PAGE NUMBER(S)
               GRI STANDARD                                                          DISCLOSURE                                                                                                          SGX REQUIREMENT
                                                                                                                                                        OMISSION                  AND/OR URL(S)

 GRI 401: Employment 2016              401-1 New employee hires and employee turnover                                                                                       80, 105
                                       401-2 Benefits provided to full-time employees that are not provided to temporary or part- time                                      80, 81, 105
                                       employees
                                       401-3 Parental leave                                                                                                                 80, 105
 GRI 405: Diversity and Equal          405-1 Diversity of governance bodies and employees                                                                                   82, 105
 Opportunity 2016                      405-2 Ratio of basic salary and remuneration of women to men                                               Confidentiality           Confidentiality
                                                                                                                                                  constraints               constraints
 GRI 406: Non-discrimination 2016      406-1 Incidents of discrimination and corrective actions taken                                                                       83
 GRI 407: Freedom of Association and   407-1 Operations and suppliers in which workers’ rights to exercise freedom of association or collective                             83
 Collective Bargaining 2016            bargaining may be violated
 GRI 208: Child Labor 2016             408-1 Operations and suppliers at significant risk for incidents of child labor                                                      83
 GRI 409: Forced or compulsory labor   409-1 Operations and suppliers considered to have significant risk for incidents of forced or                                        83
 2016                                  compulsory labor
 OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH & SAFETY

 GRI 3: Material Topics 2021           3-3 Management of material topics                                                                                                    26, 84                     PN7.6 – 711B.1b
                                                                                                                                                                                                       PN7.6 – 711B.1c
                                                                                                                                                                                                       PN7.6 – 4.1a
                                                                                                                                                                                                       PN7.6 – 4.1c
                                                                                                                                                                                                       PN7.6 – 4.1d
                                                                                                                                                                                                       PN7.6 – 4.2
                                                                                                                                                                                                       PN7.6 – 4.3
                                                                                                                                                                                                       PN7.6 – 4.6

 GRI 403: Occupational Health and      403-1 Occupational health and safety management system                                                                               84
 Safety 2018                           403-2 Hazard identification, risk assessment, and incident investigation                                                             84
                                       403-3 Occupational health services                                                                                                   84

                                       403-4 Worker participativon, consultation, and communication on occupational health and safety                                       84, 85
                                       403-5 Worker training on occupational health and safety                                                                              84, 85
                                       403-6 Promotion of worker health                                                                                                     84, 85
                                       403-7 Prevention and mitigation of occupational health and safety impacts directly linked by business                                84, 85
                                       relationships
                                       403-8 Workers covered by an occupational health and safety management system                                                         84, 85
                                       403-9 Work-related injuries                                                                                                          86, 107
                                       403-10 Work-related ill health                                                                                                       107




115                                                                                                                                                                          PT Lippo Karawaci Tbk 2025 SUSTAINABILITY REPORT
Page 116
Introduction          Highlights       Our Sustainability Approach          Enhancing Quality of Life      Caring for Our Environment   Investing in Our People           Championing Best Practices            Appendix




                                                                                                                                            REASONS FOR                PAGE NUMBER(S)
            GRI STANDARD                                                             DISCLOSURE                                                                                                 SGX REQUIREMENT
                                                                                                                                              OMISSION                  AND/OR URL(S)

 TRAINING & EDUCATION

 GRI 3: Material Topics 2021           3-3 Management of material topics                                                                                          26, 87                      PN7.6 – 711B.1b
                                                                                                                                                                                              PN7.6 – 711B.1c
                                                                                                                                                                                              PN7.6 – 4.1a
                                                                                                                                                                                              PN7.6 – 4.1c
                                                                                                                                                                                              PN7.6 – 4.1d
                                                                                                                                                                                              PN7.6 – 4.2
                                                                                                                                                                                              PN7.6 – 4.3
 GRI 404: Training and Education       404-1 Average hours of training per year per employee                                                                      88
 2016                                  404-2 Programs for upgrading employee skills and transition assistance programs                                            87, 88
                                       404-3 Percentage of employees receiving regular performance and career development reviews                                 88
 CHAMPIONING BEST PRACTICES

 ANTI-CORRUPTION

 GRI 3: Material Topics 2021           3-3 Management of material topics                                                                                          26,95                       PN7.6 – 711B.1b
                                                                                                                                                                                              PN7.6 – 711B.1c
                                                                                                                                                                                              PN7.6 – 4.1a
                                                                                                                                                                                              PN7.6 – 4.1c
                                                                                                                                                                                              PN7.6 – 4.1d
                                                                                                                                                                                              PN7.6 – 4.2
                                                                                                                                                                                              PN7.6 – 4.4

 GRI 205: Anti-corruption 2016         205-1: Operations assessed for risks related to corruption                                                                 95
                                       205-2: Communication and training about anti-corruption policies and procedures                                            95, 96
                                       205-3: Confirmed incidents of corruption and actions taken                                                                 95
 ANTI-COMPETITIVE BEHAVIOUR

 GRI 3: Material Topics 2021           3-3 Management of material topics                                                                                          26, 95                      PN7.6 – 711B.1b
                                                                                                                                                                                              PN7.6 – 711B.1c
                                                                                                                                                                                              PN7.6 – 4.1a
                                                                                                                                                                                              PN7.6 – 4.1c
                                                                                                                                                                                              PN7.6 – 4.1d
                                                                                                                                                                                              PN7.6 – 4.2
                                                                                                                                                                                              PN7.6 – 4.4
 GRI 206: Anti-competitive Behaviour   206-1: Confirmed incidents of anti-competitive behavior and actions taken                                                  95
 2016




116                                                                                                                                                                PT Lippo Karawaci Tbk 2025 SUSTAINABILITY REPORT
Page 117
Introduction       Highlights    Our Sustainability Approach         Enhancing Quality of Life          Caring for Our Environment        Investing in Our People      Championing Best Practices      Appendix




 UNITED NATIONS GLOBAL COMPACT (UNGC)


                                                                           PRINCIPLES                                                                                          PAGE REFERENCE / REMARKS


 HUMAN RIGHTS

 Principle 1                    Businesses should support and respect the protection of internationally proclaimed human rights                                                         83, 95, 96


 Principle 2                    Make sure that they are not complicit in human rights abuses                                                                                            83, 95, 96

 LABOR

 Principle 3                    Businesses should uphold the freedom of association and the effective recognition of the right to collective bargaining                                     83


 Principle 4                    Elimination of all forms of forced and compulsory labor                                                                                                 83, 95, 96


 Principle 5                    Effective abolition of child labor                                                                                                                      83, 95, 96


 Principle 6                    Elimination of discrimination in respect of employment and occupation                                                                                   82, 83, 95

 ENVIRONMENT

 Principle 7                    Businesses should support a precautionary approach to environmental challenges                                                                            37 – 39


 Principle 8                    Undertake initiatives to promote greater environmental responsibility                                                                                     40, 41.


 Principle 9                    Encourage the development and diffusion of environmentally friendly technologies                                                                         40, 41, 67

 ANTI-CORRUPTION

 Principle 10                   Businesses should work against corruption in all its forms, including extortion and bribery                                                               95, 97




117                                                                                                                                                                 PT Lippo Karawaci Tbk 2025 SUSTAINABILITY REPORT
Page 118
 Introduction                Highlights             Our Sustainability Approach               Enhancing Quality of Life              Caring for Our Environment                Investing in Our People      Championing Best Practices           Appendix




     SUSTAINABILITY ACCOUNTING STANDARDS BOARD (SASB) – REAL ESTATE SECTOR DISCLOSURE


      SASB SUSTAINABILITY                                                                                                                                                                                        PROPERTY             PAGE REFERENCE /
                                          SASB CODE                                                                       ACCOUNTING METRIC
          DISCLOSURE                                                                                                                                                                                            SUBSECTOR                REMARKS

     Energy Management               IF-RE-130a.1              Energy consumption data coverage as a percentage of floor area, by property subsector (%)                                                 Real Estate                         100%
                                                                                                                                                                                                         Lifestyle                           100%
                                     IF-RE-130a.2              Total energy consumed by portfolio area with data coverage, by property subsector (GJ)                                                    Real Estate                          163
                                                                                                                                                                                                         Lifestyle                           718
                                                               Total energy consumed by percentage grid electricity, by property subsector (%)                                                           Real Estate                         93%
                                                                                                                                                                                                         Lifestyle                           97%
                                                               Total energy consumed by percentage renewable, by property subsector (%)                                                                  Real Estate                        0.65%
                                                                                                                                                                                                         Lifestyle                          0.08%
                                     IF-RE-130a.3              Like-for-like percentage change in energy consumption for the portfolio area with data coverage, by property subsector                    Real Estate                         17%
                                                               (%)                                                                                                                                       Lifestyle                           -2%
                                     IF-RE-130a.4              Like-for-like percentage change in energy consumption for the portfolio area with data coverage, by property subsector                    N/A in Indonesia
                                                               (%)
                                                               Percentage of eligible portfolio that is certified to ENERGY STAR®, by property subsector (%)                                             N/A in Indonesia
                                     IF-RE-130a.5              Description of how building energy management considerations are integrated into property investment analysis and                         “Energy Initiatives” – Page 67
                                                               operational strategy
     Water Management                IF-RE-140a.1              Water withdrawal data coverage as a percentage of total floor area, by property subsector (%)                                             Real Estate                         100%
                                                                                                                                                                                                         Lifestyle                           100%
                                                               Water withdrawal data coverage as a percentage of total floor area, in regions with High or Extremely High Baseline                       Real Estate                         100%
                                                               Water Stress20, by property subsector (%)                                                                                                 Lifestyle                           100%
                                                               Total water withdrawn by portfolio area with data coverage, by property subsector (m³)                                                    Real Estate                       1,613,000
                                                                                                                                                                                                         Lifestyle                        2,464,000
                                     IF-RE-140a.2              Total water withdrawn by percentage in regions with High or Extremely High Baseline Water Stress20, by property                           Real Estate                         100%
                                                               subsector (%)                                                                                                                             Lifestyle                           100%
                                     IF-RE-140a.3              Like-for-like percentage change in water withdrawn for portfolio area with data coverage, by property subsector (%)                       Real Estate                         28%
                                                                                                                                                                                                         Lifestyle                           22%

                                     IF-RE-140a.4              Description of water management risks and discussion of strategies and practices to mitigate those risks                                  “Optimizing Water Usage” – Page 69
     Management of Tenant            IF-RE-410a.1              Percentage of new leases that contain a cost recovery clause for resource efficiency related capital                                      Real Estate                          0%
     Sustainability Impacts                                    improvement, by property subsector (%)                                                                                                    Lifestyle                            0%
                                                               Associated leased floor area, of new leases that contain a cost recovery clause for resource efficiency related capital                   Real Estate                          0%
                                                               improvements, by property subsector (sq. ft)                                                                                              Lifestyle                            0%
                                     IF-RE-410a.2              Percentage of tenants that are separately metered or sub-metered for grid electricity consumption by property                             Real Estate                         100%
                                                               subsector (%)                                                                                                                             Lifestyle                           100%
                                                               Percentage of tenants that are separately metered or sub-metered for water withdrawals, by property subsector (%)                         Real Estate                         100%
                                                                                                                                                                                                         Lifestyle                           100%
                                     IF-RE-410a.3              Discussion of approach to measuring, incentivizing, and improving sustainability impacts of tenants                                       “Scope 3” and “Energy Initiatives” – Page 67

20
     We operate in regions within Indonesia which are generally assessed to experience “high” to “extremely high” water stress according to the World Resources Institute’s Aqueduct Water Risk Atlas.




118                                                                                                                                                                                                      PT Lippo Karawaci Tbk 2025 SUSTAINABILITY REPORT
Page 119
 Introduction             Highlights             Our Sustainability Approach              Enhancing Quality of Life              Caring for Our Environment               Investing in Our People              Championing Best Practices                Appendix




   SASB SUSTAINABILITY                                                                                                                                                                                            PROPERTY                 PAGE REFERENCE /
                                       SASB CODE                                                                      ACCOUNTING METRIC
       DISCLOSURE                                                                                                                                                                                                SUBSECTOR                    REMARKS

  Climate Change                  IF-RE-450a.1              Area of properties located in 100-year flood zones, by property subsector                                                                      “Strategy” – Page 32
  and Adaptation                  IF-RE-450a.2              Description of climate change risk exposure analysis, degree of systematic portfolio exposure, and strategies for                              “Climate Resilience” – Page 31
                                                            mitigating risks




  SASB – REAL ESTATE SECTOR DISCLOSURE (ACTIVITY METRICS)


         SASB CODE                                                                                  ACTIVITY METRIC                                                                               PROPERTY SUBSECTOR                             2025


  IF-RE-000.A                     Number of assets, by property subsector                                                                                                                               Real Estate21                             28
                                                                                                                                                                                                          Lifestyle                               43

  IF-RE-000.B                     Leasable floor area, by property subsector (sq. ft)                                                                                                                   Real Estate22                     15,685,730 sq. ft
                                                                                                                                                                                                         Lifestyle23                      10,800,000 sq. ft

  IF-RE-000.C                     Percentage of indirectly managed assets, by property subsector (%)                                                                                                     Real Estate                             N/A
                                                                                                                                                                                                          Lifestyle                              N/A

  IF-RE-000.D                     Average occupancy rate, by property subsector (%)                                                                                                                      Real Estate                        Undisclosed
                                                                                                                                                                                                          Lifestyle                         Undisclosed




21
   The Real Estate segment comprises high-rise residential buildings, townships, water treatment plants, and corporate offices. Unlike in the Healthcare and Lifestyle segments where each managed “asset” is a distinct property, our Real Estate segment manages
multiple assets and public/residential/commercial areas within each township. As such, for ease of reporting, we have consolidated multiple assets/areas within each township and classified them as a single “asset”.
22
   Based on residential area within the high-rise residential buildings under our scope of reporting.
23
   Based on net leasable area within the malls under our scope of reporting.




119                                                                                                                                                                                                       PT Lippo Karawaci Tbk 2025 SUSTAINABILITY REPORT
Page 120
Introduction             Highlights    Our Sustainability Approach          Enhancing Quality of Life      Caring for Our Environment   Investing in Our People      Championing Best Practices      Appendix




 WORLD ECONOMIC FORUM (WEF) STAKEHOLDER CAPITALISM METRICS



                THEME                                                                      CORE METRICS AND DISCLOSURES                                                      PAGE REFERENCE/REMARKS


 PRINCIPAL OF GOVERNANCE

 Governing purpose                    Setting purpose                                                                                                                                     7
 Quality of governing body            Governance body composition                                                                                                                         20
 Stakeholder engagement               Material issues impacting stakeholders                                                                                                              23
 Ethical behaviour                    Anti-corruption                                                                                                                                     96
                                      Protected ethics advice and reporting mechanisms                                                                                                  95, 96
 Risk and opportunity oversight       Integrating risk and opportunity into business process                                                                                            95, 96

 PROSPERITY

 Employment and wealth                Absolute number and rate of employment                                                                                                            79 – 83
 generation                           Economic contribution                                                                                                                               45
                                      Financial investment contribution                                                                                                                   45
 Innovation of better products        Total R&D expenses                                                                                                                                  45
 and services
 Community and social vitality        Total tax paid                                                                                                                                      45

 PEOPLE

 Dignity and equality                 Diversity and inclusion                                                                                                                             82
                                      Pay equality                                                                                                                                        82
                                      Wage level                                                                                                                                          82
                                      Risk for incidents of child, forced or compulsory labor                                                                                             83
 Health and well-being                Health and safety                                                                                                                                84 – 86
 Skills for the future                Training provided                                                                                                                                 87, 88

 PLANET

 Climate change                       Greenhouse gas emissions                                                                                                                            60
                                      TCFD implementation                                                                                                                               31 – 42
 Nature loss                          Land use and ecological sensitivity                                                                                                                 74
 Freshwater availability              Water consumption and withdrawal in water-stressed areas                                                                                            68




120                                                                                                                                                               PT Lippo Karawaci Tbk 2025 SUSTAINABILITY REPORT
Page 121
Introduction       Highlights            Our Sustainability Approach             Enhancing Quality of Life       Caring for Our Environment   Investing in Our People      Championing Best Practices      Appendix




 FINANCIAL SERVICES AUTHORITY OF INDONESIA (OJK) REQUIREMENTS – POJK NO.51/POJK.03/2017



       CODE/INDICATOR                                                                                   ACCOUNTING METRIC                                                                PAGE REFERENCE/REMARKS


 A. SUSTAINABILITY STRATEGY

 A.1                            Elaboration of Sustainability Strategy                                                                                                                   12- 13

 B. OVERVIEW OF PERFORMANCE ON SUSTAINABILITY ASPECTS

 B.1                            1. Economic Aspects, covering at least:                                                                                                                  15-16
                                 a. Quantity of products or services sold;
                                 b. Revenue or sales;
                                 c. Net profit or loss;
                                 d. Environmentally friendly products; and
                                 e. Engagement of local stakeholders on sustainable finance business process.

 B.2                            1. Environmental Aspects, covering at least:
                                 a. Energy consumption;
                                 b. Reduction of Emission produced;
                                 c. Reduction of waste and effluent; and
                                 d. Biodiversity conservation.

 B.3                            Social Aspect

 C. COMPANY PROFILE


 C.1                            Vision, Mission, and Sustainability Values                                                                                                               7

 C.2                            Company Address                                                                                                                                          6

 C.3                            Business Scale, covering at least:                                                                                                                       9, 45, 79
                                 a. Total assets or assets capitalization, and total liabilities
                                 b. Number of employees by gender, position, age, education and employment status
                                 c. Shareholders name and percentage of stock ownership; and
                                 d. Operational areas

 C.4                            Products, Services, and Business Activities                                                                                                              10

 C.5                            Membership of Associations                                                                                                                               11

 C.6                            Significant Changes in Issuers and Public Companies                                                                                                      6




121                                                                                                                                                                     PT Lippo Karawaci Tbk 2025 SUSTAINABILITY REPORT
Page 122
Introduction       Highlights            Our Sustainability Approach            Enhancing Quality of Life       Caring for Our Environment     Investing in Our People      Championing Best Practices      Appendix




       CODE/INDICATOR                                                                                  ACCOUNTING METRIC                                                                  PAGE REFERENCE/REMARKS


 D. ELABORATION OF BOARD OF DIRECTORS

 D.1                            1. Elaboration of Board of Directors                                                                                                                      12, 13
                                a. Policy to respond to challenges in fulfilling sustainability strategies
                                b. Implementation of sustainable finance
                                c. Target achievement strategies

 E. SUSTAINABILITY GOVERNANCE


 E.1                            Person in Charge of Sustainable Finance Implementation                                                                                                    91 – 93

 E.2                            Competency Development on Sustainable Finance

 E.3                            Risk Assessment on the Implementation of Sustainable Finance

 E.4                            Relationship with Stakeholders

 E.5                            Issues Regarding the Implementation of Sustainable Finance

 F. SUSTAINABILITY PERFORMANCE

 F.1                            Activities to Building a Culture of Sustainability                                                                                                        48

 ECONOMIC PERFORMANCE

 F.2                            Comparison of Production Targets and Performance, Portfolio, Financing or Investment Targets, Revenue and Profit/Loss                                     45

 F.3                            Comparison of Portfolio Targets and Performance, Financing or Investment Targets on Financial Instruments or Projects that
                                Align with Sustainable Finance

 ENVIRONMENTAL PERFORMANCE

 General Aspect

 F.4                            Environmental Costs                                                                                                                                       74

 Material Aspect

 F.5                            Consumption of Environmentally Friendly Materials                                                                                                         74




122                                                                                                                                                                      PT Lippo Karawaci Tbk 2025 SUSTAINABILITY REPORT
Page 123
Introduction           Highlights             Our Sustainability Approach       Enhancing Quality of Life        Caring for Our Environment   Investing in Our People      Championing Best Practices          Appendix




        CODE/INDICATOR                                                                                 ACCOUNTING METRIC                                                                 PAGE REFERENCE/REMARKS


 Energy Aspect

 F.6                                The Quantity and Intensity of Energy Consumed                                                                                                        60

 F.7                                Efforts and Achievements in Energy Efficiency and the Use of Renewable Energy                                                                        65 – 67

 Water Aspect

 F.8                                Water Consumption                                                                                                                                    68

 Biodiversity Aspect

 F.9                                Impacts from Operational Areas Close to or in Conservation Areas or Having Biodiversity                                                              The indicator is not relevant
                                                                                                                                                                                         to the organization


 F.10                               Biodiversity Conservation Efforts                                                                                                                    The indicator is not relevant
                                                                                                                                                                                         to the organization

 Emmisions Aspect

 F.11                               The Amount and Intensity of Emissions Produced by Type                                                                                               62

 F.12                               Efforts and Achievements in Reducing Emission                                                                                                        65 - 67

 Waste and Effluent Aspect

 F.13                               The Amount of Waste and Effluent Produced by Type                                                                                                    73, 74

 F.14                               Mechanism of Waste and Effluent Management                                                                                                           73 – 75

 F.15                               Spills that Occur (if any)

 Environmental Complaint Aspect

 F.16                               The Amount and Material of Environmental Complaints Received and Resolved                                                                            73

 SOCIAL PERFORMANCE

 F.17                               Commitment to Provide Equal Products and/or Services to Consumers                                                                                    56

 Employment Aspect

 F.18                               Equal Employment Opportunity                                                                                                                         79

 F.19                               Child Labor and Forced Labor                                                                                                                         83




123                                                                                                                                                                     PT Lippo Karawaci Tbk 2025 SUSTAINABILITY REPORT
Page 124
Introduction         Highlights            Our Sustainability Approach         Enhancing Quality of Life       Caring for Our Environment       Investing in Our People        Championing Best Practices     Appendix




        CODE/INDICATOR                                                                                ACCOUNTING METRIC                                                                      PAGE REFERENCE/REMARKS


 F.20                             Regional Minimum Wage                                                                                                                                      79

 F.21                             Safe and Healthy Working Environment                                                                                                                       84 – 86

 F.22                             Employee Training and Development                                                                                                                          87 - 88

 Community Aspect

 F.23                             Operational Impacts on Local Communities                                                                                                                   48 – 50

 F.24                             Community Complaints

 F.25                             Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR)

 Responsibility For Sustainable Products/ Services

 F.26                             Innovation and Development of Sustainable Financial Products/Services                                                                                      51

 F.27                             Products/Services that have been Evaluated for Safety for Customers                                                                                        56

 F.28                             Products/Service Impacts

 F.29                             Number of Products Recalled

 F.30                             Customer Satisfaction Survey of Sustainable Finance and/or Services

 G. OTHERS

 G.1                              Written Verification by an Independent Party (if any)                                                                                                      6

 G.2                              Feedback Form

 G.3                              Response to Feedback on the Previous Year's Sustainability Report

 G.4                              List of Disclosures in Accordance with the Financial Services Authority Regulation Number 51/POJK.03/2017 concerning The Implementation of                 120
                                  Sustainable Finance for Financial Services Institutions, Issuers And Public Company




124                                                                                                                                                                       PT Lippo Karawaci Tbk 2025 SUSTAINABILITY REPORT
Page 125
Introduction        Highlights               Our Sustainability Approach       Enhancing Quality of Life          Caring for Our Environment             Investing in Our People         Championing Best Practices         Appendix




 IFRS S1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR DISCLOSURE OF SUSTAINABILITY-RELATED FINANCIAL INFORMATION


                                                                                                                                                                                                                 PAGE NUMBER(S)
      IFRS S1 STANDARD                                                                        DISCLOSURE                                                                      REASONS FOR OMISSION
                                                                                                                                                                                                                  AND/OR URL(S)


 GOVERNANCE


 IFRS S1-27(a)                   The governance body(s) (which can include a board, committee or equivalent body charged with governance) or individual(s)                                                  31
                                 responsible for oversight of sustainability related risks and opportunities, including information about:

                                 i. How responsibilities for sustainability-related risks and opportunities are reflected in the terms of reference, mandates, role
                                 descriptions and other related policies applicable to that body(s) or individual(s);

                                 ii. How the body(s) or individual(s) determines whether appropriate skills and competencies are available or will be developed to
                                 oversee strategies designed to respond to sustainability-related risks and opportunities

                                 iii. How and how often the body(s) or individual(s) is informed about sustainability related risks and opportunities.

                                 iv. How the body(s) or individual(s) takes into account sustainability-related risks and opportunities when overseeing the entity’s
                                 strategy, its decisions on major transactions and its risk management processes and related policies, including whether the
                                 body(s) or individual(s) has considered trade-offs associated with those risks and opportunities.

                                 v. How the body(s) or individual(s) oversees the setting of targets related to sustainability-related risks and opportunities, and
                                 monitors progress towards those targets, including whether and how related performance metrics are included in remuneration
                                 policies.

 IFRS S1-27(b)                   Management’s role in the governance processes, controls and procedures used to monitor, manage and oversee sustainability-                                                 31
                                 related risks and opportunities, including information about:

                                 i. Whether the role is delegated to a specific management-level position or management-level committee and how oversight is
                                 exercised over that position or committee.

                                 ii. Whether management uses controls and procedures to support the oversight of sustainability-related risks and opportunities
                                 and, if so, how these controls and procedures are integrated with other internal functions.

 STRATEGY

 SUSTAINABILITY-RELATED RISKS AND OPPORTUNITIES


 IFRS S1-30(a)                   Sustainability-related risks and opportunities that could reasonably be expected to affect the entity’s prospects.                                                         33 – 34

 IFRS S1-30(b)                   The time horizons—short, medium or long term—over which the effects of each of those sustainability-related risks and                         Pending ESG
                                 opportunities could reasonably be expected to occur                                                                                           scenario analysis

 IFRS S1-30(c)                   How the entity defines “short term”, “medium term” and “long term” and how these definitions are linked to the planning                       Pending ESG
                                 horizons used by the entity for strategic decision-making.                                                                                    scenario analysis




125                                                                                                                                                                                  PT Lippo Karawaci Tbk 2025 SUSTAINABILITY REPORT
Page 126
Introduction         Highlights            Our Sustainability Approach            Enhancing Quality of Life        Caring for Our Environment           Investing in Our People         Championing Best Practices      Appendix




                                                                                                                                                                                                             PAGE NUMBER(S)
         INDICATOR                                                                          ACCOUNTING METRIC                                                                REASONS FOR OMISSION
                                                                                                                                                                                                              AND/OR URL(S)


 BUSINESS MODEL AND VALUE CHAIN


 IFRS S1-32(a)                    A description of the current and anticipated effects of sustainability-related risks and opportunities on the entity’s business                                           33 – 34
                                  model and value chain.

 IFRS S1-32(b)                    A description of where in the entity’s business model and value chain sustainability related risks and opportunities are
                                  concentrated.

 STRATEGY AND DECISION-MAKING


 IFRS S1-33(a)                    Sustainability-related risks and opportunities that could reasonably be expected to affect the entity’s prospects.                                                       37

 IFRS S1-33(b)                    The progress against plans the entity has disclosed in previous reporting periods, including quantitative and qualitative                                                32
                                  information

 IFRS S1-33(c)                    Trade-offs between sustainability-related risks and opportunities that the entity considered.                                                                            37

 FINANCIAL POSITION, FINANCIAL PERFORMANCE AND CASH FLOWS


 IFRS S1-34(a)                    The effects of sustainability-related risks and opportunities on the entity’s financial position, financial performance and cash                                         35 - 37
                                  flows for the reporting period (current financial effects).

 IFRS S1-34(b)                    The anticipated effects of sustainability-related risks and opportunities on the entity’s financial position, financial performance
                                  and cash flows over the short, medium and long term, taking into consideration how sustainability-related risks and
                                  opportunities are included in the entity’s financial planning (anticipated financial effects).

 IFRS S1-35(a)                    Quantitative and qualitative information about how sustainability-related risks and opportunities have affected its financial
                                  position, financial performance and cash flows for the reporting period.

 IFRS S1-35(b)                    Quantitative and qualitative information about the sustainability-related risks and opportunities identified for which there is a
                                  significant risk of a material adjustment within the next annual reporting period to the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities
                                  reported in the related financial statements.

 IFRS S1-35(c)                    Quantitative and qualitative information about how the entity expects its financial position to change over the short, medium
                                  and long term, given its strategy to manage sustainability related risks and opportunities, taking into consideration:

                                  i. Its investment and disposal plans, including plans the entity is not contractually committed to.                                         Confidential

                                  ii. Its planned sources of funding to implement its strategy.                                                                               Confidential

 IFRS S1-35(d)                    Quantitative and qualitative information about how the entity expects its financial performance and cash flows to change over               Confidential
                                  the short, medium and long term, given its strategy to manage sustainability-related risks and opportunities.




126                                                                                                                                                                                PT Lippo Karawaci Tbk 2025 SUSTAINABILITY REPORT
Page 127
Introduction          Highlights            Our Sustainability Approach           Enhancing Quality of Life           Caring for Our Environment           Investing in Our People       Championing Best Practices      Appendix




                                                                                                                                                                                                              PAGE NUMBER(S)
          INDICATOR                                                                           ACCOUNTING METRIC                                                                 REASONS FOR OMISSION
                                                                                                                                                                                                               AND/OR URL(S)


 RESILIENCE


 IFRS S1-41                        A qualitative and, if applicable, quantitative assessment of the resilience of its strategy and business model in relation to its                                        37 – 39
                                   sustainability-related risks, including information about how the assessment was carried out and its time horizon.

 RISK MANAGEMENT


 IFRS S1-44(a)                     The processes and related policies the entity uses to identify, assess, prioritise and monitor sustainability-related risks, including                                   37 – 39
                                   information about:

                                   i. The inputs and parameters the entity uses (for example, information about data sources and the scope of operations covered in
                                   the processes).

                                   ii. Whether and how the entity uses scenario analysis to inform its identification of sustainability-related risks.

                                   iii. How the entity assesses the nature, likelihood and magnitude of the effects of those risks (for example, whether the entity                                         39 – 41
                                   considers qualitative factors, quantitative thresholds or other criteria).

                                   iv. Whether and how the entity prioritises sustainability-related risks relative to other types of risk.

                                   v. How the entity monitors sustainability-related risks.

                                   vi. Whether and how the entity has changed the processes it uses compared with the previous reporting period.

 IFRS S1-44(b)                     The processes the entity uses to identify, assess, prioritise and monitor sustainability-related opportunities.

 IFRS S1-44(c)                     The extent to which, and how, the processes for identifying, assessing, prioritising and monitoring sustainability-related risks and
                                   opportunities are integrated into and inform the entity’s overall risk management process.

 METRICS AND TARGETS


 IFRS S1-46(a)                     Metrics required by an applicable IFRS Sustainability Disclosure Standard for each sustainability-related risk and opportunity that                                      20, 42
                                   could reasonably be expected to affect the entity’s prospects.

 IFRS S1-46(b)                     Metrics the entity uses to measure and monitor that sustainability-related risk or opportunity and its performance in relation
                                   to that sustainability-related risk or opportunity, including progress towards any targets the entity has set, and any targets it is
                                   required to meet by law or regulation.

 IFRS S1-51(a)                     The metric used to set the target and to monitor progress towards reaching the target.




127                                                                                                                                                                                   PT Lippo Karawaci Tbk 2025 SUSTAINABILITY REPORT
Page 128
Introduction          Highlights            Our Sustainability Approach           Enhancing Quality of Life          Caring for Our Environment   Investing in Our People       Championing Best Practices      Appendix




                                                                                                                                                                                                     PAGE NUMBER(S)
          INDICATOR                                                                         ACCOUNTING METRIC                                                          REASONS FOR OMISSION
                                                                                                                                                                                                      AND/OR URL(S)


 IFRS S1-51(b)                     The specific quantitative or qualitative target the entity has set or is required to meet.                                                                      20, 42

 IFRS S1-51(c)                     The period over which the target applies

 IFRS S1-51(d)                     The base period from which progress is measured.

 IFRS S1-51(e)                     Any milestones and interim targets.

 IFRS S1-51(f)                     Performance against each target and an analysis of trends or changes in the entity’s performance.

 IFRS S1-51(g)                     Any revisions to the target and an explanation for those revisions.




128                                                                                                                                                                          PT Lippo Karawaci Tbk 2025 SUSTAINABILITY REPORT
Page 129
Introduction        Highlights            Our Sustainability Approach            Enhancing Quality of Life         Caring for Our Environment            Investing in Our People       Championing Best Practices         Appendix




 IFRS S2 CLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURES


                                                                                                                                                                                                               PAGE NUMBER(S)
      IFRS S2 STANDARD                                                                         DISCLOSURE                                                                     REASONS FOR OMISSION
                                                                                                                                                                                                                AND/OR URL(S)


 GOVERNANCE


 IFRS S2-6(a)                    The governance body(s) (which can include a board, committee or equivalent body charged with governance) or individual(s)                                                31
                                 responsible for oversight of climate-related risks and opportunities. Specifically, the entity shall identify that body(s) or
                                 individual(s) and disclose information about:

                                 i. How responsibilities for climate-related risks and opportunities are reflected in the terms of reference, mandates, role                                              31, 40, 41
                                 descriptions and other related policies applicable to that body(s) or individual(s).

                                 ii. How the body(s) or individual(s) determines whether appropriate skills and competencies are available or will be developed to                                        31
                                 oversee strategies designed to respond to climate-related risks and opportunities.

                                 iii. How and how often the body(s) or individual(s) is informed about climate-related risks and opportunities.                                                           31

                                 iv. How the body(s) or individual(s) takes into account climate-related risks and opportunities when overseeing the entity’s                                             31 – 40
                                 strategy, its decisions on major transactions and its risk management processes and related policies, including whether the
                                 body(s) or individual(s) has considered trade-offs associated with those risks and opportunities

                                 v. How the body(s) or individual(s) oversees the setting of targets related to climate-related risks and opportunities, and monitors                                     31
                                 progress towards those targets, including whether and how related performance metrics are included in remuneration policies.

 IFRS S2-6(b)                    Management’s role in the governance processes, controls and procedures used to monitor, manage and oversee climate-related                                               31, 32
                                 risks and opportunities, including information about:

                                 i. Whether the role is delegated to a specific management-level position or management-level committee and how oversight is                                              31
                                 exercised over that position or committee.

                                 ii. Whether management uses controls and procedures to support the oversight of climate-related risks and opportunities and, if                                          33, 34
                                 so, how these controls and procedures are integrated with other internal functions.

 STRATEGY


 IFRS S2-9(a)                    Climate-related risks and opportunities that could reasonably be expected to affect the entity’s prospects.                                                              33,34

 IFRS S2-9(b)                    The current and anticipated effects of those climate-related risks and opportunities on the entity’s business model and value
                                 chain.

 IFRS S2-9(c)                    The effects of those climate-related risks and opportunities on the entity’s strategy and decision-making, including information                                         40,41
                                 about its climate-related transition plan.




129                                                                                                                                                                                 PT Lippo Karawaci Tbk 2025 SUSTAINABILITY REPORT
Page 130
Introduction        Highlights            Our Sustainability Approach          Enhancing Quality of Life          Caring for Our Environment           Investing in Our People         Championing Best Practices         Appendix




                                                                                                                                                                                                               PAGE NUMBER(S)
      IFRS S2 STANDARD                                                                       DISCLOSURE                                                                     REASONS FOR OMISSION
                                                                                                                                                                                                                AND/OR URL(S)


 IFRS S2-9(d)                    The effects of those climate-related risks and opportunities on the entity’s financial position, financial performance and cash                                          33, 34
                                 flows for the reporting period, and their anticipated effects on the entity’s financial position, financial performance and cash
                                 flows over the short, medium and long term, taking into consideration how those climate-related risks and opportunities have
                                 been factored into the entity’s financial planning

 IFRS S2-9(e)                    The climate resilience of the entity’s strategy and its business model to climate-related changes, developments and                                                      32
                                 uncertainties, taking into consideration the entity’s identified climate-related risks and opportunities.

 CLIMATE-RELATED RISKS AND OPPORTUNITIES


 IFRS S2-10(a)                   Climate-related risks and opportunities that could reasonably be expected to affect the entity’s prospects.                                                              33,34

 IFRS S2-10(b)                   For each climate-related risk the entity has identified, whether the entity considers the risk to be a climate-related physical risk
                                 or climate-related transition risk.

 IFRS S2-10(c)                   For each climate-related risk and opportunity the entity has identified, over which time horizons—short, medium or long term—                                            40,41
                                 the effects of each climate-related risk and opportunity could reasonably be expected to occur.

 IFRS S2-10(d)                   How the entity defines ‘short term’, ‘medium term’ and ‘long term’ and how these definitions are linked to the planning horizons            Not Applicable
                                 used by the entity for strategic decision-making.                                                                                           Scenario Analysis
                                                                                                                                                                             2030 - 2100

 BUSINESS MODEL AND VALUE CHAIN


 IFRS S2-13(a)                   A description of the current and anticipated effects of climate-related risks and opportunities on the entity’s business model and                                       33, 34
                                 value chain.

 IFRS S2-13(b)                   A description of where in the entity’s business model and value chain climate-related risks and opportunities are concentrated.




130                                                                                                                                                                                PT Lippo Karawaci Tbk 2025 SUSTAINABILITY REPORT
Page 131
Introduction        Highlights            Our Sustainability Approach           Enhancing Quality of Life          Caring for Our Environment         Investing in Our People         Championing Best Practices      Appendix




                                                                                                                                                                                                           PAGE NUMBER(S)
      IFRS S2 STANDARD                                                                        DISCLOSURE                                                                   REASONS FOR OMISSION
                                                                                                                                                                                                            AND/OR URL(S)


 STRATEGY AND DECISION-MAKING


 IFRS S2-14(a)                   How the entity has responded to, and plans to respond to, climate-related risks and opportunities in its strategy and decision-                                         40, 41
                                 making, including how the entity plans to achieve any climate-related targets it has set and any targets it is required to meet by
                                 law or regulation, including the information about:

                                 i. Current and anticipated changes to the entity’s business model, including its resource allocation, to address climate-related
                                 risks and opportunities.

                                 ii. Current and anticipated direct mitigation and adaptation efforts.

                                 iv. Any climate-related transition plan the entity has, including information about key assumptions used in developing its
                                 transition plan, and dependencies on which the entity’s transition plan relies.

                                 v. How the entity plans to achieve any climate-related targets, including any greenhouse gas emissions targets, described.

 IFRS S2-14(b)                   Information about how the entity is resourcing, and plans to resource, the activities disclosed in accordance with 14(a).

 IFRS S2-14(c)                   Quantitative and qualitative information about the progress of plans disclosed in previous reporting periods in accordance with
                                 14(a).

 FINANCIAL POSITION, FINANCIAL PERFORMANCE AND CASH FLOWS


 IFRS S2-15(a)                   The effects of climate-related risks and opportunities on the entity’s financial position, financial performance and cash flows for                                     33,34
                                 the reporting period.

 IFRS S2-15(b)                   The anticipated effects of climate-related risks and opportunities on the entity’s financial position, financial performance and                                        40,41
                                 cash flows over the short, medium and long term, taking into consideration how climate-related risks and opportunities are
                                 included in the entity’s financial planning.

 IFRS S2-16(a)                   How climate-related risks and opportunities have affected its financial position, financial performance and cash flows for the                                          33,34
                                 reporting period.

 IFRS S2-16(b)                   The climate-related risks and opportunities identified in for which there is a significant risk of a material adjustment within the        Not Applicable
                                 next annual reporting period to the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities reported in the related financial statements.

 IFRS S2-16(c)                   How the entity expects its financial position to change over the short, medium and long term, given its strategy to manage                                              40,41
                                 climate-related risks and opportunities, taking into consideration:

                                 i. Its investment and disposal plans, including plans the entity is not contractually committed to.




131                                                                                                                                                                              PT Lippo Karawaci Tbk 2025 SUSTAINABILITY REPORT
Page 132
Introduction          Highlights             Our Sustainability Approach            Enhancing Quality of Life           Caring for Our Environment              Investing in Our People       Championing Best Practices         Appendix




                                                                                                                                                                                                                      PAGE NUMBER(S)
      IFRS S2 STANDARD                                                                            DISCLOSURE                                                                         REASONS FOR OMISSION
                                                                                                                                                                                                                       AND/OR URL(S)


                                   ii. Its planned sources of funding to implement its strategy.                                                                                                                 40,41

 IFRS S2-16(d)                     How the entity expects its financial performance and cash flows to change over the short, medium and long term, given its
                                   strategy to manage climate-related risks and opportunities.

 CLIMATE RESILIENCE


 IFRS S2-22 (a)                    The entity’s assessment of its climate resilience as at the reporting date, including:                                                                                        31

                                   i. The implications, if any, of the entity’s assessment for its strategy and business model, including how the entity would need to                                           31
                                   respond to the effects identified in the climate-related scenario analysis.

                                   ii. The significant areas of uncertainty considered in the entity’s assessment of its climate resilience.                                                                     108 – 110

                                   iii. The entity’s capacity to adjust or adapt its strategy and business model to climate change over the short, medium and long                                               32
                                   term, including:

                                   1. The availability of, and flexibility in, the entity’s existing financial resources to respond to the effects identified in the climate-                                    -
                                   related scenario analysis, including to address climate-related risks and to take advantage of climate-related opportunities.

                                   2. The entity’s ability to redeploy, repurpose, upgrade or decommission existing assets.                                                                                      -

                                   3. The effect of the entity’s current and planned investments in climate-related mitigation, adaptation and opportunities for                                                 -
                                   climate resilience.

 IFRS S2-22 (b)                    How and when the climate-related scenario analysis was carried out, including the information about:                                                                          108 – 110

                                   i. The inputs the entity used, including:

                                   1. Which climate-related scenarios the entity used for the analysis and the sources of those scenarios.

                                   2.Whether the analysis included a diverse range of climate-related scenarios.

                                   3. Whether the climate-related scenarios used for the analysis are associated with climate-related transition risks or climate-
                                   related physical risks.

                                   4.Whether the entity used, among its scenarios, a climate-related scenario aligned with the latest international agreement on
                                   climate change.

                                   5. Why the entity decided that its chosen climate-related scenarios are relevant to assessing its resilience to climate-related
                                   changes, developments or uncertainties.

                                   6. The time horizons the entity used in the analysis.

                                   7. What scope of operations the entity used in the analysis.




132                                                                                                                                                                                        PT Lippo Karawaci Tbk 2025 SUSTAINABILITY REPORT
Page 133
Introduction        Highlights            Our Sustainability Approach           Enhancing Quality of Life          Caring for Our Environment           Investing in Our People       Championing Best Practices         Appendix




                                                                                                                                                                                                              PAGE NUMBER(S)
      IFRS S2 STANDARD                                                                        DISCLOSURE                                                                     REASONS FOR OMISSION
                                                                                                                                                                                                               AND/OR URL(S)


                                 ii. The key assumptions the entity made in the analysis, including assumptions about:                                                                                   108 – 110

                                 1. Climate-related policies in the jurisdictions in which the entity operates.                                                                                          31

                                 2. Macroeconomic trends.

                                 3. National- or regional-level variables

                                 4. Energy usage and mix.

                                 5. Developments in technology.

                                 iii. The reporting period in which the climate-related scenario analysis was carried out.                                                                               108 – 110

 RISK MANAGEMENT


 IFRS S2-25(a)                   The processes and related policies the entity uses to identify, assess, prioritise and monitor climate-related risks, including                                         39
                                 information about:

                                 i. The inputs and parameters the entity uses.

                                 ii. Whether and how the entity uses scenario analysis to inform its identification of climate-related risks.

                                 iii. How the entity assesses the nature, likelihood and magnitude of the effects of those risks.

                                 iv. Whether and how the entity prioritises climate-related risks relative to other types of risk.

                                 v. How the entity monitors climate-related risks.

                                 vi. Whether and how the entity has changed the processes it uses compared with the previous reporting period.

 IFRS S2-25(b)                   The processes the entity uses to identify, assess, prioritise and monitor climate related opportunities, including information
                                 about whether and how the entity uses climate-related scenario analysis to inform its identification of climate-related
                                 opportunities

                                 The extent to which, and how, the processes for identifying, assessing, prioritising and monitoring climate-related risks and
                                 opportunities are integrated into and inform the entity’s overall risk management process.

 METRICS AND TARGETS


 IFRS S2-29(a)                   Information relevant to the cross-industry metric categories of greenhouse gases, including:

                                 i. Disclose its absolute gross greenhouse gas emissions generated during the reporting period, expressed as metric tonnes of                                            102
                                 CO₂ equivalent, classified as:

                                 1. Scope 1 greenhouse gas emissions




133                                                                                                                                                                                PT Lippo Karawaci Tbk 2025 SUSTAINABILITY REPORT
Page 134
Introduction        Highlights             Our Sustainability Approach        Enhancing Quality of Life         Caring for Our Environment          Investing in Our People         Championing Best Practices         Appendix




                                                                                                                                                                                                            PAGE NUMBER(S)
      IFRS S2 STANDARD                                                                      DISCLOSURE                                                                   REASONS FOR OMISSION
                                                                                                                                                                                                             AND/OR URL(S)


                                 2. Scope 2 greenhouse gas emissions.                                                                                                                                  102

                                 3. Scope 3 greenhouse gas emissions.

                                 ii. Measure its greenhouse gas emissions in accordance with the Greenhouse Gas Protocol: A Corporate Accounting and                                                   99
                                 Reporting Standard (2004) unless required by a jurisdictional authority or an exchange on which the entity is listed to use a
                                 different method for measuring its greenhouse gas emissions.

                                 iii. The approach used to measure its greenhouse gas emissions, including:

                                 1. The measurement approach, inputs and assumptions the entity uses to measure its greenhouse gas emissions.

                                 2. The reason why the entity has chosen the measurement approach, inputs and assumptions it uses to measure its greenhouse
                                 gas emissions.

                                 3. Any changes the entity made to the measurement approach, inputs and assumptions during the reporting period and the
                                 reasons for those changes.


                                 iv. For Scope 1 and Scope 2 greenhouse gas emissions disclosed in accordance with paragraph 29(a)(i)(1)–(2), disaggregate                                             61 – 63, 99
                                 emissions between:

                                 1. The consolidated accounting group.

                                 2. Other investees excluded from paragraph 29(a)(iv)(1).

                                 v. Location-based Scope 2 greenhouse gas emissions, and information about any contractual instruments that is necessary to
                                 inform users’ understanding of the entity’s Scope 2 greenhouse gas emissions.

                                 vi. For scope 3 greenhouse gas emissions, disclose:

                                 1. the categories included within the entity’s measure of Scope 3 greenhouse gas emissions, in accordance with the Scope 3
                                 categories described in the Greenhouse Gas Protocol Corporate Value Chain (Scope 3) Accounting and Reporting Standard (2011).

                                 2. Additional information about the entity’s Category 15 greenhouse gas emissions or those associated with its investments               Not Applicable
                                 (financed emissions), if the entity’s activities include asset management, commercial banking or insurance.

                                 Climate-related transition risks—the amount and percentage of assets or business activities vulnerable to climate-related                                             39
                                 transition risks.

 IFRS S2-29(b)                   Climate-related transition risks—the amount and percentage of assets or business activities vulnerable to climate-related
                                 transition risks.

 IFRS S2-29(c)                   Climate-related physical risks—the amount and percentage of assets or business activities vulnerable to climate-related physical
                                 risks.




134                                                                                                                                                                            PT Lippo Karawaci Tbk 2025 SUSTAINABILITY REPORT
Page 135
Introduction        Highlights            Our Sustainability Approach            Enhancing Quality of Life          Caring for Our Environment      Investing in Our People         Championing Best Practices         Appendix




                                                                                                                                                                                                            PAGE NUMBER(S)
      IFRS S2 STANDARD                                                                         DISCLOSURE                                                                REASONS FOR OMISSION
                                                                                                                                                                                                             AND/OR URL(S)


 IFRS S2-29(d)                   Climate-related opportunities—the amount and percentage of assets or business activities aligned with climate-related                                                 39
                                 opportunities.

 IFRS S2-29(e)                   Capital deployment—the amount of capital expenditure, financing or investment deployed towards climate-related risks and                 Confidential
                                 opportunities.

 IFRS S2-29(f)                   Internal carbon prices—the entity shall disclose:                                                                                        Not Applicable

                                 i. an explanation of whether and how the entity is applying a carbon price in decision-making.                                           Not Applicable

                                 ii. the price for each metric tonne of greenhouse gas emissions the entity uses to assess the costs of its greenhouse gas                Not Applicable
                                 emissions.

 IFRS S2-29(g)                   Remuneration, including the information about:

                                 i. a description of whether and how climate-related considerations are factored into executive remuneration.                             Confidential

                                 ii. the percentage of executive management remuneration recognised in the current period that is linked to climate-related               Confidential
                                 considerations.

 IFRS S2-33(a)                   The metric used to set the quantitative and qualitative climate-related targets                                                                                       60 – 67

 IFRS S2-33(b)                   The objective of the target                                                                                                                                           65

 IFRS S2-33(c)                   The part of the entity to which the target applies.

 IFRS S2-33(d)                   The period over which the target applies.

 IFRS S2-33(e)                   The base period from which progress is measured.                                                                                                                      60

 IFRS S2-33(f)                   Any milestones and interim targets.                                                                                                                                   20, 60 - 67

 IFRS S2-33(g)                   If the target is quantitative, whether it is an absolute target or an intensity target.

 IFRS S2-33(h)                   How the latest international agreement on climate change, including jurisdictional commitments that arise from that                                                   65
                                 agreement, has informed the target.

 IFRS S2-34(a)                   Whether the target and the methodology for setting the target has been validated by a third party.                                       Not Applicable

 IFRS S2-34(b)                   The entity’s processes for reviewing the target.                                                                                                                      60 – 67

 IFRS S2-34(c)                   The metrics used to monitor progress towards reaching the target.                                                                                                     65

 IFRS S2-34(d)                   Any revisions to the target and an explanation for those revisions.                                                                                                   20, 65 – 67




135                                                                                                                                                                            PT Lippo Karawaci Tbk 2025 SUSTAINABILITY REPORT
Page 136
Introduction        Highlights            Our Sustainability Approach            Enhancing Quality of Life        Caring for Our Environment        Investing in Our People         Championing Best Practices      Appendix




                                                                                                                                                                                                         PAGE NUMBER(S)
      IFRS S2 STANDARD                                                                         DISCLOSURE                                                                REASONS FOR OMISSION
                                                                                                                                                                                                          AND/OR URL(S)


 IFRS S2-35                      An entity shall disclose information about its performance against each climate related target and an analysis of trends or                                           60 – 77
                                 changes in the entity’s performance.

 IFRS S2-36(a)                   Which greenhouse gases are covered by the target.                                                                                                                     61

 IFRS S2-36(b)                   Whether Scope 1, Scope 2 or Scope 3 greenhouse gas emissions are covered by the target.

 IFRS S2-36(c)                   Whether the target is a gross greenhouse gas emissions target or net greenhouse gas emissions target. If the entity discloses a
                                 net greenhouse gas emissions target, the entity has been also required to separately disclose its associated gross greenhouse
                                 gas emissions target

 IFRS S2-36(d)                   Whether the target was derived using a sectoral decarbonisation approach.                                                                Not Applicable

 IFRS S2-36(e)                   The entity’s planned use of carbon credits to offset greenhouse gas emissions to achieve any net greenhouse gas emissions                Not Applicable
                                 target. In explaining its planned use of carbon credits the entity shall disclose information:

                                 i. the extent to which, and how, achieving any net greenhouse gas emissions target relies on the use of carbon credits.                  Not Applicable

                                 ii. which third-party scheme(s) will verify or certify the carbon credits.                                                               Not Applicable

                                 iii. the type of carbon credit, including whether the underlying offset will be nature based or based on technological carbon            Not Applicable
                                 removals, and whether the underlying offset is achieved through carbon reduction or removal.




136                                                                                                                                                                            PT Lippo Karawaci Tbk 2025 SUSTAINABILITY REPORT
Page 137
                                       P T LIPPO K AR AWACI TBK
                                        Menara Matahari, 22nd Floor
         Jl. Boulevard Palem Raya No.7, Lippo Karawaci Central, Tangerang, Banten, Indonesia 15811
Tel: +62 21 2566 9000 | Fax: +62 21 2566 9098 | sustainability@lippokarawaci.co.id | www.lippokarawaci.co.id

File

File Open PDF
Source IDX
Size4.58 MB
Published28 Apr 2026
Pages137
Characters784,803
Text sourceEmbedded text layer
OCR confidence—

Names mentioned 25 people and organisations named in the text · linked when the evidence is strong

linked org Lippo Karawaci Tbk p.2 ×223
linked org Lippo Cikarang Tbk p.4 ×12
linked org Fortune Indonesia p.17 ×3
linked org Bank Tabungan Negara p.17
possible person Marlo Budiman p.13
unresolved org LIPPO KARARWACI TBK p.1 ×2
unresolved org PT Gowa Makassar Tourism p.4
unresolved org PT Lippo Malls Indonesia p.4
unresolved org PT Aryaduta International Management p.4
unresolved org Indonesia Stock Exchange p.5 ×3
unresolved org Financial Services Authority p.5
unresolved org Annual Report. Singapore Exchange Securities Trading Limited p.5
unresolved org PT Siloam International p.11
unresolved org PT Gowa Makassar p.11
unresolved org Tourism Development Tbk p.11
unresolved org Hospitals Tbk p.11
unresolved org Directorate General of Taxes p.17
unresolved org Ministry of Finance p.17
unresolved org PT Lippo p.45
unresolved org PT Lippo Cikarang Cikarang Township Gowa Makassar p.45
unresolved org Penyelenggara Jaminan Sosial p.46
unresolved org Ministry of Creative p.58
unresolved org Ministry of Energy and Mineral p.62
unresolved org PT IMIZAT IO N p.67

Extraction attempts how the parser did, and what it refused

Nothing structured was extracted from this document — the attempts below say why.

No extraction attempted yet.

Other files in this announcement 2

↑↓ select ↵ open ⇧↵ see every result